Everest Group, Ltd ARS, filed Apr 10, 2026
Everest Group, Ltd. (EG)
ARS
2026-04-10
For: 2025-12-31
View Original
Added on
October 18, 2026
Annual Report 2025 Everest Group, Ltd.
03 A Message From Our Chairman 04 About Everest 05 A Message From Our CEO (begins) 06 Everest Reinsurance 08 Everest Insurance® 09 Investing in People and Technology 10 Corporate Responsibility 12 Financial Highlights 13 Executive Leadership 14 Board of Directors 15 Form 10-K 2 2025 Annual Report CONTENTS
John A. Graf Chairman John A. Graf Chairman These changes were driven by poor results within certain U.S. casualty lines, a rapidly evolving market, and the need to become a more disciplined, agile, and opportunistic enterprise. The Company is now more focused, efficient, and resilient. Amid this transition, Everest delivered meaningful results. Book value per share, adjusted for dividends, grew by just over 20 percent for the year, and we generated Net Operating Income of $1.9 billion. These outcomes reflect clear-eyed decisions taken in the long-term interests of shareholders, employees, and clients, as well as the fundamental strength of our balance sheet and the earnings resilience of our portfolio. We enter 2026 with Total Shareholders' Equity of $15.5 billion, an investment portfolio surpassing $45 billion, a world class Reinsurance Franchise, and an agile, focused Global Wholesale and Specialty Insurance platform. Our objective was to address near-term pressures while ensuring that the actions taken strengthened Everest’s ability to generate durable returns across market cycles. Governance was further strengthened in 2025 with the appointment of four new independent directors, each bringing significant experience and valuable perspective. None of this would have been possible without the steadfast commitment and hard work of Everest’s people. On behalf of the Board and shareholders, I extend my sincere thanks to our colleagues around the world, who are the backbone of all we have accomplished, and all we aspire to build. I would also like to thank Joe Taranto for his leadership as Founder and Chairman over many years and through multiple cycles and challenges. Joe’s thoughtful stewardship from Everest’s inception has laid the foundation for the Company we are today, and he will be missed. In closing, the Board remains fully focused on supporting Jim Williamson and the team as they execute with discipline on behalf of our shareholders, navigating a dynamic environment and advancing this new chapter for Everest. Thank you for your continued investment and support. Throughout this period of change, the Board maintained a disciplined focus on risk oversight, capital allocation, and long-term franchise value. 2025 was a year of profound change, as we proactively reshaped our business, executive leadership team, and Board composition. A Message From Our Chairman 2025 Annual Report 3
GAAP Equity A.M. Best Debt to Capital1 S&P Global Investments Assets Under Management Moody's Investor Service $15.5b A+ 14.3% A+ $45.4b A1 ROBUST FINANCIAL STRENGTH FINANCIAL STRENGTH RATING 1. The debt to capital ratio is calculated by dividing debt, excluding borrowings from FHLB, by total capital. Total capital represents the sum of total shareholders’ equity plus debt. Our decisive actions in 2025 created a clearer path to value creation and accelerated momentum across our core businesses. Everest enters its next chapter with a sharper focus and strengthened foundation, well-positioned to deliver consistent, profitable performance. 4 2025 Annual Report ABOUT EVEREST
Jim Williamson President and Chief Executive Officer To My Fellow Shareholders: In 2025, we brought greater discipline and clarity to how Everest allocates risk and capital. When I became CEO in January, my priority was to strengthen the Company’s foundation and improve the consistency and durability of returns. Our strategy was grounded in a rigorous assessment of where Everest has structural advantage and where change was required. Guided by a clear focus on long-term value creation, we reshaped the portfolio with an exit from our commercial retail insurance business, streamlined the organization, reduced reserve risk by securing adverse development protection, and strengthened the balance sheet, while reinforcing a culture of underwriting discipline and operational excellence. In parallel, we attracted world-class talent and concentrated capital where risk- adjusted returns are strongest. We are further strengthening these positions through more rigorous underwriting oversight and risk governance and increasingly sophisticated data and analytics. Reinsurance remains the cornerstone of Everest, with a broad, top-quartile global franchise and long-standing client relationships. Our more focused insurance business is now a strong complement to that core, providing an additional avenue for participating in global insurance markets. 2025 Financial Performance We generated a net operating return on equity of 12.4% and total shareholder return of 13.1%, despite elevated catastrophe activity, reserving actions, and costs associated with both our $1.2 billion Adverse Development Cover and the divestiture of the commercial retail insurance business. Book value per share, adjusted for dividends, increased by approximately 20%, marking a second straight year of strong growth. Net investment income reached a record $2.1 billion, reflecting disciplined asset allocation and strong portfolio performance. Operating cash flow totaled $3.1 billion, reinforcing our capital strength and flexibility. During the year, we returned over $1.1 billion of capital to shareholders, including nearly $800 million of share repurchases and $335 million from our common share dividend. Disciplined capital allocation is my first responsibility as CEO of our Company. Given our capital position, ongoing capital generation, and valuation, we continue to view share repurchases as a prudent use of excess capital. Going forward, Everest will operate as one global firm through two underwriting engines: Global Reinsurance and Global Wholesale & Specialty Insurance. In both businesses Everest has well-established depth in judgment-driven underwriting, strong distribution relationships, claims expertise, and disciplined capital management. In 2025, Everest delivered results that reflect the strength of our Reinsurance franchise, the durability of our investment income, and the actions taken to reposition the Company for long-term performance. 2025 Annual Report 5 A MESSAGE FROM OUR CEO
Reinsurance remains the cornerstone of Everest, with a broad, top-quartile global franchise and long-standing client relationships. Everest Reinsurance Despite a more competitive pricing environment and several large weather and aviation catastrophe events, the business produced a 91.7% combined ratio and an 85.5% attritional combined ratio. Gross written premium totaled approximately $13 billion, declining modestly as we prioritized portfolio quality over volume. We continued to take prudent action in U.S. casualty, where legal system abuse has driven increased severity. Since early 2024, we have reduced casualty premium by more than $1.2 billion. This discipline is a driver of our strong underlying performance, which was evident at the January 1 renewal. As expected, market conditions softened across many lines with property catastrophe rates down an average of 10% globally, while remaining above our required return thresholds. We retained over 98.8% of property in-force premium with our top-tier accounts, while deliberately stepping back from less profitable opportunities. Our preferred lead market position allowed Everest to selectively deploy capital and shape signings to maximize profitability. Our execution continues to be marked by close collaboration across geographies, aligning specialized expertise to address client needs The risk environment in 2025 remained demanding. Despite being a more favorable year for U.S. hurricane loss experience, global industry catastrophe losses again exceeded $100 billion, driven by large events such as Hurricane Melissa in the Caribbean and the growing impact of secondary perils. The Group’s $757 million of pre-tax catastrophe losses, net of recoveries and reinstatement premiums, contributed to a combined ratio result of 98.6%. Our attritional combined ratio was 89.6%. Beyond headline events, risk dynamics continue to evolve. Secondary perils now account for a greater share of catastrophe losses, increasing frequency and volatility. Climate variability, concentration of values, and infrastructure strain continue to amplify severity. At the same time, geopolitical tensions, exacerbated by the current conflict in the Middle East, economic fragmentation, and social inflation — particularly in the U.S.— are reshaping risk in ways that require constant reassessment. These conditions are not abating, and the actions taken during the year leave Everest better positioned to navigate uncertainty with discipline while continuing to meet the growing risk needs of our clients and partners. Our response in 2025 was grounded in fundamentals. We priced risk to expected returns, actively managed aggregate exposures, and deployed capital selectively. Our Reinsurance business delivered another year of strong and disciplined performance in 2025. 2025 Annual Report 6
GLOBAL REINSURANCE LEADERS Jill Beggs EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Reinsurance John Modin Chief Executive Officer, Mt. Logan Capital Management, Ltd. Artur Klinger SVP, Head of International, Everest Reinsurance Clement Demetz SVP, Chief Financial Officer, Everest Reinsurance Jiten Voralia SVP, Global Reinsurance Chief Underwriting Officer Justin Boyson Chief Reinsurance Strategy Officer Emily Davis SVP, Head of Global Specialty, Everest Reinsurance Cameron Vogt SVP, Chief Pricing Actuary, Everest Reinsurance efficiently. By minimizing complexity and empowering front-line experts, we design and deliver solutions with speed and precision simply not feasible for larger, heavily layered organizations. Mt. Logan, our third-party capital platform, ended 2025 with more than $2.5 billion in assets under management and continues to perform well, supported by a strong pipeline of investor interest. Mt. Logan remains a strategically important capability for Everest Reinsurance, and we will continue to develop it thoughtfully. We also broadened our geographic footprint, including the opening of our India branch in GIFT City, strengthening our presence across Asia-Pacific in one of the world’s most dynamic reinsurance markets. Specialty lines remain a significant engine of growth and differentiation. Structural changes across data centers, renewable infrastructure, cyber risk, and global trade continue to shape client demand. In response, we expanded and diversified our specialty reinsurance portfolio, with a focus on Engineering, Renewable Energy, Marine, and Parametric Solutions. Investments in technical capability and leadership, including the appointment of a Global Head of Renewable Energy, accelerated growth and reinforced our position in this rapidly evolving market. In addition to attracting external talent, we promoted proven leaders from within, including the appointment of Jill Beggs as CEO of Reinsurance, further strengthening the management team across the platform. With a diversified portfolio, disciplined approach, and experienced leadership, Everest Reinsurance is well positioned to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns through the cycle. 72025 Annual Report
GLOBAL WHOLESALE AND SPECIALTY INSURANCE LEADERS Jason Keen EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Global Wholesale and Specialty Melissa McDermott SVP, Global Insurance Chief Actuary Mark Shaw SVP, Global Head of Commercial, Global Wholesale & Specialty Michael Cellura SVP, Global Head of Facultative & Hybrid Solutions Chris van Gend SVP, Global Insurance Chief Underwriting Officer Paul Trueman SVP, Head of International, Global Wholesale & Specialty Natalia Svirshchevsky SVP, Head of Strategy and Transformation, Global Wholesale & Specialty Mark Horgan SVP, Global Insurance Chief Financial Officer Everest Insurance® Results for the Insurance division reflect the deliberate actions taken to improve mix, reduce volatility, and put the segment on the path to generating strong performance consistently. The business reported a 114.6% combined ratio and a 100.7% attritional combined ratio, consistent with a year focused on remediation and portfolio repositioning. As we see early indications of improved book performance, we appointed seasoned leadership with a clear mandate and dedicated governance to manage the Company’s retail insurance and other legacy exposures — an important lever in strengthening the Company’s overall return profile. We have established Global Wholesale & Specialty (GWS), bringing our wholesale and specialty platforms under a single operating and governance structure. Together, these businesses generated over $3.5 billion in gross written premium. This new structure enables consistent underwriting standards, centralized risk management, and clearer portfolio ownership across the franchise. We appointed Jason Keen as CEO of GWS to lead this next phase. Jason’s deep experience running profitable global specialty insurance businesses positions GWS well for improved performance. We aligned our facultative operations within GWS. This integration improves coordination across specialty lines and strengthens our ability to address complex client risks. We also unified specialty underwriting under a single leadership structure with global portfolio oversight. We continued to mature Everest Evolution™ as a scalable excess and surplus lines platform. The approval of Everest Managing Agency Limited by Lloyd’s and U.K. regulators established a permanent underwriting presence at the center of the global wholesale market. With a focused strategy, simplified structure, and disciplined underwriting culture, GWS is positioned to complement Reinsurance and contribute meaningfully to Everest’s earnings over time. 2025 Annual Report 8
In 2025, we continued to invest in analytics, technology, and underwriting tools to improve execution, speed, and decision quality. Investing in People and Technology In 2025, we continued to invest in analytics, technology, and underwriting tools to improve execution, speed, and decision quality. This included deploying internal generative AI applications to support real-time information access, document analysis, and workflow efficiency — practical tools designed to enhance productivity while reinforcing sound underwriting judgment. These efforts built upon our digital foundation, modernized core systems, and expanded data-enabled underwriting tools. Taken together, these investments are enhancing consistency and long-term competitiveness. But technology alone does not create sustainable advantage: our progress is driven by our people. In a year of significant change, colleagues demonstrated professionalism, accountability, and resilience — qualities that define Everest’s culture. We strengthened our leadership team through key internal promotions and world-class external hires. We also welcomed several highly experienced members to Everest’s Board, and appointed John Graf as independent Chairman. Their perspective and guidance have been integral as we continue delivering on our strategic plan. We also continue to invest in every level of our organization. Colleagues completed more than 42,000 hours of learning globally in 2025, with record participation in Everest’s rotational and mentorship programs. Our partnerships, including Empower Women in Insurance, iCAN, Ascend, and Dive In remain focused on strengthening the industry’s future and expanding access to talent. Our recently established Everest scholarship in the name of our former Chairman reflects the same long-term commitment to developing the next generation of leaders. Everest’s Colleague and Business Resource Groups continued to enhance collaboration, inclusion, and professional development across the organization. We maintained our long-standing commitment to supporting veterans and military families as they transition into careers at Everest — reflecting our belief that the broad range of experiences that mirror our colleagues and the markets in which we operate strengthens our organizational capability. 2025 Annual Report 9
Corporate Responsibility and Economic Resilience In 2025, we paid approximately $7.8 billion in claims, supporting recovery for businesses and communities following hurricanes, wildfires, floods, and other adverse events. These payments represent the most tangible expression of our purpose: providing financial protection and certainty when and where it’s needed most. We continued to focus on closing protection gaps, particularly in regions facing heightened climate risk. Through partnerships such as Humanity Insured, where Everest became a founding U.S. partner last year, we supported £33.5 million of climate risk protection across 14 countries. We also maintained participation in long-standing programs including CCRIF, African Risk Capacity, PULA, Fonden, and the Moroccan Earthquake Facility, providing pre-arranged protection where insurance penetration remains limited. As a partner in the transition to renewable energy and critical infrastructure development, Everest supported investment across renewable generation and emerging climate technologies through disciplined underwriting and technical risk assessment. Corporate responsibility is inseparable from Everest’s role as a global risk manager. 2025 Annual Report 10
Jim Williamson President and Chief Executive Officer I am proud of our colleagues, who play an active role in advancing this work. In 2025, they contributed more than 5,200 volunteer hours globally, supporting disaster recovery, education, and economic development initiatives through Everest’s community outreach and philanthropic programs. Everest’s Next Chapter The environment ahead will remain complex. Over the past 50 years, Everest has demonstrated that it is well equipped to create value across market cycles. The actions taken in 2025 sharpened our focus. While there is more work to do, the Company is better positioned today – financially, operationally, and culturally. Execution, transparency, and accountability are top priorities as we deliver more consistent performance over time. My confidence is grounded in the quality of our team and client relationships, the improved positioning of our business portfolio, and the strength of our balance sheet. We know where we compete best, and we are committed to executing our strategy. I am grateful to our colleagues for their professionalism and judgment through a year of meaningful change. I thank our Board for its engagement and perspective, and you, our shareholders, for your continued trust in our Company and its future. Sincerely, We are focused squarely on achieving our financial and strategic objectives: competing where we have a clear right to win, applying disciplined underwriting and risk management, and allocating capital with intention. This engagement reflects a culture that understands the broader responsibility that comes with managing risk at scale. 2025 Annual Report 11
1 Prior years were restated to adjust attritional combined ratios calculations to include the impact of Current Expected Credit Losses. 2 Attritional combined ratio excludes catastrophe losses, net catastrophe reinstatement premiums, prior year loss reserve development, and COVID-19 losses. 3 Excludes approxiamtely $94 million of profit commission related to loss reserve releases. When including this profit commission, Everest's reported attritional combined ratio is 87.6% for the year-ended December 31, 2023. 4 Excludes approxiamtely $68 million of profit commission related to loss reserve releases. When including this profit commission, Everest's reported attritional combined ratio is 88.1% for the year-ended December 31, 2024. 5 Excludes approxiamtely $34 million of profit commission related to loss reserve releases. When including this profit commission, Everest's reported attritional combined ratio is 89.6% for the year-ended December 31, 2025. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025) ($ in millions, except per share data) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Balance Sheet Cash and Investments $45,429 $41,531 $37,142 $29,872 $29,673 Shareholders’ equity 15,461 13,875 13,202 8,441 10,139 Book value per common share $379.83 $322.97 $304.29 $215.54 $258.21 Results Gross written premiums $17,706 $18,232 $16,637 $13,952 $13,050 Net investment income 2,124 1,954 1,434 830 1,165 After-tax operating income (loss) 1,875 1,289 2,776 1,065 1,153 per diluted common share $44.54 $29.83 $66.39 $27.08 $28.97 Net income (loss) 1,591 1,373 2,517 597 1,379 per diluted common share $37.80 $31.78 $60.19 $15.19 $34.62 Dividends declared 8.00 7.75 6.80 6.50 6.20 Financial Ratios Combined ratio 98.6% 102.3% 90.9% 96.0% 97.8% Attritional combined ratio1,2 89.4%5 87.6%4 86.9%3 87.4% 87.6% After-tax operating return on average adjusted equity 12.4% 9.0% 23.1% 10.6% 12.2% Net income (loss) return on average equity 10.5% 9.6% 20.9% 6.0% 14.6% The Company generally uses after-tax operating income (loss), a non-GAAP financial measure, to evaluate its performance. After-tax operating income (loss) consists of net income (loss) excluding after-tax net gains (losses) on investments and after-tax net foreign exchange income (expense). The Company also uses attritional combined ratio and after-tax operating return on average adjusted equity (or operating ROE) to measure its performance. Further explanation and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures can be found at the back of the 10-K insert. Transforming Everest to deliver strong returns consistently 2025 was a transformational year for Everest as we took deliberate actions to simplify the business, improve the return profile, and strengthen the Company’s balance sheet. These actions have increased our financial flexibility, support our intention to return capital to shareholders, and position Everest to deliver attractive returns. 2025 Annual Report 12 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Jim Williamson President and Chief Executive Officer Mark Kociancic EVP, Group Chief Financial Officer Jill Beggs EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Reinsurance Jason Keen EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Global Wholesale and Specialty Gary Haase EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Legacy Operations Craig Hanrahan Head of U.S. Retail Insurance Anthony Izzo Group Chief Commercial Officer Chris Downey EVP, Group Chief Underwriting Officer Andrew McBride Group Chief Claims Officer John Wilcox Head of Corporate Development John Modin Chief Executive Officer, Mt. Logan Capital Management, Ltd. Srini Maddineni Group Chief Information Officer Attila Kerényi EVP, Group Chief Risk Officer Anthony Vidovich EVP, General Counsel Dean Brown EVP, Group Operations and IT Christopher Kujawa EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer Dawn Lauer Chief Communications Officer Katy Bradica Group Chief Actuary 2025 Annual Report 13 EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM
Jim Williamson President and Chief Executive Officer William F. Galtney Jr. President, Galtney Group, Inc. Roger Singer Independent Lead Director, Retired Senior Vice President, General & Secretary, OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC Hazel McNeilage Retired Head of EMEA, Northern Trust Asset Management John J. Amore Retired Chief Executive Officer of the General Insurance Division, Zurich Financial Services Group Meryl Hartzband Retired Chief Investment Officer, Stone Point Capital Gerri Losquadro Retired Senior Vice President, Marsh & McLennan Companies John Howard Retired Chief Executive Officer of Truist Insurance Holdings, Vice Chair of the TIH Board of Managers Darryl Page Retired Chief Culture Officer and Division President of International Personal Lines, Chubb Allan Levine Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, Global Atlantic Laura Hay Retired Global Head of Insurance, KPMG LLP John A. Graf Chairman 2025 Annual Report 14 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Everest Group, Ltd. 2025 Form 10-K
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K R Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 ¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Commission file number 1-15731 EVEREST GROUP, LTD. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Bermuda 98-0365432 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) Seon Place – 4th Floor 141 Front Street PO Box HM 845 Hamilton, Bermuda HM 19 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 441-295-0006 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) _____________________ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Class Trading Symbol Name of Exchange where Registered Common Shares, $0.01 par value EG New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes R No ¨ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No R Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes R No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes R No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer R Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company ¨ Emerging growth company ¨ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Table of Contents
Yes ¨ No R Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes R No ¨ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No R The aggregate market value as of June 30, 2025, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, of the voting shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $14.3 billion. Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Class Number of Shares Outstanding at February 1, 2026 Common Shares, $0.01 par value 40,390,151 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Certain information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference into Part III hereof from the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Table of Contents
EVEREST GROUP, LTD TABLE OF CONTENTS FORM 10-K Page PART I Item 1. Business 1 Item 1A. Risk Factors 20 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 35 Item 1C. Cybersecurity 35 Item 2. Properties 36 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 37 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 37 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 37 Item 6. (Reserved) 39 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 40 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 68 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 68 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 68 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 68 Item 9B. Other Information 68 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 69 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 69 Item 11. Executive Compensation 69 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 69 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 69 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 69 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 69 Table of Contents Safe Harbor Disclosure This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other U.S. federal securities laws. We intend these forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements in the federal securities laws. In some cases, these statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “plan”, “believe”, “predict”, “potential” and “intend”. Forward-looking statements only reflect our expectations and are not guarantees of performance. These statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to be materially different from our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: • the effects of catastrophic events on our financial results; • losses from catastrophe exposure that exceed our projections; • insufficient reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) due to the impact of social inflation or other factors; • greater-than-expected loss ratios on business written by us and adverse development on claim and/or claim expense liabilities related to business written by our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries; • our failure to accurately assess underwriting risk and establish adequate premium rates; • decreases in pricing for property and casualty reinsurance and insurance; • our inability or failure to purchase adequate reinsurance; • our ability to maintain our financial strength ratings; • our ability to execute divestitures, obtain regulatory approvals and effectuate strategic transactions, including the sale of the renewal rights for our commercial retail insurance business; • the failure of our insureds, intermediaries and reinsurers to satisfy their obligations to us; • decline in our investment values and investment income due to exposure to financial markets conditions; • the failure to maintain enough cash to meet near-term financial obligations; • our ability to pay dividends, interest and principal, which is dependent on our ability to receive dividends, loan payments and other funds from subsidiaries in our holding company structure; • reduced net income and capital levels due to foreign currency exchange losses; • our sensitivity to unanticipated levels of inflation; • the effects of measures taken by domestic or foreign governments on our business, including but not limited to the impact of tariffs imposed or threatened by the U.S. or foreign governments; • our ability to attract and retain key executive officers and the executives and employees necessary to manage our business; • the effect of cybersecurity risks, including technology breaches or failure, and regulatory and legislative developments related to cybersecurity on our business; • our dependence on brokers and agents for business development; • material variation of analytical models used in decision making from actual results; • the effects of business continuation risk on our operations; • the effect on our business of the highly competitive nature of our industry, including the effects of new entrants to, competing products for and consolidation in the (re)insurance industry; • an anti-takeover effect caused by insurance laws and provisions in the bye-laws of Group (as defined in Part I below); • the difficulty investors in Group may have in protecting their interests compared to investors in a U.S. corporation; • our failure to comply with insurance laws and regulations and other regulatory challenges; • the ability of Bermuda Re (as defined in Part I below) to obtain licenses or admittance in additional jurisdictions to develop its business; • the ability of Bermuda Re to arrange for security to back its reinsurance impacting its ability to write reinsurance; • changes in international and U.S. tax laws; • the effect on Group and/or Bermuda Re should it/they become subject to taxes in jurisdictions where not currently subject to taxation; and • the ability of subsidiary entities to pay dividends. The above list is not exhaustive. Please refer to the factors described under the caption ITEM 1A, “Risk Factors” and those risks and uncertainties discussed in our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Table of Contents
Safe Harbor Disclosure This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other U.S. federal securities laws. We intend these forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements in the federal securities laws. In some cases, these statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “plan”, “believe”, “predict”, “potential” and “intend”. Forward-looking statements only reflect our expectations and are not guarantees of performance. These statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to be materially different from our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: • the effects of catastrophic events on our financial results; • losses from catastrophe exposure that exceed our projections; • insufficient reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) due to the impact of social inflation or other factors; • greater-than-expected loss ratios on business written by us and adverse development on claim and/or claim expense liabilities related to business written by our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries; • our failure to accurately assess underwriting risk and establish adequate premium rates; • decreases in pricing for property and casualty reinsurance and insurance; • our inability or failure to purchase adequate reinsurance; • our ability to maintain our financial strength ratings; • our ability to execute divestitures, obtain regulatory approvals and effectuate strategic transactions, including the sale of the renewal rights for our commercial retail insurance business; • the failure of our insureds, intermediaries and reinsurers to satisfy their obligations to us; • decline in our investment values and investment income due to exposure to financial markets conditions; • the failure to maintain enough cash to meet near-term financial obligations; • our ability to pay dividends, interest and principal, which is dependent on our ability to receive dividends, loan payments and other funds from subsidiaries in our holding company structure; • reduced net income and capital levels due to foreign currency exchange losses; • our sensitivity to unanticipated levels of inflation; • the effects of measures taken by domestic or foreign governments on our business, including but not limited to the impact of tariffs imposed or threatened by the U.S. or foreign governments; • our ability to attract and retain key executive officers and the executives and employees necessary to manage our business; • the effect of cybersecurity risks, including technology breaches or failure, and regulatory and legislative developments related to cybersecurity on our business; • our dependence on brokers and agents for business development; • material variation of analytical models used in decision making from actual results; • the effects of business continuation risk on our operations; • the effect on our business of the highly competitive nature of our industry, including the effects of new entrants to, competing products for and consolidation in the (re)insurance industry; • an anti-takeover effect caused by insurance laws and provisions in the bye-laws of Group (as defined in Part I below); • the difficulty investors in Group may have in protecting their interests compared to investors in a U.S. corporation; • our failure to comply with insurance laws and regulations and other regulatory challenges; • the ability of Bermuda Re (as defined in Part I below) to obtain licenses or admittance in additional jurisdictions to develop its business; • the ability of Bermuda Re to arrange for security to back its reinsurance impacting its ability to write reinsurance; • changes in international and U.S. tax laws; • the effect on Group and/or Bermuda Re should it/they become subject to taxes in jurisdictions where not currently subject to taxation; and • the ability of subsidiary entities to pay dividends. The above list is not exhaustive. Please refer to the factors described under the caption ITEM 1A, “Risk Factors” and those risks and uncertainties discussed in our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Table of Contents
PART I Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data in this document have been prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). As used in this document, “Group” means Everest Group, Ltd.; “Bermuda Re” means Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd.; “Holdings Ireland” means Everest Underwriting Group (Ireland) Limited; “Ireland Re” means Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland), Designated Activity Company or “dac”; “Ireland Insurance” means Everest Insurance (Ireland), dac; “Holdings” means Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc.; “Everest Re” means Everest Reinsurance Company and its subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise requires); and the “Company”, “Everest”, “we”, “us” and “our” means Everest Group, Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless noted otherwise, all tabular dollar amounts are in millions of United States (“U.S.”) dollars (“U.S. dollars” or “$”). Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding. ITEM 1. BUSINESS The Company. Everest is a Bermuda-based reinsurance and insurance organization. As part of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index, we are a leading financial services institution focused on diversifying our portfolio and geographic presence. Through our direct and indirect subsidiaries operating in the U.S. and internationally, we serve a diverse group of clients worldwide, providing what we believe are extensive product and distribution capabilities, a strong balance sheet, an innovative culture and access to world-class talent. At December 31, 2025, we had shareholders’ equity of $15.5 billion and total assets of $62.5 billion. Our Operations. The Company’s principal business, conducted through its Reinsurance and Insurance reportable segments, is the underwriting of reinsurance and insurance in the U.S., Bermuda and other international markets. Our global network spans more than 100 countries across six continents. In 2025, the Company had gross written premiums of $17.7 billion with approximately 72.4% representing Reinsurance and 27.1% representing Insurance with the remaining 0.5% of gross written premium coming from our “Other” operating segment. The Company underwrites reinsurance both through brokers and directly with ceding companies, giving it the flexibility to pursue business based on the ceding company’s preferred reinsurance purchasing method. The Company underwrites insurance principally through brokers, including for surplus lines, and general agent relationships. Group’s active operating subsidiaries are each rated A+ (“Superior”) by A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a leading provider of insurer ratings that assigns financial strength ratings to insurance companies based on their ability to meet their obligations to policyholders. On October 26, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of commercial retail insurance business written by the Company in the U.S., U.K. and Asia Pacific, for an aggregate purchase price of $252 million. AIG paid the Company $30 million for originating and structuring the transaction. In addition, on October 26, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with AIG to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of commercial retail insurance business written by the Company in certain countries in the European Union, for an aggregate purchase price of $49 million. Under the sale agreements, AIG has also agreed to pay the Company a total of $10 million per month for nine months for specified transition services starting January 1, 2026. For more details, see Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 28, 2025 and the Master Transaction Agreements incorporated herein. These transactions sharpen the Company’s focus on its core global reinsurance business as well as its global wholesale and specialty insurance businesses. The renewal rights of these businesses total an estimated $2 billion of aggregate gross premiums written. Operating Subsidiaries. Following is a summary of the Company’s principal operating subsidiaries: • Bermuda Re, a Bermuda insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Group, is registered in Bermuda as a Class 4 insurer and long-term insurer and is authorized to write both reinsurance and insurance property and casualty Table of Contents 1
business. Bermuda Re’s United Kingdom (“U.K.”) branch writes property and casualty reinsurance to the U.K., China and European markets. • Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Everest International”), a Bermuda insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Group, is registered in Bermuda as a Class 4 insurer and is authorized to write property and casualty business. Everest International has branch locations in Singapore and Australia. The Singapore branch has a direct insurer license and writes property and casualty business to the Singapore market. The Australian branch has a general insurance license and writes property and casualty business to the Australian market. A majority of Everest International’s business is assumed reinsurance from its affiliates: Everest Re, Bermuda Re - U.K. Branch, Ireland Re and Ireland Insurance. • Ireland Re, an Ireland reinsurance company and an indirect subsidiary of Group, is licensed to write property and casualty reinsurance, both directly and through brokers, for the London and European markets through its Ireland office as well as through its Zurich branch. • Ireland Insurance, an Ireland insurance company and an indirect subsidiary of Group, is licensed to write insurance for the European markets through its Ireland office as well as through its branches in the U.K., the Netherlands, Spain, France, Germany and Italy. In addition, Ireland Insurance is considered an approved/eligible alien surplus lines insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. • Everest Corporate Member Limited (“ECML”) writes insurance business through Lloyd's of London (“Lloyd's”) Syndicate 2786, a wholly-owned Everest syndicate supported by funds at Lloyd’s provided by ECML. Lloyd’s Syndicate 2786 was established in 2015 as a platform to facilitate the further expansion of Everest's international insurance operations. The syndicate is internally managed by Everest Managing Agency Limited as of August 18, 2025. • Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Chile S.A., a Chile based insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Group, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance and reinsurance business within Chile. • Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A., a Colombia based insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest International, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance and reinsurance business within Colombia. • Compañia de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V., a Mexico based insurance company and an indirect subsidiary of Group, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance and reinsurance business within Mexico. • Everest Insurance Company of Canada (“Everest Canada”), a Canadian insurance company and direct subsidiary of Holdings Ireland, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance in all Canadian provinces. • Everest Re, a Delaware reinsurance company and a direct subsidiary of Holdings, is a licensed property and casualty insurer and/or reinsurer in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam and is authorized to conduct reinsurance business in Canada, Singapore, India and Brazil. • Everest National Insurance Company (“Everest National”), a Delaware insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re, is licensed in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico and is authorized to write property and casualty insurance on an admitted basis in the jurisdictions in which it is licensed. The majority of Everest National’s business is reinsured by its parent, Everest Re. • Everest Indemnity Insurance Company (“Everest Indemnity”), a Delaware insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re, writes excess and surplus lines insurance business in the U.S. on a non-admitted basis. Excess and surplus lines insurance is specialty property and liability coverage that an insurer not licensed to write insurance in a particular jurisdiction is permitted to provide to insureds when the specific specialty coverage is unavailable from admitted insurers. Everest Indemnity is a Delaware domestic surplus lines insurer and is eligible to write business on a non-admitted basis in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The majority of Everest Indemnity’s business is reinsured by its parent, Everest Re. • Everest Security Insurance Company (“Everest Security”), a Delaware insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance on an admitted basis in Delaware, Georgia, Alabama and Texas. The majority of Everest Security’s business is reinsured by its parent, Everest Re. Table of Contents 2
• Everest Premier Insurance Company (“Everest Premier”), a Delaware insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The majority of Everest Premier’s business is reinsured by its parent, Everest Re. • Everest Denali Insurance Company (“Everest Denali”), a Delaware insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The majority of Everest Denali’s business is reinsured by its parent, Everest Re. • Everest International Assurance, Ltd. (“Everest Assurance”), a Bermuda company and a direct subsidiary of Everest Re is registered in Bermuda as a Class 3A general business insurer and as a Class C long-term insurer. Everest Assurance has made a one-time election under section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) to be a U.S. income tax paying “Controlled Foreign Corporation.” By making this election, Everest Assurance is authorized to write life reinsurance and casualty reinsurance in both Bermuda and the U.S. In addition, Everest Assurance is considered an approved/eligible alien surplus lines insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Business and Underwriting Strategy. Everest Group, Ltd. trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol (NYSE: EG). The Company writes business on a worldwide basis for many different customers and lines of business, thereby obtaining a broad spread of risk. The Company is not substantially dependent on any single customer, small group of customers, line of business or geographic area. For the year ended December 31, 2025, no single customer (ceding company or insured) generated more than 3.6% of the Company’s gross written premiums. The Company believes that a reduction of business from any one customer would not have a material adverse effect on its future financial condition or results of operations. Approximately 65.9%, 27.0% and 7.1% of the Company’s 2025 gross written premiums were written in the broker reinsurance market, the insurance business and the direct reinsurance market, respectively. The broker reinsurance market consists of several substantial national and international brokers and a number of smaller specialized brokers. Brokers do not have the authority to bind the Company with respect to reinsurance agreements, nor does the Company commit in advance to accept any portion of a broker’s submitted business. Reinsurance business from any ceding company, whether new or renewal is subject to acceptance by the Company. Brokerage fees are generally paid by reinsurers. The Reinsurance segment’s ten largest brokers accounted for an aggregate of approximately 60.9% of gross written premiums in 2025. The broker with the largest share of the company’s business, Marsh McLennan, accounted for approximately 22.4% of gross written premiums. The broker with the next-largest share, Aon, accounted for approximately 18.7% of gross written premiums. The Company believes that a reduction of business assumed from any one broker would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. The direct reinsurance market is an important distribution channel for reinsurance business written by the Company. Direct placement of reinsurance enables the Company to access clients who prefer to place their reinsurance directly with reinsurers based upon the reinsurer’s in-depth understanding of the ceding company’s needs. The Company’s Insurance segment mainly writes commercial property and casualty business on an admitted and non- admitted basis. The business is written through wholesale and retail brokers, surplus lines brokers and through program administrators. In 2025, no single program administrator accounted for more than 4.3% of the Insurance segment’s gross written premium in total. Effective October 26, 2025, the Company sold its renewals rights to certain lines of commercial property and casualty insurance business written through retail brokers. See the Our Operations section for further details of this transaction. It is our long-standing client and broker relationships that help us continue to grow and maintain our global leadership position. The Company continually evaluates each business relationship, including within its distribution channel bearing underwriting expertise and experience, performs analyses to evaluate financial security, monitors performance and adjusts underwriting decisions accordingly. The Company’s underwriting strategies seek to capitalize on what we believe are our global franchise, financial strength and capacity, stable and experienced management team, diversified product and distribution offerings, underwriting expertise and disciplined approach, efficient and low-cost operating structure and effective enterprise risk management practices. The Company’s underwriting strategies emphasize disciplined underwriting, prioritizing underwriting profitability over premium volume and flexibility to adjust and respond to changing market conditions. Key elements of these strategies, as applicable to the Reinsurance segment, include careful risk selection, appropriate pricing through strict underwriting discipline and adjustments to the Company’s business mix as market conditions change. We focus on Table of Contents 3
(re)insuring companies that effectively manage their own underwriting cycle through proper analysis and appropriate pricing of underlying risks and whose underwriting guidelines and performance are compatible with their and the Company’s objectives. Key elements of the Company’s underwriting strategies, as applicable to the Insurance segment, include careful expansion on what we believe to be the Company’s existing strengths in the primary insurance market, including its broad underwriting expertise, global presence, strong financial ratings and substantial capital, and facilitating adjustments to its mix of business by geographic region, line of business and type of coverage. These strategies allow Everest to fully participate in market opportunities that provide the greatest potential for underwriting profitability. The Company’s insurance and reinsurance operations allow the Company to execute its strategies by providing access to the global business markets. The Company carefully monitors its mix of business across all operations to seek to avoid unacceptable geographic or other risk concentrations. Competition. The global reinsurance and insurance markets are highly competitive and mature. Reinsurance and insurance companies differentiate themselves based on financial strength, range of products, brand recognition, duration of the relationship with the cedents, agent and broker relationships, distribution channels, claims management and customer service. Competition for clients might be based on pricing, capacity, coverage terms, conditions or other factors. We compete in global and local markets with U.S., Bermuda, European, and other international reinsurers and insurers. Reinsurance competitors might include investment companies, mutual companies, insurance companies, alternative risk providers (such as captives, catastrophe bonds and pools) and others, as alternative products are introduced into the capital markets to compete with traditional reinsurance companies. In addition, we also compete with new companies and existing companies that move into the insurance industry. Competitors sell through various distribution channels and business models, across a broad array of product lines and with a high level of variation regarding geographic, marketing and customer segmentation. Human Capital Management. Our colleagues worldwide are essential to our success, and we strive to attract and retain the highest caliber of talent to meet our business needs as well as the needs of our clients and customers. It is our goal to build skilled, talented, collaborative, inclusive teams and foster a sense of purpose and company culture rooted in a broad range of thought and experiences. As of February 1, 2026, the Company employed 3,064 persons. Management believes that colleague engagement is strong. None of the Company’s U.S.-based employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements, and the Company is not aware of any current efforts to enter into such agreements. Talent Attraction, Development and Retention. Everest is proud to be home to top industry talent, and we make ongoing, strategic investments in our people. Our ability to attract, develop and retain a high caliber of professionals is critical to our continued growth and ability to execute on our strategic priorities. Investing in the ongoing development of our colleagues is fundamental to our success and sustained competitive advantage as a global leader in risk management. We empower our colleagues to take ownership of their professional growth through a comprehensive suite of resources, including industry-leading training programs, technical upskilling, opportunities, mentorship initiatives and robust management and leadership development offerings. Our commitment to continuous learning and development spans all levels, and we are continually expanding our program offerings to meet evolving needs. This includes a newly implemented enterprise-wide program focused on cultivating next-generation skills, and an expansion of our early career program to develop future Underwriters, Actuaries and IT professionals through rotational placements. Further, Everest maintains a proactive approach to succession planning, prioritizing internal talent development and advancement opportunities. Proactive recruitment of skilled and experienced teams is an important aspect of succession planning at both our Board of Directors (the “Board”) level and throughout the organization. Everest seeks to attract, retain and develop exceptional talent, fostering an inclusive workplace that embraces unique skill sets, experiences and perspectives. People power our success. We are committed to providing all colleagues with an engaging and supportive environment so they can develop personally and help drive our future growth. That is why Everest is pleased to offer various global initiatives such as leadership coffee hours and fireside chats; charitable community outreach events and volunteer opportunities; networking events; employee recognition awards; and, thought leadership topics with senior leaders. By Table of Contents 4
offering a meaningful and engaging colleague experience, we are focused on inspiring our global teams to underwrite opportunity in everything that they do. Culture. Everest’s Values and Colleague Behaviors speak to how we operate as One Everest, regardless of location, level or function. • Our Values are the guiding principles that inform our decisions, actions and behaviors. They are an expression of our culture and an integral part of how we work. • Our Colleague Behaviors define how we operate and interact with each other no matter our location, level or function: Respect Everyone. Pursue Better. Lead by Example. Own our Outcomes. Win Together. • The Company has embedded these behaviors within colleague programs and practices globally. We are taking a systematic approach to integrating them into everything we do, from our talent acquisition and onboarding programs to our performance and compensation plans, recognition initiatives and general employment policies. People are Everest’s greatest asset, and the quality of our teams has been enhanced through the wide range of backgrounds, perspectives and interests our colleagues bring to our community. At Everest, our commitment to equal opportunity in our dealings and cultural inclusivity reflects a core principle that we promote not only within our workplace but also in the global communities where we operate. Our Board is committed to selecting director and executive management candidates who possess unique skill sets, experiences and perspectives that enhance our governance, strategy, corporate responsibility, culture and risk management. Everest has a global inclusion, culture and engagement strategic framework and focus areas that aligns with our corporate values and initiatives. As part of our global inclusion, culture and engagement efforts, our mission is to help foster an environment that attracts, retains and develops the best talent; prioritizes people, their life experiences and perspectives; and serves as a conduit to senior management to promote measurable company-wide engagement. Segments Overview. As of December 31, 2025, the Company managed its business through two reportable segments, Reinsurance and Insurance. Key strategic decisions are based on the aggregate operating results and projections for the two business segments. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company revised its classification and presentation of certain run-off business, previously included within the Reinsurance and Insurance reportable segments, as part of a new segment called "Other". The Other segment includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off asbestos and environmental exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. These segment presentation changes have been reflected retrospectively. The Reinsurance segment writes worldwide property and casualty reinsurance and specialty lines of business, on both a treaty and facultative basis, through reinsurance brokers, as well as directly with ceding companies. Business is written in the United States, Bermuda and Ireland offices, as well as through branches in Canada, India, Singapore, the U.K. and Switzerland. The Insurance segment writes property and casualty insurance directly and through brokers, including for surplus lines, and general agents within the United States, Bermuda, Canada, Europe, Singapore and South America through its offices in the United States, Bermuda, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Singapore, the U.K., Ireland and branches located in Australia, the U.K., the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy and Spain. The two reportable segments are managed independently but conform with corporate guidelines with respect to pricing, risk management, control of aggregate catastrophe exposures, capital, investments and support operations. Management generally monitors and evaluates the financial performance of the two reportable segments based upon their underwriting results. Underwriting results include earned premium less losses and LAE incurred, commission and brokerage expenses and other underwriting expenses. We measure our underwriting results using ratios, in particular, loss, commission and Table of Contents 5
brokerage and other underwriting expense ratios, which, respectively, divide incurred losses, commissions and brokerage and other underwriting expenses by premiums earned. For selected financial information regarding these segments, see ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and ITEM 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Segment Results”. Reinsurance Segment. Overview Reinsurance is an arrangement in which an (re)insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, the ceding company, against all or a portion of the risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more insurance and/or reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance can provide a ceding company with several benefits, including a reduction in its net liability on individual risks or classes of risks, catastrophe protection from large and/or multiple losses and/or a reduction in operating leverage as measured by the ratio of net premiums and reserves to capital. Reinsurance also provides a ceding company with additional underwriting capacity by permitting it to accept larger risks and write more business than would be acceptable relative to the ceding company’s financial resources. Reinsurance does not discharge the ceding company from its liability to policyholders; rather, it reimburses the ceding company for covered losses. There are two types of reinsurance arrangements: treaty and facultative. Treaty reinsurance obligates the ceding company to cede and the reinsurer to assume a specified portion of a type or category of risks insured by the ceding company. Treaty reinsurers do not separately evaluate each of the individual risks assumed under their treaties; instead, the reinsurer evaluates portfolio level exposure based on information provided by the ceding company. In facultative reinsurance, the ceding company cedes, and the reinsurer assumes, all or part of the risk under a single insurance contract. Facultative reinsurance is negotiated separately for each insurance contract that is reinsured. Facultative reinsurance, when purchased by ceding companies, usually is intended to cover individual risks not covered by their reinsurance treaties because of the dollar limits involved or because the risk is unusual. Both treaty and facultative reinsurance can be written on either a pro rata basis or an excess of loss basis. Under pro rata reinsurance, the ceding company and the reinsurer share the premiums as well as the losses and expenses in an agreed proportion. Under excess of loss reinsurance, the reinsurer indemnifies the ceding company against all or a specified portion of losses and expenses in excess of a specified dollar amount, known as the ceding company's retention or reinsurer's attachment point, generally subject to a negotiated reinsurance contract limit. In pro rata reinsurance, the reinsurer generally pays the ceding company a ceding commission. The ceding commission generally is based on the ceding company’s cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (such as commissions, premium taxes, assessments and miscellaneous administrative expenses, and may contain profit sharing provisions, whereby the ceding commission is adjusted based on loss experience). Premiums paid by the ceding company to a reinsurer for excess of loss reinsurance are not directly proportional to the premiums that the ceding company receives because the reinsurer does not assume a proportionate risk. There is usually no ceding commission on treaty excess of loss reinsurance. Reinsurers may purchase reinsurance to cover their own risk exposure. Reinsurance of a reinsurer's business is called a retrocession. Reinsurance companies cede risks under retrocessional agreements to other reinsurers, known as retrocessionaires, for reasons similar to those that cause insurers to purchase reinsurance: to reduce net liability on individual or classes of risks, protect against catastrophic losses, stabilize financial ratios and obtain additional underwriting capacity. All the Company’s reinsurance and retrocessional agreements transfer significant reinsurance risk and therefore, are accounted for as reinsurance in accordance with GAAP guidance. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s Reinsurance segment wrote $12.8 billion of gross written premiums. Reinsurance business written directly through the broker reinsurance market represented $11.6 billion or 90.2% of the segment’s premium and $1.3 billion or 9.8% was written directly with ceding companies. Our Reinsurance segment is comprised of property and casualty reinsurance and specialty lines of business on both a treaty, facultative and large corporate risk basis, including: • Property Pro Rata business, which accounted for 36.3% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for property damage and related losses, which may include business interruption and other non-property losses, resulting from natural or man-made perils arising from their underlying portfolio of policies at an agreed upon percentage for both premium and loss. Table of Contents 6
• Property Non-Catastrophe Excess of Loss (“XOL”) business, which accounted for 5.7% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for a portion of property damage and related losses, which may include business interruption and other non-property losses, resulting from natural or man-made perils in excess of an agreed upon deductible up to a stated limit. • Property Catastrophe XOL business, which accounted for 18.3% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for a portion of property damage and related losses, which may include business interruption and other non-property losses, resulting from catastrophic losses, in excess of an agreed upon deductible up to a stated limit. The main perils covered include hurricane, earthquake, flood, convective storm and fire. • Casualty Pro Rata business, which accounted for 21.3% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for losses primarily arising from general liability, professional indemnity, product liability, workers' compensation, employer’s liability, aviation and auto liability from their underlying portfolio of policies at an agreed upon percentage for both premium and loss. • Casualty XOL business, which accounted for 11.5% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for losses primarily arising from general liability, professional indemnity, product liability, workers' compensation, aviation and auto liability from their underlying portfolio of policies in excess of an agreed upon deductible up to a stated limit. • Financial Lines business, which accounted for 6.9% of reinsurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of contracts providing coverage to cedents for losses arising from political risk, credit, surety, mortgage and alternative risk lines of business on both a pro rata and excess of loss basis. Products Our Reinsurance segment provides treaty and facultative reinsurance on either a pro rata or an excess of loss basis to insurance companies across the globe. Our company provides products for the following lines of business: • Property provides protection for property damage and other related losses covered in the underlying insurance policies. Losses might arise from property loss or property damage, as well as other related risks, such as business interruption and other non-property losses that arise from the covered peril. Perils covered by such policies may be natural or man-made and include hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, windstorms, earthquakes, freezes, floods, explosions and fires. • Catastrophe is a specific line of property reinsurance that provides protection against catastrophic losses from natural perils such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, tornadoes and fires. • Casualty provides protection for losses covered in liability or casualty insurance policies. Typical lines covered by the underlying insurers can be general liability, workers’ compensation, automobile liability, umbrella and excess casualty. • Mortgage reinsurance provides protection in the U.S. and internationally on private mortgage insurance policies as well as participating in Government Sponsored Entities (i.e. Fannie Mae & Freddie Mac) credit risk-sharing transactions. Reinsurance coverage is provided on a proportional and non-proportional basis. We participate regularly in both Fannie Mae & Freddie Mac single family and multifamily risk sharing programs. • Marine provides protection for property damages, physical loss or liability affecting the marine business, which includes losses relating to cargo ships, hull, recreational craft, inland marine and offshore energy. Perils can be natural or man-made and include storms, sinking/stranding, pollution, fire, explosion and accidents. • Aviation provides protection cover for aircrafts, airline, aerospace and other general aviation risks. • Engineering provides protection for construction and machinery risks including testing, setting up of machinery, operational failures, incidents affecting plant and equipment, business interruption and other mechanical failures. This class also covers property and liability exposures related to construction sites. • Professional Lines provides protection for losses arising from employment, practices and coverage of risks, such as director’s and officer’s liability, employment litigation liability, medical malpractice, professional indemnity, environmental liability, omission of insurance and cyber liability. Table of Contents 7
• Credit and Surety provides protection for losses arising from insurance products, offering payments in the event of default from a borrower. Losses may arise from surety bonds issued by insurers as required by regulators or guarantors. For example, mortgage insurance provides coverage for losses related to credit risk. • Motor provides protection to insurance companies offering motor liability and property damage. Losses may affect the underlying insured party or other claimants. • Agriculture/Crop provides protection for risks associated with agriculture and production of food. Underlying insurance contracts might offer contracts covering against natural or man-perils, such as hail, storms and floods, and might cover crop yields or price deviation from set amounts. • Political Violence provides protection against damages resulting from various perils, such as terrorism, sabotage, strikes, riots, insurrection, revolution, coup and war. Losses might occur due to property damage resulting from such perils, business interruption, cyber/malicious attack, event cancellation or construction delays. Table of Contents 8
Insurance Segment. Overview Everest’s Insurance segment markets and distributes a wide range of insurance products and services through various forms of brokers and agents on a worldwide basis. We serve multinational corporations and mid-size commercial clients across various industries globally. Our Insurance segment operates through both North America and international markets. Effective October 26, 2025, the Company sold its renewals rights to certain lines of commercial property and casualty insurance business written through retail brokers. See the Our Operations section for further details of this transaction. In 2025, the Company’s Insurance segment wrote $4.8 billion of gross written premiums. The Insurance segment lines of business write a broad suite of tailored products and services, including: • Accident and Health business, which accounted for 9.6% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering Participant Accident, Short-Term Medical and Medical Stop-Loss protection for employers with self-funded medical plans. • Specialty Casualty business, which accounted for 23.4% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering General Liability (Premises/Operations and Products), Auto Liability and Umbrella/Excess Liability. • Other Specialty business, which accounted for 13.4% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering specialty areas including, but not limited to, Surety, Trade Credit & Political Risk, Transactional Liability, Energy & Construction and Aviation. • Professional Liability business, which accounted for 17.3% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering Directors & Officers Liability, Errors & Omissions, Cyber Liability and other ancillary financial lines products. • Property/Short-Tail business, which accounted for 29.8% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering Property, Inland Marine and other short-tail lines. • Workers’ Compensation business, which accounted for 6.6% of Insurance gross written premiums, consists predominantly of policies covering Workers’ Compensation, including both guaranteed cost and loss sensitive product offerings. Products The Insurance segment writes property, casualty and specialty insurance products, which are aligned with the lines of business described within the Insurance Segment Overview. These products are written directly, as well as through brokers, including for surplus lines and general agents within the U.S., Bermuda, Canada, Europe, Singapore and South America through offices in the U.S., Bermuda, Canada, Chile, Singapore, the U.K., Ireland and branches located in the U.K., the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy and Spain. Claims. Insurance claims are managed by the Company’s professional claims staff (the “Claims staff”), many of whom have insurance and legal professional qualifications. Their responsibilities include reviewing initial loss reports, analyzing coverage issues, evaluating and reserving claims and paying settlements. When appropriate, the Claims staff engage external professional advisors such as legal counsel, loss adjusters and engineers to support the effective management of claims. Claims are allocated to the Claims staff according to their expertise and experience and most specialize in particular product segments and geographies. Some insurance claims are handled by third party claims service providers who have limited authority and are subject to oversight by the Claims staff. The Claims staff work closely with senior management in Insurance, as well as underwriting, finance and actuarial. Reinsurance claims are also managed by the Company’s Claims staff whose responsibilities include reviewing initial loss reports and coverage issues, monitoring claims, handling activities of ceding companies, establishing and adjusting proper case reserves and approving payment of claims. In addition to claims assessment, processing and payment, the Claims staff selectively conducts comprehensive claim audits of both specific claims and overall claim procedures at the offices of selected ceding companies. Some reinsurance claims are handled by third party claims service providers who have Table of Contents 9
limited authority and are subject to oversight by the Company’s Claims staff. The Claims staff works closely with senior management in Reinsurance, as well as underwriting, finance and actuarial. The Company intensively manages its asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) exposures through a dedicated, centrally managed Claims staff with experienced claim and legal professionals who specialize in the handling of such exposures. They actively manage each individual insured and reinsured account, responding to claim developments with evaluations of the involved exposures and adjustment of reserves, as appropriate. Specific or general claim developments that may have material implications for the Company are regularly communicated to senior management, actuarial, legal and financial areas. Senior management and claim management personnel meet at least quarterly to review the Company’s overall reserve positions and make changes, if appropriate. The Company continually reviews its internal processing, communications and analytics, seeking to enhance the management of its A&E exposures, in particular with respect to changes in asbestos claims and litigation. Loss Reserves. Reserves for Unpaid Property and Casualty Losses and LAE. Significant periods of time may elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to the (re) insurer, the payment of that loss by the insurer and subsequent payments to the insurer by the reinsurer. To recognize liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE, insurers and reinsurers establish reserves, which are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of future amounts needed to pay reported and unreported claims and related expenses for losses that have already occurred. To the extent reserves prove to be insufficient to cover actual losses and LAE after taking into account available reinsurance coverage, the Company would have to recognize such reserve shortfalls and incur a charge to earnings, which could be material in the period such recognition takes place. See ITEM 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Loss and LAE Reserves”. As part of the reserving process, (re)insurers evaluate historical data and trends and make judgments as to the impact of various factors, such as legislative and judicial developments that may affect future claim amounts, changes in social and political attitudes that may increase loss exposures and inflationary and general economic trends. While the reserving process is difficult and subjective for insurance companies, the inherent uncertainties of estimating such reserves are even greater for the reinsurer, due primarily to the longer time between the date of an occurrence and the reporting of any attendant claims to the reinsurer, the diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties or facultative contracts, the necessary reliance on the ceding companies for information regarding reported claims and differing reserving practices among ceding companies. In addition, trends that have affected development of liabilities in the past may not necessarily occur or affect liability development in the same manner or to the same degree in the future. As a result, actual losses and LAE may deviate, perhaps substantially, from estimates of reserves reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company’s loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of the Company’s ultimate liability. Management’s best estimate is developed through collaboration with actuarial, underwriting, claims, legal and finance departments and culminates with the input of reserve committees. Each segment’s reserve committee includes the participation of the relevant parties from actuarial, finance, claims and the segment’s senior management. Reserves are further reviewed by Everest’s Chief Reserving Actuary and senior management. The objective of such process is to determine a single best estimate viewed by management to be the best estimate of its ultimate loss liability. While there can be no assurance that these reserves will not need to be increased in the future, management believes that the Company’s existing reserves and reserving methodologies reduce the likelihood that any such increases would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Like many other property and casualty insurance and reinsurance companies, the Company has experienced loss development for prior accident years, which has impacted losses and LAE reserves and caused corresponding effects to income (loss) in the periods in which the adjustments were made. There can be no assurance that adverse development from prior years will not occur in the future or that such adverse development will not have a material adverse effect on net income (loss). Since the Company has operations in many countries, part of the Company’s loss and LAE reserves are in foreign currencies and translated to U.S. dollars for each reporting period. Fluctuations in the exchange rates for the currencies, period over period, affect the U.S. dollar amount of outstanding reserves. The translation adjustment eliminates the impact of the exchange fluctuations from the reserve re-estimates. For reconciliation of beginning and ending reserves, see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents 10
Adverse Development Cover Reinsurance Agreements Effective October 1, 2025, the Company through its subsidiaries Everest Re and Bermuda Re (the “Ceding Companies”) entered into adverse development reinsurance agreements with State National Insurance Company, Inc. and MS Transverse Insurance Company. The Reinsurance Agreements are supported on a retrocessional basis by Longtail Re, an affiliate of Stone Ridge Capital. The agreements reinsure potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising from substantially all of the Ceding Companies’ North American liabilities within the Insurance and Other segments (“Subject Business”) up to a gross limit of $1.2 billion. Certain liabilities are excluded from the Subject Business, including among others those related to the A&E reserves included in the Other segment. The carried reserves held for the Subject Business were $5.4 billion as of September 30, 2025 and $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, respectively. The adverse development cover (“ADC”) is composed of three layers. The first layer is an “in the money” layer whereby the ADC attachment point was $1,250 billion below the Company’s North American Insurance and Other segment liability subject reserves of $5.4 billion held as of September 30, 2025. The second layer is $700 million in excess of the $5.4 billion. The Company transferred $1,250 million of in-the-money reserves in consideration for the first two layers upon closing of the transaction. The third layer is $500 million, for which the Company paid approximately $122 million of consideration upon closing of the transaction. The Company has a co-participation of $100 million in each of the second and third layers. For more details, see Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2025 and the adverse development reinsurance agreements attached thereto and incorporated by reference below in Exhibits 10.55 and 10.56. As of December 31, 2025, the total covered losses ceded to State National Insurance Company, Inc. were $1,253 million. The aggregated unexpired limit was $597 million and $400 million for State National Insurance Company, Inc. and MS Transverse Insurance Company, respectively. Reserves for Asbestos and Environmental Loss and LAE. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s gross reserves for A&E claims represented 0.6% of its total reserves. The results of run-off A&E exposures are included within the Company’s Other segment. The Company’s A&E liabilities stem from direct insurance business from Mt. McKinley Insurance Company (“Mt. McKinley”) and assumed reinsurance business of Everest Re. Mt. McKinley was a former wholly-owned subsidiary that was sold in 2015 to Clearwater Insurance Company (“Clearwater”), a subsidiary of Fairfax Financial. Concurrently with the closing of such sale, the Company entered into a retrocession treaty with an affiliate of Clearwater. Per the retrocession treaty, the Company retroceded 100% of the liabilities associated with certain Mt. McKinley policies, which had been reinsured by Bermuda Re. As consideration for entering into the retrocession treaty, Bermuda Re transferred cash of $140 million, an amount equal to the net loss reserves as of the closing date. Of the $140 million of net loss reserves retroceded, $101 million were related to A&E business. The maximum liability retroceded under the retrocession treaty is $440 million, equal to the retrocession payment plus $300 million. Bermuda Re will retain liability for any amounts exceeding the maximum liability retroceded under the retrocession treaty. On December 20, 2019, the retrocession treaty was amended and included a partial commutation reducing the gross A&E reserves and the corresponding reinsurance receivable by $43 million and increasing the maximum liability permitted to be retroceded to $450 million. Additional losses, including those relating to latent injuries and other exposures, which are as yet unrecognized and the type or magnitude of which cannot be foreseen by either the Company or the industry, may emerge in the future. Such future emergence could have material adverse effects on the Company’s future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There are significant uncertainties in estimating the amount of the Company’s potential losses from A&E claims and ultimate values cannot be estimated using traditional reserving techniques. See ITEM 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asbestos and Environmental Exposures” and ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Investments. The Board of Directors of the Company has an Investment Policy Committee that is responsible for establishing investment policy and guidelines and, together with senior management, for overseeing their execution. The Board of Directors of each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries ensures that investment policies are in compliance with local regulatory requirements and are aligned with Group’s overall investment policy and guidelines. Table of Contents 11
The Company’s principal investment objectives are to ensure funds are available to meet its insurance and reinsurance obligations and to maximize after-tax investment income while maintaining a high-quality diversified investment portfolio. Considering these objectives, the Company views its investment portfolio as having two components: (1) the investments needed to satisfy outstanding liabilities (i.e., largely its core fixed maturities portfolio) and (2) investments funded by the Company’s shareholders’ equity. For the portion needed to satisfy global outstanding liabilities, the Company generally invests in fixed maturities with strong average credit quality. This global fixed maturity securities portfolio is managed both internally and on an external basis by independent, professional investment managers using portfolio guidelines approved by the Company. The Company has expanded the allocation of its investments funded by shareholders’ equity to include: (1) fixed and floating rate securities, (2) bank and private loan securities, (3) private equity limited partnership investments and (4) corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies, which are invested in debt and equity securities. The objective of this portfolio diversification is to enhance the risk-adjusted total return of the investment portfolio by allocating a prudent portion of the portfolio to higher return asset classes. The Company limits its allocation to these asset classes because of (i) the potential for volatility in their values and (ii) the impact of these investments on regulatory and rating agency capital adequacy models. The Company uses investment managers experienced in these markets and adjusts its allocation to these investments based upon market conditions. The duration of an investment is based on the maturity of the security but also reflects the payment of interest and the possibility of early prepayments. The Company’s fixed income investment guidelines include a general duration guideline. This investment duration guideline is established and periodically revised by management, which considers economic and business factors, as well as the Company’s average duration of potential liabilities, which, at December 31, 2025, is estimated at approximately 4.0 years, based on the estimated payouts of underwriting liabilities using standard duration calculations. The average durations of the fixed income portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were 3.4 years and 3.1 years, respectively. Financial Strength Ratings. The following table shows the current financial strength ratings of the Company’s operating subsidiaries as reported by A.M. Best, S&P and Moody’s. These ratings represent an independent opinion of our subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance, business profile and ability to meet policyholder obligations. The ratings are not intended to be an indication of the degree or lack of risk involved in a direct or indirect equity investment or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities. Additionally, rating organizations may change their rating methodology, which could have a material impact on our financial strength ratings. All of the below-mentioned ratings are continually monitored and revised, if necessary, by each of the rating agencies. The ratings presented in the following table were in effect as of December 31, 2025. The Company believes that its ratings are important as they provide the Company’s customers and others with an independent assessment of the Company’s financial strength using a rating scale that provides for relative comparisons. Table of Contents 12
Strong financial ratings are particularly important for reinsurance and insurance companies given that customers rely on a company to pay covered losses well into the future. As a result, a highly rated company is generally preferred. Operating Subsidiary (1), (2): A.M. Best (3) S&P (4) Moody's (5) Everest Reinsurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) A1 (upper-medium) Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) A1 (upper-medium) Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland) dac A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest National Insurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Indemnity Insurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Security Insurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest International Assurance, Ltd. A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Insurance Company of Canada A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Denali Insurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Premier Insurance Company A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Everest Insurance (Ireland), dac A+ (Superior) A+ (Strong) Not Rated Compañia de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V. A+ (Superior) Not Rated Not Rated (1) Everest Compañía de Seguros Generales Chile S.A. is rated AA by Humphreys and AA+ by ICR Chile. These ratings were affirmed as of July 25, 2025, and July 31, 2025, respectively. (2) Everest Compañía de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A. is rated AA by Value & Risk. This rating was affirmed as of September 25, 2025. (3) A.M. Best Financial Strength Ratings Scale: D (Poor) to A+ (Superior). Each financial strength rating category from A to C includes a rating notch to reflect a graduation of financial strength within the category. A rating notch is expressed with either a second plus (+) or a minus (-). (4) S&P Financial Strength Ratings Scale: D (Payment Default) to AAA (Extremely Strong). Ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories. (5) Moody’s Financial Strength Ratings Scale: C (Low Grade) to Aaa (High Grade). Note that Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. A.M. Best states that the “A+” (“Superior”) rating is assigned to those companies which, in its opinion, have a superior ability to meet their ongoing insurance policies and contract obligations based on A.M. Best’s comprehensive quantitative and qualitative evaluation of a company’s balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. A.M. Best affirmed these ratings on October 29, 2025, and revised the outlook from stable to negative. S&P states that the “A+”/ “A” ratings are assigned to those insurance companies which, in its opinion, have strong financial security characteristics with respect to their ability to pay under their insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. S&P affirmed all ratings on January 28, 2025, and changed the outlook from stable to negative. Moody’s states that an “A1” rating is assigned to companies that, in their opinion, offer upper-medium grade security and are subject to low credit risk. Moody’s affirmed these ratings on October 28, 2025, and revised the outlook from stable to negative. Subsidiaries other than Everest Re and Bermuda Re may not be rated by some or any rating agencies given that such ratings are not considered essential by the individual subsidiary’s customers because of the limited nature of the subsidiary’s operations or because the subsidiaries are newly established and have not yet been rated by the agencies. Debt Ratings. The following table shows the debt ratings by A.M. Best, S&P and Moody’s of the following series of notes issued by Holdings, all of which are considered investment grade: (1) senior notes due June 1, 2044, (2) senior notes due October 15, 2050, (3) senior notes due October 15, 2052 and (4) long-term notes due May 1, 2067. Debt ratings are the rating agencies’ current assessment of the credit worthiness and outlook of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. Instrument A.M. Best S&P Moody's Senior Notes due June 1, 2044 a- (Excellent) BBB+ (Strong) Baa1 (Medium Grade) Senior Notes due October 15, 2050 a- (Excellent) BBB+ (Strong) Baa1 (Medium Grade) Senior Notes due October 15, 2052 Not Rated BBB+ (Strong) Baa1 (Medium Grade) Long-Term Notes due May 1, 2067 bbb (Good) BBB- (Adequate) Baa2 (Medium Grade) Table of Contents 13
Enterprise Risk Management. Everest underwrites and manages risk for its customers. As a global insurance and reinsurance business, we have an established Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework that is integrated into the day-to-day management of our businesses and operations. The ERM framework provides a group-wide systemic approach to managing the organization’s key risks and is supported by Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Everest Board. Risk governance is a key component of Everest’s ERM framework in order to establish and coordinate risk guidelines that reflect the enterprise’s appetite for risk, facilitate monitoring of risk exposure relative to established guidelines and ensure effective and timely escalation and communication to management and the Board. Risk management is overseen by Board and senior management risk committees. The risk committees are established at the Group level, as well as within certain Everest entities, to oversee capital and risk positions, approve risk management strategies and limits and establish appropriate risk standards and policies. Our Enterprise Risk Committee (“ERC”) reports to and assists the Chief Executive Officer in the oversight and review of Everest’s ERM framework and key risks, including Underwriting, Financial, Operational and Strategic risks. The ERC is responsible for establishing the Group’s risk management principles, policies and risk appetite levels. The ERC meets at least quarterly and is comprised of the following senior executives: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Group Chief Underwriting Officer, Reinsurance Chief Underwriting Officer, Insurance Chief Underwriting Officer, Global Operations Executive, Chief Executive of Legacy Operations, Chief Reserving Actuary and Chief Risk Officer. The ERC is assisted in its activities by Everest’s ERM function and senior management risk committees. The ERC provides strategic risk management direction to the Group, which is then executed by the business units and by Everest’s ERM function. ERM is centrally responsible for implementing the risk management framework and identifying, assessing, monitoring, controlling and communicating the Company’s risk exposures. Everest’s ERM function is independent of operating units and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. Everest’s senior management risk committees, including the Underwriting Risk Committee, Financial Risk Committee and Operational Risk Committee, report into ERC with monitoring and analysis of risk insights with regards to exposure management and execution management. Our Chief Risk Officer also reports to the Board’s Risk Management Committee (“RMC”), which helps execute the Board’s supervisory responsibility pertaining to ERM. The role of the RMC includes evaluation of the integrity and effectiveness of our ERM procedures, systems, and information; governance on major policy decisions pertaining to risk aggregation and minimization; and, assessment of our major decisions and preparedness levels pertaining to perceived material risks. Regulatory Matters. The Company and its insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the insurance statutes of the various jurisdictions in which they conduct business, including Bermuda, all U.S. states, Canada, Singapore, Brazil, the U.K., Ireland, Chile Colombia, Mexico, India and Australia. These regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and are generally designed to protect ceding insurance companies and policyholders by regulating the Company’s conduct of business, financial integrity and ability to meet its obligations. Many of these regulations require reporting of information designed to allow insurance regulators to closely monitor the Company’s performance. Climate-Related Risk Management. As a global insurance and reinsurance organization, we recognize the potential impact of extreme natural perils on our world. We are also acutely aware of the fact that our industry plays a critical role in economic and social recovery after such extreme weather events. It is our policy to remain committed to providing solutions that can help our clients manage their own environmental risks in real and practical ways. We are also dedicated to managing and reducing our own ecological footprint wherever possible and considering environmental factors when making investment decisions. Much of our business involves protecting clients through insurance and reinsurance from the impact of devastating natural catastrophes. As such, it is our policy to take a proactive approach to incorporating climate and weather-related risk into our underwriting procedure. To meet this challenge, our underwriting, actuarial and catastrophe modelling teams work together in researching and analyzing external raw climate/meteorological data in conjunction with our internal proprietary claims and loss information data to assess the geographical impacts of climate-related risk and develop predictive analytics models to refine our pricing tolerances and product development. This team approach to assessing the impact of climate-related risk for Everest, as well as our customers, ensures that we are most accurately and responsibly providing specialized coverage to our clients for climate and other environment-related risks. Table of Contents 14
Insurance Holding Company Regulation. Under applicable U.S. laws and regulations, no person, corporation or other entity may acquire a controlling interest in the Company, unless such person, corporation or entity has obtained prior approval for such acquisition from the insurance commissioners of Delaware and any other state in which the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are domiciled or deemed domiciled (as of this date, California). Under these laws, “control” is presumed when any person acquires, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company. To obtain the approval of any change in control, the proposed acquirer must file an application with the relevant insurance commissioner disclosing, among other things, the background of the acquirer and that of its directors and officers, the acquirer’s financial condition and its proposed changes in the management and operations of the insurance company. U.S. state regulators also require prior notice or regulatory approval of material intercompany and inter-affiliate transactions within the holding company structure. Effective January 7, 2026, the Bermuda Insurance Amendment (No. 2) Act 2025 (the "Amendment Act") expanded the Bermuda Monetary Authority's ("BMA") group supervision framework under the Bermuda Insurance Act 1978 (the “Act”). Under the Amendment Act, the BMA will now designate and register non-regulated insurance holding companies, including insurance groups headed by either (a) a specified insurer or (b) a Bermuda company that is the ultimate parent company of an insurance group. For this purpose, a “specified insurer” will be a Class 3A, 3B, 4, C, D or E insurer unless such other class of insurer is designated by the BMA. Since the Company is incorporated in Bermuda and is the ultimate parent of Everest’s insurance group, the Company may become subject to group supervision by the BMA under the Amendment Act. The BMA may designate one of Everest's Bermuda-licensed subsidiaries as the "designated insurer" responsible for group-level regulatory compliance or if it determines that effective group supervision cannot be achieved through the designated insurer, instead designate and register the Company as a "designated insurance holding company". Notice of this determination will be given, following which such entity will be registered by the BMA. If such a designation is made with respect to the Company, the BMA's supervisory and enforcement powers will extend directly to Everest at the holding company level. Under the Amendment Act, insurance groups subject to supervision have a 12-month transition period to take steps required for compliance, with the BMA authorized to grant extensions of up to an additional 12 months upon application. As a result of the Amendment Act, the Company may become subject to group-level solvency and capital requirements, consolidated financial reporting and auditing obligations, recovery planning requirements and prior notification or approval requirements for certain material changes. For example no member of an insurance group domiciled in Bermuda can amalgamate with, acquire or merge with another firm without the designated insurer of that group first providing notice to the BMA that the member intends to effect such material change and allowing the BMA at least 30 days to confirm it has no objection. The Company is evaluating the impact of the Amendment Act on its regulatory obligations and on its solvency and capital requirements. The Insurance Companies Act of Canada requires prior approval by the Minister of Finance of anyone acquiring a significant interest in an insurance company authorized to do business in Canada. In addition, the Company is subject to regulation by the insurance regulators of other U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions in which it is authorized to do business. Certain of these U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions impose regulations regulating the ability of any person to acquire control of an insurance company authorized to do business in that jurisdiction without appropriate regulatory approval similar to those described above. Dividends. Under Bermuda law, Group is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if such payment would reduce the realizable value of its assets to an amount less than the aggregate value of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium (additional paid-in capital) accounts. Group’s ability to pay dividends and its operating expenses is partially dependent upon dividends from its subsidiaries. The payment of dividends by insurance subsidiaries is limited under Bermuda law as well as the laws of the various U.S. states in which Group’s insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are domiciled or deemed domiciled. The limitations are generally based upon net income (loss) and compliance with applicable policyholders’ surplus or minimum solvency and liquidity requirements as determined in accordance with the relevant statutory accounting practices. Under Irish corporate and regulatory law, Holdings Ireland, Everest Dublin Insurance Holdings Limited (Ireland) (“Everest Dublin Holdings”) and their respective subsidiaries are limited as to the dividends they can pay based on retained earnings and net income (loss) and/or capital and minimum solvency requirements. As Holdings has outstanding debt obligations, it is dependent upon dividends and other permissible Table of Contents 15
payments from its operating subsidiaries to enable it to meet its debt and operating expense obligations and to pay dividends. Under Bermuda law, Bermuda Re, Everest International and Everest Assurance are unable to declare or make payment of a dividend if they fail to meet their minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. As long-term insurers, Bermuda Re and Everest Assurance are also unable to declare or pay a dividend to anyone who is not a policyholder unless, after payment of the dividend, the value of the assets in their long-term business fund, as certified by their approved actuary, exceeds their liabilities for long-term business by at least the $500,000 minimum solvency margin. Prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) is required if Bermuda Re’s, Everest International’s or Everest Assurance’s dividend payments would exceed 25% of their respective prior year end statutory capital and surplus. At December 31, 2025, Bermuda Re, Everest International and Everest Assurance exceeded their solvency and liquidity requirements. The payment of dividends to Holdings by Everest Re is subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law. Generally, Everest Re may only pay dividends out of its statutory earned surplus, which was $8.9 billion at December 31, 2025, and only after it has given 10 days prior notice to the Delaware Insurance Commissioner. During this 10-day period, the Commissioner may, by order, limit or disallow the payment of ordinary dividends if the Commissioner finds the insurer to be presently or potentially in financial distress. Further, the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid without the prior approval of the Delaware Insurance Commissioner in any twelve-month period is the greater of (1) 10% of the insurer’s statutory surplus as of the end of the prior calendar year and (2) the insurer’s statutory net income (loss), not including realized capital gains (losses), for the prior calendar year. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, the maximum amount that will be available for the payment of dividends by Everest Re without triggering the requirement for prior approval of regulatory authorities in connection with a dividend is $886 million. Insurance Regulation. Bermuda Re and Everest International are not admitted to do business in any jurisdiction in the United States. These entities conduct their insurance business from their offices in Bermuda, and branch offices in the U.K. for Bermuda Re, and Singapore and Australia for Everest International. Everest Assurance, by virtue of its one-time election under section 953(d) of the U.S. IRC to be a U.S. income tax paying “Controlled Foreign Corporation”, is admitted to do business in the United States and Bermuda. In Bermuda, Bermuda Re, Everest International, Everest Assurance and Mt. Logan Re, Ltd. (“Mt. Logan Re”) are regulated by the Insurance Act 1978 (as amended) and related regulations (the “Act”). The Act establishes solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements and subjects Bermuda Re, Everest International and Everest Assurance to the supervision, investigation and intervention powers of the BMA. Under the Act, each of Bermuda Re and Everest International, as a Class 4 insurer, is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda, maintain a minimum of $100 million in statutory capital and surplus, have an independent auditor approved by the BMA conduct an annual audit and report on their respective statutory and U.S. GAAP financial statements and filings, and have an appointed loss reserve specialist (also approved by the BMA) review and report on their respective loss reserves annually. Under the Act, Everest Assurance is licensed as a Class 3A insurer for general business and as a Class C insurer for long-term business. As noted above, in light of the Amendment Act, Group may become regulated by the BMA as its Group Supervisor. Additionally, as Group Supervisor, the BMA will chair a Supervisory College, coordinating with other regulators that supervise Group’s licensed entities in other jurisdictions. The Company is assessing the full scope of its compliance obligations and the potential impact of these requirements. We may need to allocate considerable time and resources to comply with new regulatory requirements and such requirements could impact our domicile and the operations of our insurance and/or non-insurance subsidiaries, impact our financial condition, capital requirements, outstanding debt, ratings and significantly increase our cost of regulatory compliance. Bermuda Re is also registered under the Act as a Class C long-term insurer and is thereby authorized to write life and annuity business. As a long-term insurer, Bermuda Re is required to maintain $500,000 in statutory capital separate from its Class 4 minimum statutory capital and surplus, to maintain long-term business funds, to separately account for this business and to have an approved actuary prepare a certificate concerning its long-term business assets and liabilities to be filed annually. Bermuda Re’s operations in the U.K. are subject to regulation by the Prudential Regulation Authority (the “PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”). The PRA imposes solvency, capital adequacy, audit, financial reporting and other regulatory requirements on insurers transacting business in the U.K. The FCA regulates the conduct of insurers transacting business in the U.K. Bermuda Re presently meets or exceeds all of the PRA’s solvency and capital requirements. Table of Contents 16
U.S. domestic property and casualty insurers, including reinsurers, are subject to regulation by their states of domicile and by those states in which they are licensed. The regulation of reinsurers is typically focused on financial condition, investments, management and operation. The rates and policy terms of reinsurance agreements are generally not subject to direct regulation by any governmental authority. The operations of Everest Re’s foreign branch offices in Canada, Singapore and India are subject to regulation by the insurance regulatory officials of those jurisdictions. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations. Everest National, Everest Security, Everest Denali and Everest Premier are subject to regulations similar to the U.S. regulations applicable to Everest Re. In addition, these companies must comply with substantial regulatory requirements in each state where they conduct business. These additional requirements include, but are not limited to, rate and policy form requirements, as well as requirements on licensing, agent appointments, participation in residual markets and claim handling procedures. These regulations are primarily designed for the protection of policyholders. Everest Indemnity is a Delaware domestic surplus lines insurer and is eligible to write insurance on a surplus lines basis in the United States. The operations of Ireland Insurance are regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Its branch office in the U.K. is also regulated by the PRA and FCA. Its branch offices in the Netherlands, Germany, France, Italy and Spain are subject to limited local regulation by the insurance regulatory officials of those jurisdictions. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations in each of these jurisdictions. The operations of Ireland Re are regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Its branch office in Switzerland is regulated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations in each of these jurisdictions. Compañía de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V. is an insurance company dully incorporated under the Mexican law. The company is regulated by the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas (National Insurance and Bonds Commission). Management believes that the Company is in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations in Mexico. Everest Compañía de Seguros Generales Chile S.A. is an insurance company legally incorporated in Chile. Everest Chile is regulated by the Financial Market Commission (“CMF”) which oversees the entities and activities involved in the securities, insurance, banking and financial institutions markets in Chile. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations in Chile. Everest Compañía de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A. is an insurance company legally constituted in the Republic of Colombia, with an office in the city of Bogotá, and is supervised and monitored by the Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia (“SFC”) Insurance Regulatory Authority in Colombia. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to its business and operations in Colombia. Licenses. Everest Re is a licensed property and casualty insurer and/or reinsurer in all states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam. Such licensing enables U.S. domestic ceding company clients to take credit for uncollateralized reinsurance receivables from Everest Re in their statutory financial statements. Everest Re is licensed as a property and casualty reinsurer in Canada. It is also authorized to conduct reinsurance business in India, Singapore and Brazil. Everest Re can also write reinsurance in other foreign countries. Because some jurisdictions require a reinsurer to register in order to be an acceptable market for local insurers, Everest Re is registered as a foreign insurer and/or reinsurer in the following countries: Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, India, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, the Philippines, Singapore and Venezuela. Everest National is licensed in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Everest Indemnity is a Delaware domestic surplus lines insurer and is eligible to write insurance on a surplus lines basis in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Everest Security converted from a Georgia corporation to a Delaware corporation effective August 1, 2023, and is licensed to write property and casualty insurance as an admitted insurance carrier in Delaware, Alabama, Georgia and Texas. Table of Contents 17
Everest Denali is licensed in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Everest Premier is licensed in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Bermuda Re and Everest International are registered as Class 4 insurers in Bermuda, and Bermuda Re is also registered as a long-term insurer in Bermuda. Bermuda Re is also registered as a certified reinsurer in New York and Delaware and is registered as a reciprocal reinsurer in Delaware, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina and Texas. Bermuda Re is also an authorized reinsurer in the U.K., registered as a reinsurer in China and is also an authorized insurer in Singapore. Everest Assurance is registered as a Class 3A general business insurer in Bermuda and a Class C long-term insurer in Bermuda. By virtue of its one-time election under section 953(d) of the U.S. IRC to be a U.S. income tax paying “Controlled Foreign Corporation,” Everest Assurance may operate in both the U.S. and Bermuda. Everest Assurance is also considered an approved/eligible alien surplus lines insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. In addition, Everest Assurance can also write reinsurance in other foreign countries. Because some jurisdictions require a reinsurer to register in order to be an acceptable market for local insurers, Everest Assurance is registered as a foreign insurer and/or reinsurer in the following countries: Bolivia, Colombia, Chile, Ecuador, Guatemala, Mexico and Paraguay. Ireland Re is licensed to write property and casualty reinsurance for the European Union, European Economic Area and Swiss markets. Additionally, Ireland Re is registered as a reciprocal reinsurer in Delaware, Illinois and New York. Ireland Insurance is licensed to write insurance for the European Union, European Economic Area and U.K. markets. Ireland Insurance is also considered an approved/eligible alien surplus lines insurer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. In addition, Ireland Insurance is registered as a foreign insurer in the following countries: Panama, Columbia, Chile and India. Everest Canada is licensed to write property and casualty insurance in Canada. Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Chile S.A. is an insurance corporation authorized by the general laws of Chile. Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A., a Colombia based insurance company and a direct subsidiary of Everest International, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance and reinsurance business within Colombia. Compañia de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V., a Mexico based insurance company, is licensed to write property and casualty insurance and reinsurance business within Mexico. Periodic Examinations. Led by their states of domicile, U.S. insurance companies are subject to periodic financial examination of their affairs, usually every three to five years. U.S. insurance companies are also subject to examinations by the various state insurance departments where they are licensed concerning compliance with applicable conduct of business regulations. In addition, non-U.S. insurance companies and branches are subject to examination and review by regulators in their respective jurisdictions. In 2025, there were no reports of these examinations or reviews issued that contained any material findings or recommendations. NAIC Risk-Based Capital Requirements. The U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) has developed a formula to measure the statutory minimum amount of capital required for a property and casualty insurance company to support its overall business operations in light of its size and risk profile. The major categories of a company’s risk profile are its asset risk, credit risk and underwriting risk. The standard is an effort to anticipate insolvencies. This allows regulators to take actions that could limit the impact of these insolvencies on policyholders. Under the approved formula, a company’s adjusted statutory surplus (end of period surplus adjusted for items not currently applicable to the Everest companies) is compared to the Risk-Based Capital Model (“RBC”) developed by the NAIC. If this ratio is above a minimum threshold, no action is necessary. Below this threshold are four distinct action levels at which an insurer’s domiciliary state regulator can intervene with increasing degrees of authority over an insurer as the ratio of adjusted surplus to RBC decreases. The mildest intervention requires an insurer to submit a plan of appropriate corrective actions. The most severe action requires an insurer to be rehabilitated or liquidated. Table of Contents 18
Based on their financial positions, as of December 31, 2025, Everest Re, Everest National, Everest Indemnity, Everest Security, Everest Denali and Everest Premier exceed the minimum RBC thresholds. Tax Matters. The following summary of the taxation of the Company is based on current law. There can be no assurance that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not be enacted that might materially affect this summary. Bermuda. On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (the “2023 Act”), which will apply a 15% corporate income tax to certain Bermuda businesses in fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. The 2023 Act includes a provision referred to as “The Economic Transition Adjustment” (the “ETA”), which is intended to provide a fair and equitable transition into the new tax regime, and results in a deferred tax benefit for the Company. However, on January 15, 2025, the OECD issued guidance related to “deferred tax assets arising from tax benefits provided by General Government” restricting the utilization of those deferred tax benefits against the computation of its Pillar Two Global Minimum Taxes to approximately 20% of the originally calculated amounts and only for a grace period of two years through 2026. If the Bermuda Ministry of Finance amends the 2023 Act in response to this guidance, the exact impact of any such amendments is uncertain but there is a risk that it results in a reduction in the Company's Deferred Tax Assets. Under Bermuda law through 2024, no income, withholding or capital gains taxes are imposed upon Group and its Bermuda subsidiaries. Non-Bermuda branches of Bermuda subsidiaries are subject to local taxes in the jurisdictions in which they operate. United States. The Group’s U.S. subsidiaries conduct business and are subject to taxation in the United States. Non-U.S. branches of U.S. subsidiaries are subject to both local taxation in the jurisdictions in which they operate and U.S. corporate income tax but are generally relieved from double taxation through the application of foreign tax credits against their U.S. income tax liability. Should the U.S. subsidiaries distribute current or accumulated earnings and profits in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to withholding taxes. The cumulative amount that would be subject to U.S. withholding tax, if distributed, is not practicable to compute. Group and its Bermuda subsidiaries believe that they have operated and will continue to operate their businesses in a manner that will not cause them to generate income treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. On this basis, Group does not expect that it or its Bermuda subsidiaries will be required to pay U.S. corporate income taxes other than withholding taxes on certain investment income and premium excise taxes. If Group or its Bermuda subsidiaries were to become subject to U.S. income tax, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. On July 4, 2025, The One Big Beautiful Bill was signed into law. The One Big Beautiful Bill did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows upon enactment in 2025, and we do not expect it to have a material impact in the future; however, we will continue to evaluate the impact of The One Big Beautiful Bill. Other Countries. The Company does business in the following locations where it is subject to taxation by the local authorities: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Colombia, France, Germany, India, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, Netherlands, U.K., Singapore, Spain, and Switzerland. Available Information. The Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and amendments to those reports are available free of charge through the Company’s website at www.everestglobal.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with the SEC. You may also access this information at the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Table of Contents 19
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Our business, results of operations and financial conditions are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. While we seek to identify, manage and mitigate risks to our business, risk and uncertainty cannot be eliminated or necessarily predicted. In connection with any investment decision with respect to our securities, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this report and our other SEC filings. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Should any of these risks materialize, actual results may differ materially from the disclosed information, the trading value of our securities could be negatively impacted and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. UNDERWRITING Our results could be adversely affected by catastrophic events. We are exposed to unpredictable catastrophic events, including, but not limited to, weather-related and other natural catastrophes, as well as acts of terrorism, wars, pandemics, political instability and significant cyber or operational incidents. The frequency and/or severity of some catastrophic events may be impacted in the future by the continued effects of climate change. Secondary perils, such as severe convective storms, may also become increasingly impactful. Climate change and resulting changes in global temperatures, weather patterns and sea levels may both increase the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes and the resulting losses in the future and impact our risk modeling assumptions. We cannot predict the impact that changing climate conditions, if any, may have on our results, operations or our financial condition. Additionally, we cannot predict how legal, regulatory and/or social responses to concerns around global climate change and the resulting impact on various sectors of the economy may impact our business. Any material reduction in our operating results caused by the occurrence of one or more catastrophes could inhibit our ability to pay dividends or to meet our interest and principal payment obligations. By way of illustration, during the past five calendar years, pre-tax catastrophe losses, net of reinsurance, were as follows: Calendar year: Pre-tax net catastrophe losses (Dollars in millions) 2025 $ 726 2024 755 2023 470 2022 1,055 2021 1,135 Our losses from future catastrophic events could exceed our projections. We use projections of possible losses from future catastrophic events of varying types and magnitudes as a strategic underwriting tool. We use these loss projections to estimate our potential catastrophe losses in certain geographic areas and decide on the placement of retrocessional coverage or other actions to limit the extent of potential losses in a given geographic area. These loss projections are estimates, reliant on a mix of quantitative and qualitative processes, and actual losses may exceed the projections by a material amount. Unfavorable loss development may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. We are required to maintain reserves to cover our ultimate liability of losses and LAE for both reported and unreported claims. These reserves are only estimates of what we believe the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances known to us and incorporates actuarial and statistical analysis. Loss reserve estimates are reconsidered, as necessary, as experience develops and to reflect other changes in circumstances that may affect our estimate of ultimate loss, and this could potentially result in increases to our reserves. In setting reserves for our reinsurance liabilities, we rely on claims data supplied by our ceding companies and brokers, along with other data that may affect our estimate of ultimate loss and actuarial and statistical analysis to arrive at an estimate of ultimate liability for losses and LAE. The information received from our ceding companies is not always timely or accurate, which can contribute to inaccuracies in our loss projections. For the insurance and reinsurance businesses, ultimate losses may differ materially from our expectations at the time we underwrite the business. Because of the uncertainties that Table of Contents 20
surround our estimates of loss and LAE reserves, we cannot be certain that ultimate losses and LAE payments will not exceed the estimates we make at any given time. For example, for the year ended, December 31, 2025, the Company increased its loss reserves by $657 million, pre-tax and net of reinsurance, primarily driven by net unfavorable development on prior year reserves from elevated loss experience in excess casualty and U.S. liability lines primarily on accident years 2022-2024. Loss experience in these lines of business is very unpredictable and has been exacerbated by social inflation factors such as uncertain legal system outcomes, increased frequency of high-severity claims and third- party litigation funding. If our reserves are deficient in future periods, we may be required to increase loss reserves in the period in which such deficiencies are identified which would cause a charge to our earnings, a reduction of capital and could result in adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operation or liquidity. During the past five calendar years, the reserve process resulted in a decrease to our pre-tax net income in 2025 and 2024 and resulted in an increase to our pre-tax net income in 2023, 2022 and 2021: Calendar year: Effect on pre-tax net income (Dollars in millions) 2025 $ 657 decrease 2024 1,337 decrease 2023 5 increase 2022 1 increase 2021 9 increase The difficulty in estimating our reserves is significantly more challenging as it relates to reserving for potential asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) liabilities. As of December 31, 2025, 0.6% of our gross reserves were comprised of A&E reserves. A&E liabilities are especially hard to estimate for many reasons, including the long delays between exposure and manifestation of any bodily injury or property damage, difficulty in identifying the source of the asbestos or environmental contamination, long reporting delays and difficulty in properly allocating liability for the asbestos or environmental damage. Legal tactics and judicial and legislative developments affecting the scope of insurers’ liability, which can be difficult to predict, also contribute to uncertainties in estimating reserves for A&E liabilities. In addition, since reserve estimates of aggregate loss costs for prior years are sometimes factored into pricing our insurance products, inaccurate reserves can lead to our products not being priced adequately to cover actual losses and related loss expenses in order to generate a profit. If we are unable to or choose not to purchase reinsurance and transfer risk to the reinsurance markets, our net income could be reduced or we could incur a net loss in the event of unusual loss experience. We purchase prospective reinsurance for our insurance and reinsurance operations in order to mitigate the volatility of losses on our financial results. From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases have prevented, insurers and reinsurers from obtaining the types and amounts of reinsurance that they consider adequate for their business needs. There is no guarantee that our desired amounts of reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance will be available in the marketplace in the future. In the current environment, our ability to renew our current reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance arrangements or obtain desired amounts of new or replacement coverage on favorable terms may be substantially reduced as a result of the impact of inflation, industry catastrophic losses to reinsurer capital and the appetite for certain lines of business. In addition to capacity risk, the remaining capacity may not be on terms we deem appropriate or acceptable or with companies with whom we want to do business. The percentage of business that we reinsure may vary considerably from year to year, depending on our view of the relationship between cost and expected benefit for the contract period. 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Percentage of ceded written premiums to gross written premiums 12.4 % 13.3 % 11.5 % 11.5 % 12.3 % If we are unable to or choose not to renew our current reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance or purchase new or replacement coverage on favorable terms or at all, the amount of business we are willing to write may be limited or our protection from losses due to large loss events may be materially reduced and our net income could be materially reduced. Table of Contents 21
The failure to accurately assess underwriting risk and establish adequate premium rates could reduce our net income or result in a net loss. Our success depends on our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses on which the risk is retained. If we fail to accurately assess the risks we retain, we may fail to establish adequate premium rates or contract terms (i.e. limits, deductibles, etc.) to cover our losses and LAE. In future years, insufficient premium rates may result in reserve deficiencies to the extent that higher than expected losses are incurred. This could reduce our net income and even result in a net loss. Losses may arise from events or exposures that are not anticipated when the coverage is priced. In addition to such unanticipated events, we also face the unanticipated expansion of our exposures, particularly in long-tail liability lines. An example of this is the expansion over time of the scope of insurers’ legal liability within the mass tort cases, particularly for A&E exposures discussed above. Decreases in pricing for property and casualty reinsurance and insurance could reduce our net income. The worldwide reinsurance and insurance businesses are highly competitive, as well as cyclical by product and market. These cycles, as well as other factors that influence aggregate supply and demand for property and casualty insurance and reinsurance products, are outside of our control. The supply of (re)insurance is driven by prevailing prices and levels of capacity that may fluctuate in response to a number of factors, including large catastrophic losses and investment returns being realized in the insurance industry. Demand for (re)insurance is influenced by underwriting results of insurers and insureds, including catastrophe losses, and prevailing general economic conditions. If any of these factors were to result in a decline in the demand for (re)insurance or an overall increase in (re)insurance capacity, our net income could decrease. Moreover, certain states have enacted laws that require a property and casualty insurer to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities, joint underwriting associations and other residual market plans. U.S. state regulators also require that admitted insurers offer property and casualty coverage to all risks in that market and often restrict an insurer’s ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge or restrict an insurer’s ability to offer or enforce specific policy deductibles. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite business at lower than desired rates or accept additional risk not contemplated in our existing rates, participate in the operating losses of residual market plans or pay assessments to fund operating deficits of state-sponsored funds, which could lead to lower than anticipated profitability. The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain. As industry practices and legislative, regulatory, judicial, social, financial, technological and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the frequency and severity of claims. Examples of emerging claims and coverage issues include, but are not limited to: • judicial expansion of policy coverage and a greater propensity to grant claimants more favorable amounts and the impact of new theories of liability; • plaintiffs targeting property and casualty insurers in purported class action litigation relating to claims-handling and other practices; • social inflation trends, including higher and more frequent claims, higher awards in favor of plaintiffs and increases in the value of claims due to third-party litigation funding; • medical developments that link health issues to particular causes, resulting in liability claims; • claims relating to unanticipated consequences of current or new technologies, including cyber security-related risks; and • claims relating to potentially changing climate conditions. In some instances, these emerging issues may not become apparent for some time after we have issued the affected insurance policies. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after issuance. Table of Contents 22
FINANCIAL A decline in our financial strength ratings could adversely affect our standing among cedents and broker partners and our ability to grow premiums and earnings. Our active insurance company subsidiaries currently hold financial strength ratings assigned by third-party rating agencies which assess and rate the claims paying ability and financial strength of insurers and reinsurers. Financial strength ratings are used by cedents, agents and brokers to assess the financial strength and credit quality of reinsurers and insurers. As noted above, each of A.M. Best, S&P and Moody’s has assigned a negative outlook to our financial strength ratings. A downgrade or withdrawal of any of these ratings could adversely affect our ability to market our reinsurance and insurance products, our ability to compete with other reinsurers and insurers and our ability to write new business, which in turn could impact our profitability and results. Consistent with market practice, much of our treaty reinsurance business allows the ceding company to terminate the contract or seek collateralization of our obligations in the event of a rating downgrade below a certain threshold. The termination provision would generally be triggered if a financial strength rating fell below A.M. Best’s or S&P A- rating level. To a lesser extent, Everest Re also has modest exposure to reinsurance contracts that contain provisions for obligatory funding of outstanding liabilities in the event of a rating agency downgrade. Those provisions would also generally be triggered if Everest Re’s rating fell below A.M. Best’s or S&P A- rating level. See also ITEM 1, “Financial Strength Ratings”. A decline in our debt ratings could increase our borrowing costs and adversely affect our ability to access capital markets at attractive rates. If our debt ratings are downgraded, we could incur higher borrowing costs, higher cost of capital, increased collateral requirements and our ability to access the capital markets at attractive rates could be impacted. We are unable to provide assurances as to whether or not our ratings may be downgraded by any of the rating agencies in the future. See also ITEM 1, “Debt Ratings”. The failure of our insureds, intermediaries and reinsurers to satisfy their obligations to us could reduce our income. In accordance with industry practice, we have uncollateralized receivables from insureds, agents and brokers and/or rely on agents and brokers to process our payments. We may not be able to collect amounts due from insureds, agents and brokers, resulting in a reduction to net income. We are subject to credit risk of reinsurers in connection with retrocessional arrangements because the transfer of risk to a reinsurer does not relieve us of our liability to the insured. In addition, reinsurers may be unwilling to pay us even though they are able to do so. The failure of one or more of our reinsurers, including but not limited to the counterparties to the adverse development cover reinsurance agreements, to honor their obligations to us in a timely fashion would impact our cash flow and reduce our net income and could cause us to incur a significant loss. The value of our overall investment income could decline due to changed conditions in the financial markets and prevailing general economic conditions. A significant portion of our investment portfolio consists of fixed income securities and smaller portions consist of equity securities and other investments, such as limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The fair value of our invested assets and associated investment income may fluctuate depending on various factors including, but not limited to the effects of economic events and conditions; governmental policies; changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, inflation and credit spreads; credit ratings; loss frequency and severity; and market volatility. In addition, rapid or unprecedented changes in credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities. The volatility of our losses may force us to liquidate securities, which may cause us to incur capital losses. Realized and unrealized losses in our investment portfolio and changes in our estimates of current expected credit loss allowance can affect our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity and our ability to conduct business. Interest Rate Risk. Most of our fixed income securities are classified as available for sale, and temporary changes in the fair value of these investments due to interest rate fluctuations are reflected as changes to our shareholders’ equity. Additionally, net Table of Contents 23
investment income from fixed income investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset- backed securities, can differ from the income anticipated from those securities at the time of purchase. Credit Risk. Our investment portfolio is subject to the risk of loss due to default or deterioration in the credit quality, financial condition or future recovery prospects of the underlying issuers of our fixed income securities. As a part of our ongoing analysis of our investment portfolio, we are required to assess and estimate current expected credit losses for all held-to- maturity securities and evaluate expected credit losses for available-for-sale securities when fair value is below amortized cost, which considers reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and estimated future cash flows in addition to information about past events and current conditions. If the issuers or other obligors of individual investments are unable to meet their obligations, investment income will be reduced and realized capital losses may arise. We have exposure to counterparties through a variety of commercial transactions and arrangements, including reinsurance transactions and agreements with banks, hedge funds, private funds and other investment vehicles that expose us to credit risk in the event a counterparty or an underlying issuer or borrower fails to perform its obligations. Equity Risk. We have invested a portion of our investment portfolio in equity securities. The value of these assets fluctuates with changes in the markets. In times of economic weakness, the fair value of these assets may decline. We also invest in non- traditional investments which have different risk characteristics than traditional fixed income and equity securities. These alternative investments are comprised primarily of private equity limited partnerships. The failure to maintain access to enough cash, readily salable or unencumbered financial assets to meet near-term financial obligations may adversely impact business relations and creditworthiness. Liquidity risk is a manifestation of events that are driven by other risk types (insurance, investment, operational). A liquidity shortfall may arise in the event of insufficient access to internal and external funding sources to meet an immediate and significant need for cash or collateral. Additionally, a rapid increase in interest rates can create a short- term pressure on regulatory capital models. The Company's liquidity could be affected by a broad market illiquidity event, default by significant market participant, inability to sell assets, inability to access bank accounts, inability to access capital and credit markets, concentration of catastrophe events or unforeseen capital needs. A failure to have sufficient cashflow to meet obligations may adversely affect business relations and the creditworthiness of the Company. We may require additional capital or financing sources in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms. Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including rating agency and new regulatory requirements, the performance of our investment portfolio, our ability to write business successfully, the frequency and severity of catastrophe events and our ability to establish premium rates and loss reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. We may need to raise additional funds through debt or equity financings or access funds through existing or new credit facilities or through short-term repurchase agreements. We may also from time to time seek to refinance debt as amounts become due or commitments expire. Any equity or debt financing or refinancing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our shareholders could result, and in any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common shares. Our access to funds under existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that are party to the facilities to meet their funding commitments. Because of our holding company structure, our ability to pay dividends, interest and principal is dependent on receiving dividends, loan payments and other funds from our subsidiaries. Each of Group and Holdings is a holding company whose most significant asset is the stock of its operating subsidiaries. As a result, each of Group’s and Holdings’ ability to pay dividends, interest or other payments on its securities in the future will depend on the earnings and cash flows of its respective operating subsidiaries and the ability of the subsidiaries to pay dividends or to advance or repay funds to it. This ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. Payment of dividends and advances and repayments from Table of Contents 24
some of the operating subsidiaries are regulated by U.S. states and foreign insurance laws and regulatory restrictions, including minimum solvency and liquidity thresholds. Accordingly, the operating subsidiaries may not be able to pay dividends or advance or repay funds to Group and Holdings in the future, which could prevent us from paying dividends or interest or making other payments on our securities. We may experience foreign currency exchange losses that reduce our net income and capital levels. We conduct business in a variety of non-U.S. currencies, principally the Euro, the British pound and the Canadian dollar. Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are exposed to changes in currency exchange rates. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and exchange rate fluctuations, especially relative to the U.S. dollar, may materially impact our results and financial position. In 2025, we wrote approximately 31.7% of our coverages in non-U.S. currencies; as of December 31, 2025, we maintained approximately 26.9% of our investment portfolio in investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies. Our business is sensitive to unanticipated levels of inflation. While consideration is given to the levels of inflation and how that may impact premiums and claims, the impacts of inflation may be different than anticipated. Premiums are established before actual losses are known, which may result in some underpricing if inflation rises more rapidly than expected, ultimately creating a deficiency that may impact our financial position. Higher inflation could lead to higher interest rates, which would negatively impact the value of our existing fixed income or other investments. Measures taken by domestic or foreign governments could have effects on our business. The potential political, economic, military and social risks that can emerge from a nation's involvement in international affairs can manifest into elevated geopolitical risk. For financial institutions, there are direct and indirect effects that can result from these events, including effects to the growth of business, return in foreign investments, claims patterns and local operations. Global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The global economic environment continues to be impacted by fiscal or monetary policies; uncertainty concerning the future path of interest rates; the effect of social, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, supply chain disruptions; the implementation of tariffs and other protectionist trade policies; and the possibility of a recession, government shutdowns, debt ceilings and funding. Ongoing global economic uncertainties and evolving market conditions may affect our results of operations, financial condition and capital resources. OPERATIONAL We are dependent on our key personnel. In 2025, the Company had various promotions and new executive leadership appointments. Our success has been, and will continue to be, dependent on our ability to retain the services of our existing key executives and other key employees, and to attract and retain additional qualified personnel in the future. The loss of the services of any key executive officer, the failure to successfully effectuate a permanent leadership transition or the inability to hire and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. Changes to or turnover among senior management or key executives could also disrupt the Company’s strategic focus, operational capabilities and may impede our ability to act quickly and efficiently in executing our business strategy. Additionally, the emergence of new technologies, including artificial intelligence (“AI”), requiring in new skill sets and changes in local employment legislation, taxation and the approach of regulatory bodies to compensation practices within our operating jurisdictions may result in difficulty in attracting, developing and retaining key personnel. Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. Currently, all of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government that expire at various times between June 2027 and March 2030. Table of Contents 25
We rely on our processes, people and systems to maintain our operations and manage the operational risks inherent to our business. Any errors, omissions or misconduct by our employees or third-party agents in the execution of these processes could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We seek to monitor and control our exposure to risks arising from these processes through an enterprise risk management framework, internal controls, management review and other processes. Our processes, people and systems may not effectively identify or control all risks, and our employees and third-party agents may not effectively execute them. Losses may result from, among other things, actual or alleged fraud; errors; employee misconduct or failure to document transactions properly, obtain proper internal authorization, comply with underwriting or other internal guidelines or comply with regulatory requirements. Resulting losses could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to cybersecurity risks that could negatively impact our business operations. Cybersecurity threats and incidents have increased in recent years, heightening related risks. AI technologies are quickly evolving and being adopted, which may also increase or intensify potential cybersecurity risks. We are dependent upon our information technology platform, including our processing systems, data and electronic transmissions in our business operations. Security breaches and other cyber threats, including those at third parties that have our information, could expose us to the loss or misuse of our technology systems or information, litigation and potential liability. In addition, cyber incidents that impact the confidentiality, integrity, availability, authenticity or other proper functioning of these systems could have a significant negative impact on our operations and possibly our financial results. An incident could also result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, damage our reputation, cause a loss of customers, result in regulatory action or give rise to monetary fines and other penalties, which could be significant, and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business or operations. We may be unable to anticipate cybersecurity threats, react in a timely manner and may be required to devote substantial additional resources to modify or enhance our information security systems, networks and cybersecurity program and to defray the costs of complying with new or developing regulatory requirements. While we are not aware of a cybersecurity incident that materially affected the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, a future cybersecurity incident could have a material impact on us. Exposure to cybersecurity risk is increasing systematically due to greater digital dependence, emerging technologies such as AI and increased possible losses due to a catastrophic cybersecurity event. Cybersecurity incidents are not bound by time or geographic limitations. Related perils do not have well-established definitions and fundamental physical properties and may be engineered specifically to evade established loss mitigation controls. Any losses incurred from these risks are also dependent on our clients’ and our third-party service providers' cybersecurity practices and defenses, as well as how contract terms and conditions interact with the evolving threat landscape which is out of our control. Some of our service providers may store or have access to our data and may not have effective controls, processes or practices to protect our information. A vulnerability in our service providers’ software or systems or failure of safeguards, policies or procedures, could result in a cyberattack or other incident which could harm our business. See Item 1C, “Cybersecurity” for additional information. We are dependent on brokers and agents for business developments. We rely on brokers and agents. Our relationship with this distribution network is based on quality of underwriting, claim services, financial strength and other factors, which could weaken. Deterioration in relationships with our broker and agent distribution network or their increased promotion and distribution of our competitors’ products could adversely affect our ability to sell our products. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of these brokers or agents could have an adverse effect on our business. Analytical models used in decision making and estimates, assumptions and valuations in these models could vary materially from actual results, which could have an adverse impact on the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. As a financial services company, we are exposed to model risk. We utilize financial models to derive metrics and drive analysis to assist in decision making across key areas, such as pricing, underwriting, reserving, investment management, ceding business, capital allocation and risk management. These models incorporate numerous assumptions and forecasts about the future level of financial metrics, including interest rates, inflation, credit spreads and equity markets. These models may not operate properly, may contain incorrect information and errors and may rely on assumptions and projections that are inherently uncertain which could lead to material variations from actual results. Table of Contents 26
Our operations are subject to business continuation and resiliency risk. Across our global business centers, there is risk that our operations, systems or data, or those of third parties on whom we rely, may be disrupted. We may experience a disruption in business continuity as a result of pandemic and public health crises, geopolitical risks including armed conflict and civil unrest, terrorist events, natural disasters, cyber or other information technology related-incidents affecting technology services, supply-chain disruptions, as well as governmental, business and societal responses to such events, such as restrictions on public gatherings, sanctions, trade restrictions and increased unemployment. All such events may ultimately result in workforce unavailability among other operational impacts. STRATEGIC Our industry is highly competitive and rapidly evolving, and we may not be able to compete successfully in the future. Our industry is highly competitive and subject to pricing cycles that can be pronounced. We compete globally in the United States, Bermuda and international reinsurance and insurance markets with numerous competitors. Our competitors include independent reinsurance and insurance companies, subsidiaries or affiliates of established worldwide insurance companies, reinsurance departments of certain insurance companies and domestic and international underwriting operations, including underwriting syndicates at Lloyd’s of London. According to S&P, Everest ranks among the top ten global property and casualty reinsurance groups. The worldwide net premium written by the Top 40 global reinsurance groups for both life and non-life business was estimated to be $347 billion in 2024 according to data compiled by S&P. In addition to existing competitors, the entry of alternative capital market products and new company formations, such as Insurtech companies, provide additional sources of reinsurance and insurance capacity, which could reduce our market share and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Recent technological advancements in the insurance industry and information technology industry including in underwriting, claims, distribution and operations present new and fast-evolving competitive risks as participants seek to increase the speed of transactions, lower costs and create new opportunities. We will be at a competitive disadvantage if, over time, our competitors are more effective than us in their utilization of technology and evolving data analytics. If we do not anticipate or keep pace with these technological and other changes impacting the insurance industry, it could adversely affect our business results of operations and financial condition. Business or asset acquisitions and dispositions may expose us to certain risks. The completion of any business or asset acquisition or sale is subject to certain risks, including those relating to the receipt of required regulatory approvals, the terms and conditions of regulatory approvals including any financial accommodations required by regulators, our ability to satisfy such terms, conditions and accommodations, the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of a transaction and the risk that parties may not be willing or able to satisfy the conditions to a transaction. As a result, there can be no assurance that any business or asset acquisition or sale will be completed as contemplated, or at all, or regarding the expected timing of the completion of the acquisition or disposition. Additionally, acquisitions and divestitures may not produce the anticipated benefits and may result in unintended consequences, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to achieve expected synergies as a result of acquisitions or divestitures. In the case of business or asset dispositions, we may have continued financial exposure to the divested businesses through reinsurance, indemnification or other financial arrangements following the transaction. The expected benefits of acquired or divested businesses may not be realized and involve additional uncertainties, continuing costs and risks that may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For example, in October 2025, the Company entered into definitive agreements to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of the commercial retail insurance business in the U.S., U.K., E.U. and Asia Pacific to AIG There can be no assurance that we will realize the anticipated economic, strategic or other benefits of the transaction. We may also incur other related costs and our existing businesses could also be negatively impacted. Table of Contents 27
SHAREHOLDERS, LEGAL & REGULATION Applicable insurance laws may have an anti-takeover effect. Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where that insurance company is domiciled or deemed commercially domiciled. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurance company, a state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and competence of the applicant’s board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the insurance company and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Because any person who acquired control of Group would thereby acquire indirect control of its insurance company subsidiaries in the United States, the insurance change of control laws of Delaware and California would apply to such a transaction. This could have the effect of delaying or even preventing such a change of control. We may be subject to legal, governmental or regulatory proceedings. In the normal course of business, we are subject to regulatory and governmental investigations, document requests, subpoenas and civil actions, litigation and other forms of dispute resolution in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we are involved in litigation and arbitration concerning our rights and obligations under policies and contracts issued by us and under reinsurance contracts with third parties. Such investigations, inquiries, document requests, subpoenas or examinations could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions, including class-actions, in which remedies could include fines, penalties, restitution, remedial actions, enhanced supervision or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses, limitations on certain business activities and reputational damage. The ownership of common shares of Group by Everest Re Advisors, Ltd., a direct subsidiary of Group, may have an impact on securing approval of shareholder proposals that Group’s management supports. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re Advisors, Ltd. (Bermuda) owned 9,719,971 or 19.3% of the outstanding common shares of Group. Under Group’s bye-laws, the total voting power of any shareholder owning more than 9.9% of the common shares is reduced to 9.9% of the total voting power of the common shares. Nevertheless, Everest Re Advisors, Ltd., which is controlled by Group, has the ability to vote 9.9% of the total voting power of Group’s common shares. Provisions in Group’s bye-laws could have an anti-takeover effect, which could diminish the value of its common shares. Group’s bye-laws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. The effect of these provisions could be to prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. For example, Group’s bye-laws contain the following provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect: • the total voting power of any shareholder owning more than 9.9% of the common shares will be reduced to 9.9% of the total voting power of the common shares; • the board of directors may decline to register any transfer of common shares if it has reason to believe that the transfer would result in: i. any person that is not an investment company beneficially owning more than 5.0% of any class of the issued and outstanding share capital of Group, ii. any person holding controlled shares in excess of 9.9% of any class of the issued and outstanding share capital of Group, or iii. any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to Group, any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders; • Group also has the option to redeem or purchase all or part of a shareholder’s common shares to the extent the board of directors determines it is necessary or advisable to avoid or cure any adverse or potential adverse consequences if: Table of Contents 28
i. any person that is not an investment company beneficially owns more than 5.0% of any class of the issued and outstanding share capital of Group, ii. any person holds controlled shares in excess of 9.9% of any class of the issued and outstanding share capital of Group, or iii. share ownership by any person may result in adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to Group, any of its subsidiaries or any other shareholder. The Board has indicated that it will apply these bye-law provisions in such manner that “passive institutional investors” will be treated similarly to investment companies. For this purpose, “passive institutional investors” include all persons who are eligible, pursuant to Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) to file a short-form statement on Schedule 13G, other than an insurance company or any parent holding company or control person of an insurance company. Investors in Group may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than investors in a U.S. corporation. The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”), differs in material respects from the laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. The following is a summary of material differences between the Companies Act, as modified in some instances by provisions of Group’s bye-laws, and Delaware corporate law that could make it more difficult for investors in Group to protect their interests than investors in a U.S. corporation. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to Group and its shareholders. Alternate Directors. Group’s bye-laws provide, as permitted by Bermuda law, that each director may appoint an alternate director, who shall have the power to attend and vote at any meeting of the Board or committee at which that director is not personally present and to sign written consents in place of that director. Delaware law permits a director to appoint another director as an alternate to attend any board committee meeting. However, Delaware law does not provide for the designation of alternate directors with authority to attend or vote at a meeting of the Board. Committees of the Board of Directors. Group’s bye-laws provide, as permitted by Bermuda law, that the Board may delegate any of its powers to committees that the Board appoints, and those committees may consist partly or entirely of non-directors. Delaware law allows the board of directors of a corporation to delegate many of its powers to committees, but those committees may consist only of directors. Interested Directors. Bermuda law and Group’s bye-laws provide that if a director has a personal interest in a transaction to which the company is also a party and if the director discloses the nature of this personal interest at the first opportunity, either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the directors, then the company will not be able to declare the transaction void solely due to the existence of that personal interest and the director will not be liable to the company for any profit realized from the transaction. In addition, after a director has made the declaration of interest referred to above, he or she is allowed to be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which he or she has an interest, unless disqualified from doing so by the chairman of the relevant board meeting. Under Delaware law, an interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which that director derived an improper personal benefit. Additionally, under Delaware law, a corporation may be able to declare a transaction with an interested director to be void unless one of the following conditions is fulfilled: • the material facts as to the interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors; • the material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on the transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by the holders of a majority of the voting shares; or • the transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Table of Contents 29
Transactions with Significant Shareholders. As a Bermuda company, Group may enter into business transactions with its significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from Group’s board of directors but without obtaining prior approval from the shareholders. In the case of an amalgamation, in which two or more companies join together and continue as a single company, a resolution of shareholders approved by a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast is required in addition to the approval of the board of directors, except in the case of an amalgamation with and between wholly-owned subsidiaries. If Group was a Delaware corporation, any business combination with an interested shareholder (which, for this purpose, would include mergers and asset sales of greater than 10% of Group’s assets that would otherwise be considered transactions in the ordinary course of business) within a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder would require prior approval from shareholders holding at least 66 2/3% of Group’s outstanding common shares not owned by the interested shareholder, unless the transaction qualified for one of the exemptions in the relevant Delaware statute or Group opted out of the statute. For purposes of the Delaware statute, an “interested shareholder” is generally defined as a person who together with that person’s affiliates and associates owns, or within the previous three years did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting shares. Takeovers. Under Bermuda law, if an acquiror makes an offer for shares of a company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares that are the subject of the offer tender their shares, the acquiror may give the nontendering shareholders notice requiring them to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Within one month of receiving the notice, dissenting shareholders may apply to the court objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholders to show that the court should exercise its discretion to enjoin the transfer. The court will be unlikely to do this unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion between the acquiror and the tendering shareholders aimed at unfairly forcing out minority shareholders. Under another provision of Bermuda law, the holders of 95% of the shares of a company (the “acquiring shareholders”) may give notice to the remaining shareholders requiring them to sell their shares on the terms described in the notice. Within one month of receiving the notice, dissenting shareholders may apply to the court for an appraisal of their shares. Within one month of the court’s appraisal, the acquiring shareholders are entitled either to acquire all shares involved at the price fixed by the court or cancel the notice given to the remaining shareholders. If shares were acquired under the notice at a price below the court’s appraisal price, the acquiring shareholders must either pay the difference in price or cancel the notice and return the shares thus acquired to the shareholder, who must then refund the purchase price. There are no comparable provisions under Delaware law. Inspection of Corporate Records. Members of the general public have the right to inspect the public documents of Group available at the office of the Registrar of Companies and Group’s registered office, both in Bermuda. These documents include the memorandum of association, which describes Group’s permitted purposes and powers, any amendments to the memorandum of association and documents relating to any increase or reduction in Group’s authorized share capital. Shareholders of Group have the additional right to inspect Group’s bye-laws, minutes of general meetings of shareholders and audited financial statements that must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders. The register of shareholders of Group also is open to inspection by shareholders and to members of the public without charge. Group is required to maintain its share register at its registered office in Bermuda. Group also maintains a branch register in the offices of its transfer agent in the United States, which is open for public inspection as required under the Companies Act. Group is required to keep at its registered office a register of its directors and officers that is open for inspection by members of the public without charge. However, Bermuda law does not provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records. Under Delaware law, any shareholder may inspect or obtain copies of a corporation’s shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to that person’s interest as a shareholder. Shareholders’ Suits. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to bring an action in the name of Group to remedy a wrong done Table of Contents 30
to Group where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of Group or illegal or would result in the violation of Group’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, the court would give consideration to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of Group’s shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in an action of this type generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the action. Under Delaware law, class actions and derivative actions generally are available to stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In these types of actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover its attorneys’ fees. Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers. Group’s bye-laws provide that Group and its shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the Company, against any director or officer for any act or failure to act in the performance of that director’s or officer’s duties. However, this waiver does not apply to claims or rights of action that arise out of fraud or dishonesty. This waiver may have the effect of barring claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws. Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or stock redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, Delaware provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Group’s bye-laws provide that Group shall indemnify its directors or officers to the full extent permitted by law against all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, loss, damage or expense incurred or suffered by them by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in the conduct of Group’s business or in the discharge of their duties. Under Bermuda law, this indemnification may not extend to any matter involving fraud or dishonesty of which a director or officer may be guilty in relation to the company, as determined in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer who becomes a party to an action, suit or proceeding because of his position as a director or officer if (1) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (2) if the action or proceeding involves a criminal offense, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Enforcement of Civil Liabilities. Group is organized under the laws of Bermuda. Some of its directors and officers may reside outside the United States. A substantial portion of our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, a person may not be able to affect service of process within the United States on directors and officers of Group and those experts who reside outside the United States. A person also may not be able to recover against them or Group on judgments of U.S. courts or to obtain original judgments against them or Group in Bermuda courts, including judgments predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Dividends. Bermuda law does not allow a company to declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company, after the payment is made, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or that the realizable value of the company’s assets would be less, as a result of the payment, than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The share capital account represents the aggregate par value of issued shares, and the share premium account represents the aggregate amount paid for issued shares over and above their par value. Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in a company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of the surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Surplus is the amount by which the net assets of a corporation exceed its stated capital. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits at any time when stated capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Insurance laws and regulations restrict our ability to operate and any failure to comply with those laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business. Table of Contents 31
We are subject to extensive and increasing regulation under U.S. federal, state and foreign insurance laws. These laws limit the amount of dividends that can be paid to us by our operating subsidiaries, impose restrictions on the amount and type of investments that we can hold, prescribe solvency, accounting and internal control standards that must be met and maintained and require us to maintain reserves. These laws also require disclosure of material inter-affiliate transactions and require prior approval of “extraordinary” transactions. Such “extraordinary” transactions include declaring dividends from operating subsidiaries that exceed statutory thresholds. These laws also generally require approval of changes of control of insurance companies. The application of these laws could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends, interest and other payments on securities, as applicable, and could restrict our ability to expand our business operations through acquisitions of new insurance subsidiaries. We may not have or maintain all required licenses and approvals or fully comply with the wide variety of applicable laws and regulations or the relevant authority’s interpretation of the laws and regulations. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the insurance regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or fine us. These types of actions could have a material adverse effect on our business. To date, no material fine, penalty or restriction has been imposed on us for failure to comply with any insurance law or regulation. The insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework continues to be subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the U.S., Bermuda and Europe. The International Association of Insurance Supervisors has in place a Common Framework for the supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (“IAIGs”), which is focused on the group-wide supervision of IAIGs. As described above in “Regulatory Matters”, the Company may become subject to the group supervision requirements promulgated by the BMA under the Amendment Act. Groups subject to BMA group supervision have a 12-month transition period to take steps required for compliance with the BMA authorized to grant extensions of up to an additional 12 months upon application. Under the Amendment Act, the Company may become subject to group- level solvency and capital requirements, consolidated financial reporting and auditing obligations, recovery planning requirements and prior notification or approval requirements for certain material changes within the group. As Group Supervisor, the BMA will also chair a Supervisory College, coordinating with other regulators that supervise Everest’s licensed entities in other jurisdictions. Assessing and complying with the Amendment Act’s requirements may require the Company to allocate considerable time and resources that could impact the domicile and operations of our insurance and/or non-insurance subsidiaries, result in increased costs and affect our financial condition. Group supervision by the BMA, including any future holding company designation, could affect our prescribed capital requirements, the terms of current and future debt, intercompany capital transactions, ratings and may significantly increase our cost of regulatory compliance. As a result of the previous dislocation of the financial markets, the U.S. government implemented changes in the way the financial services industry is regulated. Some of these changes are also impacting the insurance industry. For example, the U.S. Treasury established the Federal Insurance Office with the authority to monitor all aspects of the insurance sector, monitor the extent to which traditionally underserved communities and consumers have access to affordable non- health insurance products, to represent the United States on prudential aspects of international insurance matters, to assist with administration of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program and to advise on important national and international insurance matters. In addition, several European regulatory bodies are in the process of updating existing regulations or developing new capital adequacy directives for insurers and reinsurers. The future impact of such initiatives or new initiatives from the current governmental authorities, if any, on our operation, net income (loss) or financial condition cannot be determined at this time. Our business is subject to certain laws and regulations relating to sanctions and foreign corrupt practices, the violation of which could adversely affect our operations. We must comply with all applicable economic sanctions and anti-bribery laws and regulations of the United States and other jurisdictions. U.S. laws and regulations that may be applicable to us include economic trade sanctions laws and regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, as well as certain laws administered by the U.S. Department of State. The sanctions laws and regulations of non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate may differ from those of the United States and these differences may also expose us to sanctions violations. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws that generally prohibit corrupt payments or improper gifts to non-U.S. governments or officials. It is possible that personnel could fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations. In such event, we could be exposed to civil penalties, criminal penalties and other sanctions, including fines or other punitive actions, which could damage our business and reputation, and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Table of Contents 32
Regulatory challenges in the United States could adversely affect the ability of Bermuda Re to conduct business. Bermuda Re does not intend to be licensed or admitted as an insurer or reinsurer in any U.S. jurisdiction. Under current law, Bermuda Re generally will be permitted to reinsure U.S. risks from its office in Bermuda without obtaining those licenses. However, the insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework is subject to periodic legislative review and revision. In the past, there have been congressional and other initiatives in the United States regarding increased supervision and regulation of the insurance industry, including proposals to supervise and regulate reinsurers domiciled outside the United States. If Bermuda Re were to become subject to any insurance laws of the United States or any U.S. state at any time in the future, it might be required to post deposits or maintain minimum surplus levels and might be prohibited from engaging in lines of business or from writing certain types of policies. Complying with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct business in Bermuda and international markets. Bermuda Re may need to be licensed or admitted in additional jurisdictions to develop its business. As Bermuda Re’s business develops, it will monitor the need to obtain licenses in jurisdictions other than Bermuda and the U.K., where it has an authorized branch, in order to comply with applicable law or to be able to engage in additional insurance-related activities. In addition, Bermuda Re may be at a competitive disadvantage in jurisdictions where it is not licensed or does not enjoy an exemption from licensing relative to competitors that are so licensed or exempt from licensing. Bermuda Re may not be able to obtain any additional licenses that it determines are necessary or desirable. Furthermore, the process of obtaining those licenses is often costly and may take a long time. Bermuda Re’s ability to write reinsurance may be severely limited if it is unable to arrange for security to back its reinsurance. Many jurisdictions do not permit insurance companies to take credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non- admitted insurers on their statutory financial statements without appropriate security. Bermuda Re’s reinsurance clients typically require it to post a letter of credit or enter into other security arrangements. If Bermuda Re is unable to obtain or maintain a letter of credit facility on commercially acceptable terms or is unable to arrange for other types of security, its ability to operate its business may be severely limited. If Bermuda Re defaults on any letter of credit that it obtains, it may be required to prematurely liquidate a substantial portion of its investment portfolio and other assets pledged as collateral. Regulatory and legislative developments, as well as executive orders, related to cybersecurity, privacy, data protection and AI could have an adverse impact on our business. The NAIC”s Insurance Data Security Model Law (the “IDSML”), which established standards for data security and for the investigation and notification of data breaches applicable to insurance licensees has been adopted in 28 states. The IDSML requires insurers, and other entities required to be licensed under state insurance laws, to comply with certain requirements, such as developing and maintaining a written information security program, conducting risk assessments and overseeing the data security practices of third-party vendors. In addition, certain state insurance regulators are developing or have developed their own regulations that may impose additional regulatory requirements relating to cybersecurity on insurance and reinsurance companies. For example, the New York State Department of Financial Services has an applicable regulation pertaining to cybersecurity for all banking and insurance entities under its jurisdiction. Regulation of cybersecurity, privacy and data protection, operational resiliency and AI has also developed globally including but not limited to Bermuda’s Personal Information Protection Act, the UK’s Data Protection Act and EU’s General Data Protection Regulation. In 2024, European Union lawmakers also signed the Artificial Intelligence Act, which regulates certain use of AI within the European Union. We cannot predict the full impact these laws and regulations will have on our business, financial condition or results of operations, but our insurance and reinsurance companies could incur additional costs resulting from compliance with such laws and regulations. If international tax laws change, our net income may be impacted. The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (the “OECD”) and its member countries, including the United States, had been focusing for an extended period on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations, such as the comprehensive plan set forth by the OECD to create an agreed set of international tax rules for preventing base erosion and profit shifting. The OECD agreed upon a broad framework for overhauling the taxation of multinational corporations that includes, among other things, profit reallocation rules (Pillar One) and a 15% global minimum corporate income tax rate (Pillar Two). The Pillar Two model rules have been enacted in several of the jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate; thus, the Company or its subsidiaries are liable to pay a top-up tax for any deficiency between the minimum tax rate of 15% and the effective tax rate per jurisdiction. Table of Contents 33
Group and/or various Group companies may be subject to additional income taxes, which would reduce our net income. If United States tax law changes, our net income may be impacted. The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was adopted to address incorporation by U.S. corporations in low-tax jurisdictions to obtain a competitive advantage over domestic corporations that are subject to the U.S. corporate income tax rate of 21%. Specifically, the TCJA addressed concern over a perceived competitive advantage that foreign-controlled insurers and reinsurers may have had over U.S. controlled insurers and reinsurers, resulting from the purchase of reinsurance by U.S. insurers from affiliates operating in certain foreign jurisdictions, including Bermuda. Such affiliated reinsurance transactions may subject the U.S. ceding companies to a Base Erosion and Anti-abuse Tax of 10% from 2019 to 2025 and 10.5% thereafter, which may exceed its regular income tax. In addition, new legislation, as well as proposed and final regulations, may further limit the ability of the Company to execute alternative capital balancing transactions with unrelated parties. This would further impact our net income and effective tax rate. On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the “IRA”) was enacted. We have evaluated the tax provisions of the IRA, the most significant of which are the corporate alternative minimum tax and the share repurchase excise tax and do not expect the legislation to have a material impact on our results of operations. On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (“The 2023 Act”), which will apply a 15% corporate income tax to certain Bermuda businesses in fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. The 2023 Act includes a provision referred to as “The Economic Transition Adjustment” (the “ETA”), which is intended to provide a fair and equitable transition into the new tax regime, and results in a deferred tax benefit for the Company. However, on January 15, 2025, the OECD issued guidance related to “deferred tax assets arising from tax benefits provided by General Government” whereby it has restricted the utilization of those deferred tax benefits against the computation of its Pillar Two Global Minimum Taxes to approximately 20% of the originally calculated amounts and only for a grace period of two years through 2026. If the Bermuda Ministry of Finance amends The 2023 Act in response to this guidance, the exact impact of any such amendments is uncertain but there is a risk that it results in a reduction in the Company's Deferred Tax Assets. On January 20, 2025, President Trump issued a memorandum announcing that the OECD framework has “no force or effect in the United States” and disavowing any commitments previously made by the United States with respect to the framework. The memorandum also directs the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury to develop and present to President Trump a list of protective measures or other options towards foreign countries that are either not in compliance with any tax treaty with the United States or have tax rules that are “extraterritorial or disproportionately affect American companies.” The possible uneven enactment of the OECD framework by various jurisdictions coupled with the United States’ response to these rules could cause uncertainties to and increases in our income taxes. On January 5, 2026, the OECD released Administrative Guidance containing the side-by-side (SbS) package on the OECD’s global minimum tax. The SbS Administrative Guidance introduced, among other things, new safe harbors, including a SbS safe harbor for multi-national groups headquartered in certain eligible jurisdictions, now limited to the US. Qualification for this safe harbor would exempt companies from the OECD global minimum tax. We expect additional Administrative Guidance in the future providing implementation guidance on the SbS. Accordingly, the OECD’s global minimum tax could be subject to further changes that will continue to cause uncertainties related to income taxes payable by our company. Group and/or Bermuda Re may be subject to U.S. corporate income tax, which would reduce our net income. Bermuda Re. The income of Bermuda Re is a sizable portion of our worldwide income from operations. We have established guidelines for the conduct of our operations that are designed to ensure that Bermuda Re is not engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. Based on its compliance with those guidelines, we believe that Bermuda Re should not be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax, other than withholding tax on U.S. source dividend income. However, if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) were to successfully assert that Bermuda Re was engaged in a U.S. trade or business, Bermuda Re would be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on all its income and possibly also the U.S. branch profits tax. However, if the IRS were to successfully assert that Bermuda Re was engaged in a U.S. trade or business, we believe the U.S.-Bermuda tax treaty would preclude the IRS from taxing Bermuda Re’s income except to the extent that its income was attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by Bermuda Re. We do not believe that Bermuda Re has a permanent establishment in the United States. If the IRS were to successfully assert that Bermuda Re did have income attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States., Bermuda Re would be subject to U.S. tax only on that income. This would reduce our net income. Table of Contents 34
Group. We conduct our operations in a manner designed to minimize our U.S. tax exposures. Based on our compliance with guidelines designed to ensure that we generate only immaterial amounts, if any, of income that is subject to the U.S. taxing jurisdiction, we believe that we should be required to pay only immaterial amounts, if any, of U.S. corporate income tax, other than withholding tax on U.S. source dividend income. However, if the IRS successfully asserted that we had material amounts of income that were subject to the U.S. taxing jurisdiction, we would be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on that income, and possibly the U.S. branch profits tax. The imposition of such tax would reduce our net income. Bermuda Re and Group. If Bermuda Re became subject to U.S. income tax on its income, or if Group became subject to U.S. income tax, our income could also be subject to U.S. branch profits tax. In that event, Group and Bermuda Re would be subject to taxation at a higher combined effective rate than if they were organized as U.S. corporations. The combined effect of the 21% U.S. corporate income tax rate and the 30% branch profits tax rate is a net tax rate of 44.7%. The imposition of these taxes would reduce our net income. Our net income will be reduced if U.S. excise and withholding taxes are increased. Group and/or Bermuda Re may become subject to Bermuda tax, which would reduce our net income. Reinsurance and insurance premiums paid to Bermuda Re with respect to risks located in the United States are subject to a U.S. federal excise tax of one percent. In addition, Bermuda Re is subject to withholding tax on dividend income from U.S. sources. These taxes could increase, and other taxes could be imposed in the future on Bermuda Re’s business, which would reduce our net income. If U.S. tax law changes, our U.S. shareholders net income may be impacted. In January 2022, the U.S. Treasury and the IRS released proposed regulations regarding the determination and inclusion of related-person insurance income (“RPII”). The regulations, if finalized without modifications, could cause RPII to be attributable to the Company’s U.S. shareholders prospectively and therefore would incur additional income tax. The imposition of such tax could reduce our U.S. shareholders return on investment in the Company. Our U.S. shareholders pre-tax income and tax liabilities might be increased, reducing their net income. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Everest has aligned and operationalized its cybersecurity program and controls with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Incident Response Framework to provide preventative, detective and responsive measures that are timely, comprehensive, systematic, and in alignment with industry standards, regulatory requirements, and the Company’s risk management framework. As part of the Company’s cybersecurity program, Everest has established cross-functional teams with roles and responsibilities for cybersecurity incident response. The Company has a formal incident response escalation process, which involves a dedicated Security Operation Center (“SOC”) as well as an incident response team (“IRT”), to further escalate to senior management and the Board, as appropriate. While the actual methods of incident response employed may differ based on the type and nature of the incident, our approach uses a combination of internal teams, external advisors and vendors with specialized skills to support the response and recovery efforts, including a process for escalating issues as needed to senior management and providing timely notification of incidents to law enforcement and regulatory bodies, as appropriate. Everest uses a multi-layered process for assessing, identifying and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats and manages its systems and processes both internally and with the assistance of specialized third-party service providers. The Company obtains timely cyber-threat intelligence from various sources and maintains intrusion detection, network firewall protections, advanced threat protection, endpoint detection and response, email filtering, distributed denial-of- service and other protections to secure the company’s critical infrastructure. The SOC provides enhanced early detection of threat intelligence services, actively manages security tools, and monitors and responds to security alerts. The SOC also initiates incident response protocols, including escalating threats as needed to the IRT, including the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO“), who can further escalate to other members of senior management and the Board, as may be appropriate. Additionally, as compromised credentials and unauthorized access remain prevalent vectors for Table of Contents 35
cyberattacks, we have prioritized the advancement of our Identity and Access Management (IAM) protocols as a critical component of our cybersecurity strategy. We continue to modernize and strengthen access controls, password policies, multi-factor authentication, and offboarding processes, to ensure that access to sensitive data and systems is restricted to authorized personnel and necessary business functions for the time period needed. Various processes, including compiling security metrics, vulnerability scans, regular patching of software and hardware vulnerabilities, external penetration testing, internal phishing tests, red team exercises and incident response exercises are used to test the effectiveness of the overall cybersecurity control environment. In addition to periodic self-assessment of various cybersecurity controls, the Company conducts annual independent NIST assessments to review its cybersecurity posture and to identify opportunities to enhance its cybersecurity controls and mitigate cybersecurity risk. Everest outsources certain business, technological and administrative functions and relies on third-party vendors to perform certain functions or provide certain services on its behalf. The Company negotiates contractual provisions to address identified cybersecurity risk(s) with third-party vendors. Third party security assessments of these vendors are also performed as part of the Company’s third-party vendor management processes. The Company also maintains processes to oversee and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats associated with its use of third-party service providers. Everest provides resources and learning opportunities to educate all of our colleagues on how to identify, report and be vigilant against cybersecurity threats in the workplace. In addition, we conduct cybersecurity incident simulation exercises with business, information technology, management and other key stakeholders to practice and test response processes. Furthermore, the Company collaborates with industry associations, government and regulatory authorities, peer companies and external advisors to monitor the threat environment and to inform its cybersecurity practices. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Everest has not experienced any cybersecurity incident that materially affected the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial conditions. Governance Cybersecurity threats present a persistent and dynamic threat to our entire industry. The Company views cybersecurity risk as an enterprise-wide concern that involves people, processes and technology. The Company’s Board, through its committees, referenced above in ITEM 1, “Enterprise Risk Management”, has ultimate responsibility for risk oversight. In 2024, a Technology and Cyber Board Committee was established to further assist the Company Board’s oversight responsibilities with respect to information technology governance, strategy, delivery and risk management, including cybersecurity and data privacy. Management is tasked with the day-to-day management of the Company’s cybersecurity risks. The Company’s Board has a practical understanding of information systems and technology use in our business operations and processes, as well as a recognition of the risk management aspects of cyber risks and cybersecurity. In addition, the Company’s subsidiary boards of directors may also provide additional oversight. The Company also appointed a certified CISO who has significant public and private cybersecurity experience. The CISO is dedicated to assessing the Company’s data security risk, monitoring cyber threat intelligence and taking the steps necessary to implement pertinent safeguards and protocols to manage the risk. In addition, the ERC, referenced above in ITEM 1, “Enterprise Risk Management”, annually reviews the Company’s cyber exposure across all lines of business and security safeguards for privacy-protected data held by the Company. The ERC, through its sub-committees, including the Operational Risk Committee and the Global IT and Cyber Risk Management Committee, works in conjunction with the Company’s CISO to assess the Company’s vulnerabilities to cybersecurity threats, including the operational risk of such threats to our business, as continuous dialogue throughout the year is essential in assessing the operational risk to our business. The Operational Risk Committee and the Global IT and Cyber Risk Management Committee sub-committees meet quarterly in advance of the quarterly ERC meetings to, among other things, review overall cybersecurity strategies and policies and to report on material cybersecurity risks. From a governance perspective, in addition to the CISO, senior members of Information Technology provide briefs on cybersecurity matters, the overall cyber resiliency posture of the Company and the effectiveness of the Company’s cybersecurity program to the Board’s Technology and Cyber Committee. The topics covered by these updates include the Company's activities, policies and procedures to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, as well as lessons learned from cybersecurity incidents and internal and external testing of our cyber defenses. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Everest Re’s corporate offices are located in approximately 321,500 square feet of leased office space in Warren, New Jersey. Bermuda Re’s corporate offices are located in approximately 12,300 total square feet of leased office space in Table of Contents 36
Hamilton, Bermuda. The Company’s 29 other locations occupy a total of approximately 332,100 square feet, all of which are leased. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits, arbitrations and other formal and informal dispute resolution procedures, the outcomes of which will determine the Company’s rights and obligations under insurance and reinsurance agreements. In some disputes, the Company seeks to enforce its rights under an agreement or to collect funds owing to it. In other matters, the Company is resisting attempts by others to collect funds or enforce alleged rights. These disputes arise from time to time and are ultimately resolved through both informal and formal means, including negotiated resolution, arbitration and litigation. In all such matters, the Company believes that its positions are legally and commercially reasonable. The Company considers the statuses of these proceedings when determining its reserves for unpaid loss and LAE. Aside from litigation and arbitrations related to these insurance and reinsurance agreements, the Company is not a party to any other material litigation or arbitration. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information. The common shares of Group trade on the NYSE under the symbol, “EG”. Number of Holders of Common Shares. The number of record holders of common shares as of February 1, 2026 was 1,191. That number does not include the beneficial owners of shares held in “street” name or held through participants in depositories, such as The Depository Trust Company. Dividend History and Restrictions. The Company’s Board has an established policy of declaring regular quarterly cash dividends and has paid a regular quarterly dividend in each quarter since the fourth quarter of 1995. The Company declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $1.65 per share for the first quarter and second quarter of 2023, declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $1.75 per share for the third quarter of 2023 through the first quarter of 2024, and declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $2.00 per share for the second quarter of 2024 through the fourth quarter of 2025. The declaration and payment of future dividends, if any, by the Company will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, business needs and growth objectives, capital and surplus requirements of its operating subsidiaries, regulatory restrictions, rating agency considerations and other factors. As an insurance holding company, the Company is partially dependent on dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to its shareholders. The payment of dividends to Group by Holdings and to Holdings by Everest Re is subject to Delaware regulatory restrictions and the payment of dividends to Group by Bermuda Re is subject to Bermuda insurance regulatory restrictions. See ITEM 1, “Regulatory Matters - Dividends” and ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”- Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents 37
Hamilton, Bermuda. The Company’s 29 other locations occupy a total of approximately 332,100 square feet, all of which are leased. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits, arbitrations and other formal and informal dispute resolution procedures, the outcomes of which will determine the Company’s rights and obligations under insurance and reinsurance agreements. In some disputes, the Company seeks to enforce its rights under an agreement or to collect funds owing to it. In other matters, the Company is resisting attempts by others to collect funds or enforce alleged rights. These disputes arise from time to time and are ultimately resolved through both informal and formal means, including negotiated resolution, arbitration and litigation. In all such matters, the Company believes that its positions are legally and commercially reasonable. The Company considers the statuses of these proceedings when determining its reserves for unpaid loss and LAE. Aside from litigation and arbitrations related to these insurance and reinsurance agreements, the Company is not a party to any other material litigation or arbitration. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information. The common shares of Group trade on the NYSE under the symbol, “EG”. Number of Holders of Common Shares. The number of record holders of common shares as of February 1, 2026 was 1,191. That number does not include the beneficial owners of shares held in “street” name or held through participants in depositories, such as The Depository Trust Company. Dividend History and Restrictions. The Company’s Board has an established policy of declaring regular quarterly cash dividends and has paid a regular quarterly dividend in each quarter since the fourth quarter of 1995. The Company declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $1.65 per share for the first quarter and second quarter of 2023, declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $1.75 per share for the third quarter of 2023 through the first quarter of 2024, and declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $2.00 per share for the second quarter of 2024 through the fourth quarter of 2025. The declaration and payment of future dividends, if any, by the Company will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, business needs and growth objectives, capital and surplus requirements of its operating subsidiaries, regulatory restrictions, rating agency considerations and other factors. As an insurance holding company, the Company is partially dependent on dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to its shareholders. The payment of dividends to Group by Holdings and to Holdings by Everest Re is subject to Delaware regulatory restrictions and the payment of dividends to Group by Bermuda Re is subject to Bermuda insurance regulatory restrictions. See ITEM 1, “Regulatory Matters - Dividends” and ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”- Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents 37 Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities (a) (b) (c) (d) Period Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased (2) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Maximum Number of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) January 1 - 31, 2025 — $ — — 10,692,439 February 1 - 28, 2025 276,667 $ 336.7723 247,128 10,445,311 March 1 - 31, 2025 352,698 $ 357.5636 326,872 10,118,439 April 1 - 30, 2025 69 $ 344.8114 — 10,118,439 May 1 - 31, 2025 509,392 $ 343.9679 508,763 9,609,676 June 1 - 30, 2025 72,568 $ 346.6925 72,120 9,537,556 July 1 - 31, 2025 87 $ 340.0975 — 9,537,556 August 1 - 31, 2025 70 $ 330.4174 — 9,537,556 September 1 - 30, 2025 1,028 $ 340.8210 — 9,537,556 October 1 - 31, 2025 80,621 $ 311.1641 80,376 9,457,180 November 1 - 30, 2025 838,964 $ 320.1009 835,626 8,621,554 December 1 - 31, 2025 325,295 $ 324.2029 323,878 8,297,676 Total 2,457,459 $ — 2,394,763 8,297,676 (1) On November 7, 2024, the Company’s Board approved an amendment to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company and/or its subsidiary Holdings, to purchase up to an additional 10.0 million shares resulting in an aggregate authority to purchase 42.0 million of the Company’s shares (recognizing that the number of shares authorized for repurchase has been reduced by those shares that have already been purchased) in open market transactions, share repurchase plans, privately negotiated transactions or a combination thereof. As of December 31, 2025, the Company and/or its subsidiary Holdings have repurchased 33.7 million of the Company’s shares. (2) Shares that have not been repurchased through a publicly announced plan or program consist of shares repurchased by the Company from employees in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations on vestings and/or settlements of share-based compensation awards. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. None. Performance Graph. The following performance graph compares cumulative total shareholder returns on the common shares (assuming reinvestment of dividends) from December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2025, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Insurance (Property and Casualty) Index. Table of Contents 38
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* Among Everest Group, Ltd., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Property & Casualty Insurance Index 161.56 196.16 234.33 Everest Re Group, Ltd. S&P 500 S&P Property & Casualty Insurance 12/31/2020 12/31/2021 12/31/2022 12/31/2023 12/31/2024 12/31/2025 0 50 100 150 200 250 12/20 12/21 12/22 12/23 12/24 12/25 Everest Group, Ltd. 100.00 119.84 148.25 161.17 168.55 161.56 S&P 500 100.00 128.71 105.40 133.10 166.40 196.16 S&P Property & Casualty Insurance 100.00 119.28 141.79 157.12 212.86 234.33 *$100 invested on December 31, 2020 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31. Copyright© 2025 Standard & Poor's, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved. ITEM 6. [RESERVED] Table of Contents 39
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION Overview. Everest is a global underwriting leader providing best-in-class property, casualty and specialty reinsurance and insurance solutions. As part of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index, we are a leading financial services institution focused on value creation for our shareholders while diversifying our portfolio and geographic presence. Through our direct and indirect subsidiaries operating in the U.S. and internationally, we serve a diverse group of clients worldwide, providing what we believe are extensive product and distribution capabilities, a strong balance sheet, an innovative culture and access to world-class talent. During 2024, we formed a new “Other” segment, primarily comprised of the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. These segment presentation changes have been reflected retrospectively. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has two reportable segments consistent with how the business is managed. See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of segment results. Our net income of $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 is inclusive of unfavorable development of prior- year loss reserves of $657 million. Our net income of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 is inclusive of unfavorable development of prior-year loss reserves of $1.5 billion. We have significantly fortified our U.S. casualty reserves, while taking aggressive underwriting action in certain classes exposed to social inflation, bolstering talent and investing in our platform as we head into 2026. In addition, we have entered into an adverse development reinsurance agreement reinsuring potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising out of North American liabilities within our Insurance and Other Segments and sold the renewal rights to certain lines of commercial retail insurance business. Refer to management’s discussion of consolidated and segment results below. The following is a discussion and analysis of our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and capital resources for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, under ITEM 8 of this Form 10-K. Comparisons between 2024 and 2023 have been omitted from this Form 10-K but can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. All comparisons in this discussion are to the corresponding prior year unless otherwise indicated. Table of Contents 40
Recent Developments. Adverse Development Cover Reinsurance Agreements Effective October 1, 2025, the Company, through its subsidiaries Everest Re and Bermuda Re (the “Ceding Companies”), entered into adverse development reinsurance agreements with State National Insurance Company, Inc. and MS Transverse Insurance Company (collectively the “Reinsurers”). The Reinsurance Agreements are supported on a retrocessional basis by Longtail Re, an affiliate of Stone Ridge Capital. The agreements reinsure potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising from substantially all of the Ceding Companies’ North American liabilities within the Insurance and Other segments (“Subject Business”) up to a gross limit of $1.2 billion. Certain liabilities are excluded from the subject business, including among others those related to the Asbestos and Environmental (“A&E”) reserves included in the Other segment. The carried reserves held for the Subject Business were $5.4 billion as of September 30, 2025 and $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, respectively. The adverse development cover (“ADC”) is composed of three layers. The first layer is an “in the money” layer whereby the ADC attachment point was $1,250 billion below the Company’s North American Insurance and Other segment liability subject reserves of $5.4 billion held as of September 30, 2025. The second layer is $700 million in excess of the $5.4 billion. The Company transferred $1,250 million of in-the-money reserves in consideration for the first two layers upon closing of the transaction. The third layer is $500 million, for which the Company paid approximately $122 million of consideration upon closing of the transaction. The Company has a co-participation of $100 million in each of the second and third layers. For more details, see Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2025 and the adverse development reinsurance agreements attached thereto and incorporated by reference in Exhibits 10.59 and 10.60. At December 31, 2025, the total covered losses ceded to State National Reinsurer were $1,253 million. The aggregated unexpired limit was $597 million for State National Reinsurer and $400 million for MS Transverse Reinsurer, respectively. Sale of Certain Commercial Retail Insurance Renewal Rights On October 26, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of commercial retail insurance business written by the Company in the U.S., U.K. and Asia Pacific, for an aggregate purchase price of $252 million. AIG paid the Company $30 million for originating and structuring the transaction. In addition, on October 26, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with AIG to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of commercial retail insurance business written by the Company in certain countries in the European Union, for an aggregate purchase price of $49 million. Under the agreements, AIG agreed to pay the Company a total of $10 million per month for nine months starting January 1, 2026 for specified transition services. For more details, see Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 28, 2025 and the Master Transaction Agreements incorporated by reference in Exhibit 10.59. These transactions sharpen the Company’s focus on its core global reinsurance business as well as its global wholesale and specialty insurance businesses. The renewal rights of these businesses total an estimated $2 billion of aggregate gross premiums written. Table of Contents 41
Financial Summary. We monitor and evaluate our overall performance based upon financial results. The following table displays a summary of the consolidated net income (loss), ratios and shareholders’ equity for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, Percentage Increase/(Decrease) (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 2025/2024 2024/2023 Gross written premiums $ 17,706 $ 18,232 $ 16,637 (2.9) % 9.6 % Net written premiums 15,513 15,814 14,730 (1.9) % 7.4 % REVENUES: Premiums earned $ 15,560 $ 15,187 $ 13,443 2.5 % 13.0 % Net investment income 2,124 1,954 1,434 8.7 % 36.3 % Net gains (losses) on investments (143) 19 (276) NM NM Other income (expense) (45) 121 (14) NM NM Total revenues 17,496 17,281 14,587 1.2 % 18.5 % CLAIMS AND EXPENSES: Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses 10,859 11,305 8,427 (3.9) % 34.1 % Commission, brokerage, taxes and fees 3,461 3,300 2,952 4.9 % 11.8 % Other underwriting expenses 1,029 938 846 9.7 % 10.9 % Corporate expenses 109 95 73 14.6 % 30.5 % Interest, fees and bond issue cost amortization expense 151 149 134 0.9 % 11.1 % Total claims and expenses 15,609 15,787 12,432 (1.1) % 27.0 % INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES 1,887 1,493 2,154 26.4 % (30.7) % Income tax expense (benefit) 296 120 (363) NM NM NET INCOME (LOSS) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2,517 15.9 % (45.4) % RATIOS: Point Change Loss ratio 69.8 % 74.4 % 62.7 % (4.6) 11.7 Commission and brokerage ratio 22.2 % 21.7 % 22.0 % 0.5 (0.3) Other underwriting expense ratio 6.6 % 6.2 % 6.3 % 0.4 (0.1) Combined ratio 98.6 % 102.3 % 90.9 % (3.7) 11.4 At December 31, Percentage Increase/(Decrease) (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 2025/2024 2024/2023 Balance sheet data: Total investments and cash $ 45,429 $ 41,531 $ 37,142 9.4 % 11.8 % Total assets 62,514 56,341 49,399 11.0 % 14.1 % Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves 34,312 29,889 24,604 14.8 % 21.5 % Total debt 3,589 3,587 3,385 — % 6.0 % Total liabilities 47,054 42,466 36,197 10.8 % 17.3 % Shareholders' equity 15,461 13,875 13,202 11.4 % 5.1 % Book value per share 379.83 322.97 304.29 17.6 % 6.1 % (NM - not meaningful) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Revenues. Premiums. Gross written premiums decreased by 2.9% to $17.7 billion in 2025, compared to $18.2 billion in 2024, reflecting a $288 million, or 5.7% decrease in our insurance business, a $122 million, or 57.3% decrease in business within the Other segment and a $116 million, or 0.9% decrease in our reinsurance business. The decrease in insurance premiums reflects portfolio actions taken in casualty lines of business partially offset by growth in accident and health and other specialty lines. Gross written premiums within Other decreased by $122 million as this segment generally represents lines of business that have been discontinued. The decrease in reinsurance premiums was primarily due to North America casualty pro rata and casualty excess of loss lines of business, partially offset by an increase in the property and financial lines of business. Net written premiums decreased by 1.9% to $15.5 billion in 2025, compared to $15.8 billion in 2024, primarily driven by overall mix of business. Table of Contents 42
Premiums earned increased by 2.5% to $15.6 billion in 2025, compared to $15.2 billion in 2024. The change in premiums earned relative to net written premiums was primarily the result of timing as the higher base premium written in 2024 is being earned through the 2025 period; premiums are earned ratably over the coverage period whereas written premiums are generally recorded at the initiation of the coverage period. Other Income (Expense). We recorded other expense of $45 million and other income of $121 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The change was primarily the result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular, the movement in the Euro and British Pound Sterling, partially offset by the gain from the sale of the renewal rights. The following table shows the components of other income (expense) for the periods indicated: Years ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Mt. Logan cell income $ 7 $ 8 Foreign currency exchange income (expense) (210) 58 Gain on pension plan settlement 27 10 Gain (loss) from sale of renewal rights 127 — Gain (loss) from sale of sports and leisure business — 40 Other 3 6 Total other income (expense) $ (45) $ 121 Claims and Expenses. Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”). The following table presents our incurred losses and LAE for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) Current Year Ratio %/ Pt Change Prior Years Ratio %/ Pt Change Total Incurred Ratio %/ Pt Change 2025 Attritional $ 9,382 60.3 % $ 751 4.8 % $ 10,133 65.1 % Catastrophes 819 5.3 % (94) (0.6) % 726 4.7 % Total segment $ 10,202 65.6 % $ 657 4.2 % $ 10,859 69.8 % 2024 Attritional $ 9,074 59.8 % $ 1,475 9.7 % $ 10,550 69.5 % Catastrophes 893 5.9 % (138) (0.9) % 755 5.0 % Total segment $ 9,967 65.6 % $ 1,337 8.8 % $ 11,305 74.4 % 2023 Attritional $ 7,963 59.2 % $ (5) — % $ 7,958 59.2 % Catastrophes 470 3.5 % — — % 470 3.5 % Total segment $ 8,432 62.7 % $ (5) — % $ 8,427 62.7 % Variance 2025/2024 Attritional $ 308 0.5 pts $ (725) (4.9) pts $ (417) (4.3) pts Catastrophes (73) (0.6) pts 45 0.3 pts (29) (0.3) pts Total segment $ 234 (0.1) pts $ (680) (4.6) pts $ (446) (4.6) pts Variance 2024/2023 Attritional $ 1,112 0.5 pts $ 1,481 9.8 pts $ 2,592 10.3 pts Catastrophes 423 2.4 pts (138) (0.9) pts 285 1.5 pts Total segment $ 1,535 2.9 pts $ 1,342 8.8 pts $ 2,877 11.7 pts (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Incurred losses and LAE decreased by 3.9% to $10.9 billion in 2025, compared to $11.3 billion in 2024, primarily due to a decrease in unfavorable development on prior year attritional losses of $725 million and a decrease of $73 million in Table of Contents 43
Premiums earned increased by 2.5% to $15.6 billion in 2025, compared to $15.2 billion in 2024. The change in premiums earned relative to net written premiums was primarily the result of timing as the higher base premium written in 2024 is being earned through the 2025 period; premiums are earned ratably over the coverage period whereas written premiums are generally recorded at the initiation of the coverage period. Other Income (Expense). We recorded other expense of $45 million and other income of $121 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The change was primarily the result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular, the movement in the Euro and British Pound Sterling, partially offset by the gain from the sale of the renewal rights. The following table shows the components of other income (expense) for the periods indicated: Years ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Mt. Logan cell income $ 7 $ 8 Foreign currency exchange income (expense) (210) 58 Gain on pension plan settlement 27 10 Gain (loss) from sale of renewal rights 127 — Gain (loss) from sale of sports and leisure business — 40 Other 3 6 Total other income (expense) $ (45) $ 121 Claims and Expenses. Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”). The following table presents our incurred losses and LAE for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) Current Year Ratio %/ Pt Change Prior Years Ratio %/ Pt Change Total Incurred Ratio %/ Pt Change 2025 Attritional $ 9,382 60.3 % $ 751 4.8 % $ 10,133 65.1 % Catastrophes 819 5.3 % (94) (0.6) % 726 4.7 % Total segment $ 10,202 65.6 % $ 657 4.2 % $ 10,859 69.8 % 2024 Attritional $ 9,074 59.8 % $ 1,475 9.7 % $ 10,550 69.5 % Catastrophes 893 5.9 % (138) (0.9) % 755 5.0 % Total segment $ 9,967 65.6 % $ 1,337 8.8 % $ 11,305 74.4 % 2023 Attritional $ 7,963 59.2 % $ (5) — % $ 7,958 59.2 % Catastrophes 470 3.5 % — — % 470 3.5 % Total segment $ 8,432 62.7 % $ (5) — % $ 8,427 62.7 % Variance 2025/2024 Attritional $ 308 0.5 pts $ (725) (4.9) pts $ (417) (4.3) pts Catastrophes (73) (0.6) pts 45 0.3 pts (29) (0.3) pts Total segment $ 234 (0.1) pts $ (680) (4.6) pts $ (446) (4.6) pts Variance 2024/2023 Attritional $ 1,112 0.5 pts $ 1,481 9.8 pts $ 2,592 10.3 pts Catastrophes 423 2.4 pts (138) (0.9) pts 285 1.5 pts Total segment $ 1,535 2.9 pts $ 1,342 8.8 pts $ 2,877 11.7 pts (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Incurred losses and LAE decreased by 3.9% to $10.9 billion in 2025, compared to $11.3 billion in 2024, primarily due to a decrease in unfavorable development on prior year attritional losses of $725 million and a decrease of $73 million in Table of Contents 43 current year catastrophe losses, partially offset by an increase of $308 million in current year attritional losses and a decrease in favorable development on prior year catastrophe losses of $45 million. The increase in current year attritional losses was mainly due to the strengthening of U.S. casualty reserves. Unfavorable development on prior year attritional losses was $751 million in 2025 compared to unfavorable development of $1.5 billion in 2024. The net unfavorable development on prior year attritional reserves of $751 million in 2025 is comprised of $471 million of unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses from the Insurance segment due to reserve strengthening in U.S. casualty lines of business driven by elevated loss experience in excess casualty and U.S. liability lines primarily on accident years 2022-2024, and $163 million of unfavorable development in our Other segment which was driven by U.S. casualty lines, primarily from our sports and leisure business. In addition, the Reinsurance segment recorded unfavorable development on prior year, primarily related to aviation losses associated with the Russia/Ukraine war and casualty reserves, partially offset by favorable development booked on well-seasoned reserves in the property and mortgage lines. Embedded in the amounts noted above is $122 million of prior year losses related to the ADC. The current year catastrophe losses of $819 million in 2025 related primarily to the 2025 Southern California wildfires ($512 million), Hurricane Melissa ($159 million), the 2025 Australian Storms ($47 million), Myanmar earthquake ($28 million), Typhoon Ragasa ($20 million) and the 2025 U.S. September floods ($19 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. The $893 million of current year catastrophe losses in 2024 related primarily to Hurricane Milton ($320 million), Hurricane Helene ($94 million), Hurricane Beryl ($64 million), Hurricane Debby ($56 million), the 2024 European flood Boris ($56 million), the 2024 Baltimore bridge collapse ($55 million), the third quarter 2024 Calgary Alberta storms ($54 million), the 2024 Brazil Floods ($41 million), the 2024 Dubai floods ($32 million), the 2024 Germany floods ($31 million), the 2024 New Caledonia Riots ($31 million) and the 2024 Taiwan earthquake ($27 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. For 2025, the favorable development on prior year catastrophe losses of $94 million was mainly related to reserves released related to the 2022 Hurricane Ian event. Catastrophe losses and loss expenses typically have a material effect on our incurred losses and LAE results and can vary significantly from period to period. Losses from natural catastrophes contributed 5.3 percentage points to the combined ratio in 2025, compared with 5.9 percentage points in 2024. Refer to the “Ratios” section for loss ratio analysis discussion. Commission, Brokerage, Taxes and Fees. Commission, brokerage, taxes and fees increased by 4.9% to $3.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $3.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to the impact of the increase in premiums earned and changes in the mix of business. Refer to the “Ratios” section for commission and brokerage ratio analysis discussion. Other Underwriting Expenses. Other underwriting expenses were $1.0 billion and $938 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase in other underwriting expenses was mainly due to the impact of the increase in premiums earned as well as strategic actions taken in insurance operations. Refer to the “Ratios” section for other underwriting expense ratio analysis discussion. Corporate Expenses. Corporate expenses, which are general operating expenses that are not allocated to segments, were $109 million and $95 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase in 2025 compared to 2024 was primarily due to an increase in other professional services related to consulting fees for corporate initiatives and an increase in lease rent expenses. Interest, Fees and Bond Issue Cost Amortization Expense. Interest, fees and other bond amortization expense was $151 million and $149 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by higher interest costs on the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), partially offset by the change in the floating interest rate related to the Company’s outstanding fixed to floating rate long-term subordinated notes, which is reset quarterly per the note agreement. The floating rate was 6.50% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 7.17% as of December 31, 2024. Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Income tax expense was $296 million and $120 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. An income tax expense/benefit is primarily a function of the geographic location of the Company’s pre-tax income and the statutory tax rates in those jurisdictions. The effective tax rate (“ETR”) is primarily affected by tax-exempt investment income, foreign tax credits and dividends. Variations in the ETR generally result from changes in the relative levels of pre- tax income, including the impact of catastrophe losses and net capital gains (losses), among jurisdictions with different tax rates. Table of Contents 44
On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (the “2023 Act”), which will apply a 15% corporate income tax to certain Bermuda businesses in fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. The 2023 Act includes a provision referred to as “The Economic Transition Adjustment” (the “ETA”), which is intended to provide a fair and equitable transition into the new tax regime, and results in a deferred tax benefit for the Company. However, on January 15, 2025, the OECD issued guidance related to “deferred tax assets arising from tax benefits provided by General Government” whereby it has restricted the utilization of those deferred tax benefits against the computation of its Pillar Two Global Minimum Taxes to approximately 20% of the originally calculated amounts and only for a grace period of two years through 2026. If the Bermuda Ministry of Finance amends The 2023 Act in response to this guidance, the exact impact of any such amendments is uncertain but there is a risk that it results in a reduction in the Company's Deferred Tax Assets. On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill was signed into law. The One Big Beautiful Bill did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows upon enactment in 2025, and we do not expect it to have a material impact in the future; however, we will continue to evaluate the impact of the One Big Beautiful Bill. On January 20, 2025, President Trump issued a memorandum announcing that the OECD framework has “no force or effect in the United States” and disavowing any commitments previously made by the United States with respect to the framework. The memorandum also directs the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury to develop and present to President Trump a list of protective measures or other options towards foreign countries that are either not in compliance with any tax treaty with the United States or have tax rules that are “extraterritorial or disproportionately affect American companies.” The possible uneven enactment of the OECD framework by various jurisdictions coupled with the United States’ response to these rules could cause uncertainties to and increases in our income taxes. On January 5, 2026, the OECD released Administrative Guidance containing the side-by-side (SbS) package on the OECD’s global minimum tax. The SbS Administrative Guidance introduced, among other things, new safe harbors, including a SbS safe harbor for multi-national groups headquartered in certain eligible jurisdictions, now limited to the US. Qualification for this safe harbor would exempt companies from the OECD global minimum tax. We expect additional Administrative Guidance in the future providing implementation guidance on the SbS. Accordingly, the OECD’s global minimum tax could be subject to further changes that will continue to cause uncertainties related to income taxes payable by our company. Net Income (Loss). Our net income was $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The period over period changes in net income were primarily driven by the financial component fluctuations explained above. Ratios. Our combined ratio decreased by 3.7 points to 98.6% in 2025, compared to 102.3% in 2024. The current year decrease is primarily due to lower unfavorable prior year development on attritional losses and lower current year catastrophe losses. The loss ratio component decreased by 4.6 points to 69.8% in 2025, compared to 74.4% in 2024. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease of $73 million in current year catastrophe losses and lower unfavorable prior year development on attritional losses. The commission and brokerage ratio components increased to 22.2% in 2025, compared to 21.7% in 2024. The increase was mainly due to changes in the mix of business. The other underwriting expense ratio increased to 6.6% in 2025, compared to 6.2% in 2024. The increase was due to higher Insurance segment expenses driven by strategic actions, offset by Reinsurance segment continued leverage against its premium base. Shareholders’ Equity. Shareholders’ equity increased by $1.6 billion to $15.5 billion at December 31, 2025 from $13.9 billion at December 31, 2024, principally as a result of $1.6 billion of net income, $854 million of unrealized appreciation on fixed income available for sale securities, net of tax and $242 million of net foreign currency translation gains, partially offset by $797 million of share repurchases and $335 million of shareholder dividends. Table of Contents 45
Consolidated Investment Results Net Investment Income. Net investment income increased by 8.7% to $2.1 billion in 2025, compared with net investment income of $2.0 billion in 2024. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $91 million in fixed maturities, an increase of $71 million in income from limited partnerships and an increase of $20 million in income from other alternative investments. The limited partnership income primarily reflects changes in their reported net asset values. As such, until these asset values are monetized and the resultant income is distributed, they are subject to volatile results of future increases or decreases in the asset value. The following table shows the components of net investment income for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Fixed maturities $ 1,572 $ 1,481 $ 1,153 Equity securities 4 3 3 Short-term investments and cash 169 195 140 Other invested assets Limited partnerships 277 206 122 Other 124 104 59 Gross investment income before adjustments 2,146 1,989 1,477 Funds held interest income (expense) 26 26 10 Future policy benefit reserve income (expense) (1) (1) (1) Gross investment income 2,172 2,013 1,486 Investment expenses 48 59 53 Net investment income $ 2,124 $ 1,954 $ 1,434 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The following tables show a comparison of various investment yields for the periods indicated: 2025 2024 2023 Annualized pre-tax yield on average cash and invested assets 4.8 % 4.9 % 4.1 % Annualized after-tax yield on average cash and invested assets 4.0 % 4.2 % 3.6 % Annualized return on invested assets 4.5 % 4.9 % 3.3 % 2025 2024 2023 Fixed income portfolio total return 8.5 % 4.0 % 6.8 % Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Index 7.3 % 1.3 % 5.5 % Common equity portfolio total return 11.0 % 10.9 % 17.6 % S&P 500 index 17.8 % 25.0 % 26.3 % Other invested asset portfolio total return 7.4 % 6.5 % 4.3 % The pre-tax equivalent total return for the bond portfolio was approximately 8.5% and 4.0%, respectively, in 2025 and 2024. The pre-tax equivalent return adjusts the yield on tax-exempt bonds to the fully taxable equivalent. Invested Assets. The Company’s cash and invested assets totaled $45.4 billion at December 31, 2025, which consisted of 86.8% fixed maturities, short term investments and cash and 13.2% of other invested assets and equity securities. Of the total fixed maturities, 98.1% were investment grade. Additionally, the average maturity of fixed maturity securities was 4.9 years at December 31, 2025, and their overall average duration was 3.4 years. As of December 31, 2025, the Company did not have any direct investments in commercial real estate, direct commercial mortgages or securities of issuers that are experiencing cash flow difficulty to an extent that the Company’s management believes that the issuer’s ability to meet debt service payments, except where an allowance for credit losses has been recognized, is threatened. Table of Contents 46
The Company’s investment portfolio includes structured commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) with a book value of $1.6 billion and a fair value of $1.5 billion. As of December 31, 2025, 64.3% of CMBS securities in our investment portfolio are rated AAA by nationally recognized rating agencies. The remainder of CMBS securities in our investment portfolio are rated investment grade by nationally recognized rating agencies. The following table represents the credit quality distribution of the Company’s fixed maturities for the periods indicated: At December 31, 2025 2024 (Dollars in millions) Fair Value/ Amortized Cost (1) Percent of Total Fair Value/ Amortized Cost (1) Percent of Total Rating Agency Credit Quality Distribution: AAA $ 6,589 18.8 % $ 6,934 23.4 % AA 10,532 30.0 % 8,971 30.2 % A 12,354 35.2 % 8,216 27.7 % BBB 5,008 14.3 % 4,464 15.0 % BB 427 1.2 % 738 2.5 % B 69 0.2 % 103 0.3 % Rated below B 28 0.1 % 32 0.1 % Other 133 0.4 % 206 0.7 % Total $ 35,140 100.0 % $ 29,665 100.0 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Fixed maturities-available for sale are at fair value and fixed maturities-held to maturity are at amortized cost, net of allowances for credit losses. The following table summarizes fixed maturities by contractual maturity for the periods indicated: At December 31, 2025 2024 (Dollars in millions) Fair Value/ Amortized Cost (1) (2) Percent of Total Fair Value/ Amortized Cost (1) (2) Percent of Total Fixed maturity securities Due in one year or less $ 1,430 4.1 % $ 1,087 3.7 % Due after one year through five years 10,886 31.0 % 8,546 28.8 % Due after five years through ten years 6,785 19.3 % 4,560 15.4 % Due after ten years 1,918 5.5 % 1,871 6.3 % Asset-backed securities 5,402 15.4 % 6,462 21.8 % Mortgage-backed securities 8,719 24.8 % 7,141 24.1 % Total fixed maturity securities $ 35,140 100.0 % $ 29,665 100.0 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Fixed maturities-available for sale are at fair value and fixed maturities-held to maturity are at amortized cost, net of allowances for credit losses. (2) The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities are shown by contractual maturity. Mortgage-backed securities are generally more likely to be prepaid than other fixed maturity securities. As the stated maturity of such securities may not be indicative of actual maturities, the totals for mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are shown separately. Table of Contents 47
Net Gains (Losses) on Investments. The following table presents the composition of our net gains (losses) on investments for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025/2024 2024/2023 (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Variance Variance Realized gains (losses) from dispositions: Fixed maturity securities - available for sale Gains $ 48 $ 166 $ 35 $ (119) $ 131 Losses (159) (160) (327) 1 167 Total (111) 6 (292) (118) 298 Fixed maturity securities - held to maturity Gains — — — — — Losses (1) — — (1) — Total — — — — — Equity securities Gains — 2 8 (1) (7) Losses (1) (1) — — (1) Total (1) 1 8 (1) (7) Other Invested Assets Gains — — — — — Losses — (1) — 1 (1) Total — (1) — 1 (1) Short Term Investments Gains — 1 1 — — Losses — — — — — Total — 1 — — — Total net realized gains (losses) from dispositions Gains 49 169 44 (120) 125 Losses (161) (162) (327) 1 165 Total (112) 7 (283) (119) 290 Allowance for credit losses (30) 13 7 (43) 6 Gains (losses) from fair value adjustments Equity securities (1) (1) — — (1) Total (1) (1) — — (1) Total net gains (losses) on investments $ (143) $ 19 $ (276) $ (161) $ 295 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Total net gains (losses) on investments in 2025 primarily consist of $112 million of net losses due to the disposition of investments and an increase to the allowance for credit losses of $30 million. Segment Results. Our two reportable segments, Reinsurance and Insurance, each have executive leadership who are responsible for the overall performance of their respective segments and who are directly accountable to our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer of Everest Group, Ltd., who is ultimately responsible for reviewing the business to assess performance, make operating decisions and allocate resources. We report the results of our operations consistent with the manner in which our CODM reviews the business. Table of Contents 48
During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company revised its classification and presentation of certain run-off business, previously included within the Reinsurance and Insurance reportable segments, as part of a new segment called "Other". The Other segment includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off A&E exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. These segment presentation changes have been reflected retrospectively. The Company does not review and evaluate the financial results of its segments based upon balance sheet data. Management generally monitors and evaluates the financial performance of these segments based upon their underwriting results. Underwriting results include earned premium less losses and LAE incurred, commission and brokerage expenses and other underwriting expenses. The Company measures its underwriting results using ratios, in particular, loss, commission and brokerage and other underwriting expense ratios, which, respectively, divide incurred losses, commissions and brokerage and other underwriting expenses by premiums earned. Management has determined that these measures are appropriate and align with how the business is managed. We continue to evaluate our segments as our business evolves and may further refine our segments and financial performance measures. The following discusses the underwriting results for each of our segments for the periods indicated. Reinsurance. The following table presents the underwriting results and ratios for the Reinsurance segment for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025/2024 2024/2023 (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Variance % Change Variance % Change Gross written premiums $ 12,825 $ 12,941 $ 11,460 $ (116) (0.9) % $ 1,481 12.9 % Net written premiums 11,791 11,969 10,802 (178) (1.5) % 1,167 10.8 % Premiums earned $ 11,732 $ 11,412 $ 9,799 $ 320 2.8 % $ 1,613 16.5 % Incurred losses and LAE 7,517 7,103 5,690 414 5.8 % 1,413 24.8 % Commission and brokerage 2,952 2,837 2,520 114 4.0 % 317 12.6 % Other underwriting expenses 291 290 254 1 0.2 % 36 14.1 % Underwriting gain (loss) $ 972 $ 1,181 $ 1,334 $ (209) (17.7) % $ (153) (11.5) % Point Chg Point Chg Loss ratio 64.1 % 62.2 % 58.1 % 1.8 4.2 Commission and brokerage ratio 25.2 % 24.9 % 25.7 % 0.3 (0.8) Other underwriting expense ratio 2.5 % 2.5 % 2.6 % (0.1) (0.1) Combined ratio 91.7 % 89.7 % 86.4 % 2.1 3.3 (NM, not meaningful) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Premiums. Gross written premiums decreased by 0.9% to $12.8 billion in 2025 from $12.9 billion in 2024. The decrease in gross written premiums was primarily due to North America casualty pro rata and casualty excess of loss lines of business, partially offset by an increase in the property book of business and financial lines business. Net written premiums decreased by 1.5% to $11.8 billion in 2025, compared to $12.0 billion in 2024. The current year over prior year decrease was primarily due to changes in cessions and overall mix of business Premiums earned increased by 2.8% to $11.7 billion in 2025, compared to $11.4 billion in 2024, primarily driven by increased property pro rata business written that was recorded over the prior quarters which are now being earned, partially offset by casualty pro rata lines. The change in premiums earned relative to net written premiums is the result of timing; premiums are earned ratably over the coverage period, whereas written premiums are generally recorded at the initiation of the coverage period. Table of Contents 49
Incurred Losses and LAE. The following table presents the incurred losses and LAE for the Reinsurance segment for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) Current Year Ratio %/ Pt Change Prior Years Ratio %/ Pt Change Total Incurred Ratio %/ Pt Change 2025 Attritional $ 6,720 57.3 % $ 117 1.0 % 6,837 58.3 % Catastrophes 768 6.6 % (89) (0.8) % 679 5.8 % Total segment $ 7,489 63.8 % $ 28 0.2 % $ 7,517 64.1 % 2024 Attritional $ 6,456 56.6 % $ — — % $ 6,456 56.6 % Catastrophes 772 6.8 % (125) (1.1) % 647 5.7 % Total segment $ 7,228 63.3 % $ (125) (1.1) % $ 7,103 62.2 % 2023 Attritional $ 5,641 57.6 % $ (401) (4.1) % $ 5,241 53.5 % Catastrophes 449 4.6 % — — % 449 4.6 % Total segment $ 6,091 62.2 % $ (401) (4.1) % $ 5,690 58.1 % Variance 2025/2024 Attritional $ 264 0.7 pts $ 117 1.0 pts $ 381 1.7 pts Catastrophes (3) (0.2) pts 36 0.3 pts 33 0.1 pts Total segment $ 260 0.5 pts $ 153 1.3 pts $ 414 1.8 pts Variance 2024/2023 Attritional $ 815 (1.0) pts $ 401 4.1 pts $ 1,216 3.1 pts Catastrophes 322 2.2 pts (125) (1.1) pts 197 1.1 pts Total segment $ 1,137 1.2 pts $ 276 3.0 pts $ 1,413 4.2 pts (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Incurred losses increased by 5.8% to $7.5 billion in 2025, compared to $7.1 billion in 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $264 million in current year attritional losses, an increase in unfavorable development on prior year attritional reserves of $117 million and a decrease in favorable development on prior year catastrophe losses of $36 million, partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in current year catastrophe losses. The increase in current year attritional losses was mainly related to the impact of the increase in premiums earned, the impact of the Washington D.C. aviation accident during the first quarter and reserve strengthening on the U.S. casualty business. The unfavorable development on prior year attritional reserves was mainly driven by aviation losses associated with the Russia/Ukraine war and casualty reserves, partially offset by favorable development booked on well-seasoned reserves in the property and mortgage lines. The current year catastrophe losses of $768 million in 2025 related primarily to the 2025 Southern California wildfires ($502 million), Hurricane Melissa ($143 million), the 2025 Australian Storms ($47 million), Myanmar earthquake ($20 million) and Typhoon Ragasa ($20 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. The $772 million of current year catastrophe losses in 2024 related primarily to Hurricane Milton ($275 million), Hurricane Helene ($64 million), Hurricane Debby ($55 million), Hurricane Beryl ($54 million), the 2024 European flood Boris ($50 million), the 2024 Baltimore bridge collapse ($50 million), the third quarter 2024 Calgary Alberta storms ($45 million) and the 2024 Brazil Floods ($41 million), the 2024 Dubai floods ($32 million), the 2024 New Caledonia Riots ($31 million), the 2024 Germany floods ($28 million) and the 2024 Taiwan earthquake ($25 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. For 2025, the favorable development on prior year catastrophe losses of $89 million was mainly related to reserves released related to the 2022 Hurricane Ian and older well-seasoned CAT events. Segment Expenses. Commission and brokerage expense increased by 4.0% to $3.0 billion in 2025, compared to $2.8 billion in 2024. The increase was mainly due to the impact of the increase in premiums earned, contingent commissions and changes in the mix of business. Segment other underwriting expenses increased to $291 million in 2025 from $290 million in 2024. The other underwriting expenses remained relatively flat to prior year due to expense management. Table of Contents 50
Insurance. The following table presents the underwriting results and ratios for the Insurance segment for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025/2024 2024/2023 (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Variance % Change Variance % Change Gross written premiums $ 4,790 $ 5,078 $ 4,888 $ (288) (5.7) % $ 191 3.9 % Net written premiums 3,638 3,678 3,704 (39) (1.1) % (26) (0.7) % Premiums earned $ 3,718 $ 3,579 $ 3,420 $ 139 3.9 % $ 159 4.6 % Incurred losses and LAE 3,050 3,622 2,471 (571) (15.8) % 1,150 46.5 % Commission and brokerage 488 439 410 49 11.2 % 29 7.0 % Other underwriting expenses 721 615 556 106 17.3 % 59 10.6 % Underwriting gain (loss) $ (541) $ (1,097) $ (18) $ 555 (50.6) % $ (1,079) NM Point Chg Point Chg Loss ratio 82.0 % 101.2 % 72.3 % (19.2) 28.9 Commission and brokerage ratio 13.1 % 12.3 % 12.0 % 0.9 0.3 Other underwriting expense ratio 19.4 % 17.2 % 16.3 % 2.2 0.9 Combined ratio 114.6 % 130.7 % 100.5 % (16.1) 30.1 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Premiums. Gross written premiums decreased by 5.7% to $4.8 billion in 2025, compared to $5.1 billion in 2024. The decrease in insurance premiums was primarily due to portfolio actions taken on specialty casualty lines of business as well as the impact of the sale of renewal rights, partially offset by an increase in other specialty business and accident and health business. Net written premiums decreased by 1.1% to $3.6 billion in 2025, compared to $3.7 billion in 2024. The decrease in net written is due to the reduction gross written premium partially offset by business mix and higher retentions in certain lines of business. Premiums earned increased by 3.9% to $3.7 billion in 2025, compared to $3.6 billion in 2024. The change in premiums earned relative to net written premiums was primarily the result of timing as the higher base premium written in 2024 is being earned through the 2025 period; premiums are earned ratably over the coverage period whereas written premiums are generally recorded at the initiation of the coverage period. Table of Contents 51
Incurred Losses and LAE. The following table presents the incurred losses and LAE for the Insurance segment for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) Current Year Ratio %/ Pt Change Prior Years Ratio %/ Pt Change Total Incurred Ratio %/ Pt Change 2025 Attritional $ 2,543 68.4 % $ 471 12.7 % $ 3,014 81.1 % Catastrophes 41 1.1 % (5) (0.1) % 36 1.0 % Total segment $ 2,584 69.5 % $ 466 12.5 % $ 3,050 82.0 % 2024 Attritional $ 2,443 68.3 % $ 1,072 30.0 % $ 3,515 98.2 % Catastrophes 120 3.4 % (13) (0.4) % 107 3.0 % Total segment $ 2,563 71.6 % $ 1,059 29.6 % $ 3,622 101.2 % 2023 Attritional $ 2,166 63.3 % $ 285 8.3 % $ 2,451 71.7 % Catastrophes 20 0.6 % — — % 21 0.6 % Total segment $ 2,186 63.9 % $ 285 8.3 % $ 2,471 72.3 % Variance 2025/2024 Attritional $ 101 0.2 pts $ (601) (17.3) pts $ (501) (17.1) pts Catastrophes (79) (2.3) pts 9 0.2 pts (71) (2.0) pts Total segment $ 21 (2.1) pts $ (593) (17.0) pts $ (571) (19.2) pts Variance 2024/2023 Attritional $ 277 4.9 pts $ 787 21.6 pts $ 1,064 26.6 pts Catastrophes 100 2.8 pts (14) (0.4) pts 86 2.4 pts Total segment $ 377 7.7 pts $ 773 21.2 pts $ 1,150 28.9 pts (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Incurred losses and LAE decreased by 15.8% to $3.1 billion in 2025, compared to $3.6 billion in 2024. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses of $601 million and a decrease in current year catastrophe losses of $79 million, partially offset by an increase of $101 million in current year attritional losses and a decrease in favorable development on prior years catastrophe losses of $9 million. The increase in current year attritional losses and the 2025 unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses of $471 million were both primarily due to reserve strengthening in U.S. casualty lines of business driven by elevated loss experience in excess casualty and U.S. liability lines primarily on accident years 2022-2024. The current year catastrophe losses of $41 million primarily related to Hurricane Melissa ($16 million), the first quarter 2025 Myanmar earthquake ($8 million) and the 2025 Southern California wildfires ($7 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. The $120 million of current year catastrophe losses in 2024 primarily related to Hurricane Milton ($44 million), Hurricane Helene ($29 million), Hurricane Beryl ($10 million) and the third quarter 2024 Calgary Alberta storms ($9 million), with the remaining losses resulting from various events. For 2025, the favorable development on prior year catastrophe losses of $5 million was related to multiple events from 2024 and prior. Segment Expenses. Commission and brokerage increased by 11.2% to $488 million in 2025, compared to $439 million in 2024. Segment other underwriting expenses increased to $721 million in 2025, compared to $615 million in 2024. The change in commission and brokerage expenses is driven by mix as the international portfolio increases which carries a higher net commission rate. The increase in other underwriting expenses was mainly due to the impact of strategic actions in insurance operations. Other. The Other segment includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off A&E exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain Table of Contents 52
discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. The following table presents the underwriting results and ratios for the Other segment for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Gross written premiums $ 91 $ 212 $ 289 Net written premiums 84 167 225 Premiums earned $ 111 $ 197 $ 225 Incurred losses and LAE 292 580 266 Commission and brokerage 21 24 22 Other underwriting expenses 17 33 35 Underwriting gain (loss) $ (220) $ (440) $ (98) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Incurred Losses and LAE. Incurred losses and LAE decreased to $292 million in 2025, compared to $580 million in 2024. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses of $240 million. During 2025, the unfavorable development on prior year attritional losses for the Company’s Other segment of $163 million was mainly related to unfavorable development on prior year attritional losses driven by U.S. casualty lines, primarily from our sports and leisure business. Critical Accounting Estimates The following is a summary of the critical accounting estimates related to accounting estimates that (1) require management to make assumptions about highly uncertain matters and (2) could materially impact the consolidated financial statements if management made different assumptions. Loss and LAE Reserves. Our most critical accounting estimate is the determination of our loss and LAE reserves. We maintain reserves equal to management’s estimated ultimate liability for losses and LAE for reported and unreported claims for our insurance and reinsurance businesses. Because reserves are based on estimates of ultimate losses and LAE by underwriting or accident year, we use a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to monitor reserve adequacy over time, evaluate new information as it becomes known and adjust reserves whenever an adjustment appears warranted. We consider many factors when setting reserves including: (1) our exposure base and projected ultimate premiums earned; (2) our expected loss ratios by product and class of business, which are developed collaboratively by underwriters and actuaries; (3) actuarial methodologies and assumptions which analyze our loss reporting and payment experience, size of loss distribution, reports from ceding companies and historical trends, such as reserving patterns, loss payments and product mix; (4) current legal interpretations of coverage and liability; and (5) economic conditions including but not limited to social inflation. Management’s best estimate is developed through collaboration with actuarial, underwriting, claims, legal and finance departments and culminates with the input of reserve committees. Each segment reserve committee includes the participation of the relevant parties from actuarial, finance, claims and segment senior management. Reserves are further reviewed by Everest’s Chief Reserving Actuary and senior management. The objective of such process is to determine a single best estimate viewed by management to be the best estimate of its ultimate loss liability. Our insurance and reinsurance loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of our ultimate liability. Actual losses and LAE ultimately paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from such reserves. Net income (loss) will be impacted in a period in which the change in estimated ultimate losses and LAE is recorded. See also ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. It is more difficult to accurately estimate loss reserves for reinsurance liabilities than for insurance liabilities. At December 31, 2025, we had reinsurance loss reserves of $22.7 billion, insurance loss reserves of $10.2 billion and other loss reserves of $1.4 billion, of which $209 million were loss reserves for A&E liabilities. A detailed discussion of additional considerations related to A&E exposures follows later in this section. The detailed data required to evaluate ultimate losses for our insurance business is accumulated from our underwriting and claim systems. Reserving for reinsurance requires evaluation of loss information received from ceding companies. Ceding companies report losses to us in many ways depending on the type of contract and the agreed or contractual reporting requirements. Generally, proportional/quota share contracts require the submission of a monthly/quarterly account, which includes premium and loss activity for the period with corresponding reserves as established by the ceding company. This information is recorded into our records. For certain proportional contracts, we may require a Table of Contents 53
detailed loss report for claims that exceed a certain dollar threshold or relate to a particular type of loss. Excess of loss and facultative contracts generally require individual loss reporting with precautionary notices provided when a loss reaches a significant percentage of the attachment point of the contract or when certain causes of loss or types of injury occur. Our experienced Claims staff handles individual loss reports and supporting claim information. Based on our evaluation of a claim, we may establish additional case reserves in addition to the case reserves reported by the ceding company. To ensure ceding companies are submitting required and accurate data, the Underwriting, Claim, Reinsurance Accounting and Internal Audit departments of the Company perform various reviews of our ceding companies, particularly larger ceding companies, including on-site audits. We sort our reserves by segment into exposure groupings for actuarial analysis. We assign our business to exposure groupings so that the underlying exposures have reasonably homogeneous loss development characteristics and are large enough to facilitate credible estimation of ultimate losses. We periodically review our exposure groupings, and we may change our groupings over time as our business changes. We currently use approximately 250 exposure groupings to develop our reserve estimates. One of the key selection characteristics for the exposure groupings is the historical duration of the claims settlement process. Business in which claims are reported and settled relatively quickly are commonly referred to as short tail lines, principally property lines. Casualty claims tend to take longer to be reported and settled and casualty lines are generally referred to as long tail lines. Our estimates of ultimate losses for shorter tail lines, with the exception of loss estimates for large catastrophic events, generally exhibit less uncertainty than those for the longer tail lines. We use a variety of actuarial methodologies, such as expected loss ratio, chain ladder reserving methods and Bornhuetter-Ferguson, supplemented by judgment where appropriate, to estimate our ultimate losses and LAE for each exposure group. Although we use similar actuarial methodologies for both short tail and long tail lines, the faster reporting of experience for the short tail lines allows us to have greater confidence in our estimates of ultimate losses at an earlier stage than for long tail lines. For immature underwriting or accident years, the initial expected loss ratios are key inputs that involve management judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including: (1) expected loss ratios developed during our pricing process; (2) historical loss ratios adjusted for rate change and trend; and (3) industry benchmarks for similar business. These judgments take into account our view of past, current and future factors that may influence ultimate losses, including: (1) market conditions; (2) changes in the business underwritten; (3) changes in timing of the emergence of claims; and (4) other factors. The determination of when reported losses are sufficient and credible to warrant selection of an ultimate loss ratio different from the initial expected loss ratio also requires judgment. Our carried reserves at each reporting date are management’s best estimate of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE at that date. We complete detailed reserve studies for each exposure group annually for our reinsurance and insurance operations. The completed annual reserve studies are “rolled forward” for each accounting period until the subsequent reserve study is completed. Analyzing the roll-forward process involves comparing actual reported losses to expected losses based on the most recent reserve study. The Company analyzes significant variances between actual and expected losses and also considers recent market, underwriting and management criteria to determine management’s best estimate of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE. Certain reserves, including losses from widespread catastrophic events, cannot be estimated using traditional actuarial method. Rather, loss and LAE reserves are estimated by completing an in-depth analysis of the individual contracts which may potentially be impacted by the loss. The analysis uses inputs from various sources and methodology, to build up a comprehensive perspective. Such analysis generally involves: 1) estimating the size of insured industry losses; 2) reviewing portfolios to identify contracts which are exposed; 3) reviewing information reported or otherwise provided by customers and brokers; 4) discussing the loss with customers and brokers; and 5) estimating the ultimate expected cost to settle all claims and administrative costs arising from the loss on a contract-by-contract basis and in aggregate for the event. Due to the inherent uniqueness or specific nature of a catastrophic event, each event has its own unique assessment, and different weights may be applied to various inputs based on our judgment. Once a loss has occurred, during the then current reporting period, we record our best estimate of the ultimate expected cost to settle all claims arising from the loss. Our estimate of loss and LAE reserves is then determined by deducting cumulative paid losses from its estimate of the ultimate expected loss. Our estimate of incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) is determined by deducting cumulative paid losses, case reserves and additional case reserves from its estimate of the ultimate expected loss. Because catastrophe losses are typically due to prominent, public events such as hurricanes and earthquakes, we are often able to use independent reports as part of our loss reserve estimation process. We also review catastrophe bulletins published by various statistical modeling agencies to assist in determining the size of the industry loss, although these reports may not be available for some time after an event. For smaller events including localized severe weather events such as windstorms, hail, ice, snow, flooding, freezing and tornadoes, which are not necessarily prominent, public Table of Contents 54
occurrences, we initially place greater reliance on catastrophe bulletins published by statistical modeling agencies to assist in determining what events occurred during the reporting period than we do for large events. This includes reviewing catastrophe bulletins published by Property Claim Services for U.S. catastrophes. We set our initial estimates of reserves for loss and LAE for these smaller events based on a combination of its historical market share for these types of losses and the estimate of the total insured industry property losses as reported by statistical modeling agencies, although we may make significant adjustments based on our current exposure to the geographic region involved as well as the size of the loss and the peril involved. In general, reserves for more recent large losses are subject to greater uncertainty and, therefore, greater potential variability, and are likely to experience material changes from one period to the next. This is due to the uncertainty as to the size of the industry losses, uncertainty as to which contracts have been exposed, uncertainty due to complex legal and coverage issues that can arise out of large or complex losses, and uncertainty as to the magnitude of claims incurred by our customers. As our losses age, more information becomes available, and we believe our estimates become more certain. Given the inherent variability in our loss reserves, we have developed an estimated range of possible gross reserve levels. A table of ranges by segment, accompanied by commentary on potential and historical variability, is included in “Financial Condition - Loss and LAE Reserves”. The ranges are developed using the exposure groups used in the published global loss triangles. For each exposure group, our actuaries calculate a range of possible ultimate losses for each accident year. These ranges are calculated by applying a variety of different acceptable actuarial methods, and varying the parameter selections within a reasonable set of possibilities. Our estimates of our reserve variability may not be comparable to those of other companies because there are no consistently applied actuarial or accounting standards governing such presentations. Our recorded reserves reflect our best point estimate of our liabilities, and our actuarial methodologies focus on developing such point estimates. We calculate the ranges subsequently, based on the historical variability of such reserves. A&E Exposures. We continue to receive claims under expired insurance and reinsurance contracts asserting injuries and/ or damages relating to or resulting from environmental pollution and hazardous substances, including asbestos. Environmental claims typically assert liability for (a) the mitigation or remediation of environmental contamination or (b) bodily injury or property damage caused by the release of hazardous substances into the land, air or water. Asbestos claims typically assert liability for bodily injury from exposure to asbestos or for property damage resulting from asbestos or products containing asbestos. The results of run-off A&E exposures are included within the Company’s Other segment. Our reserves include an estimate of our ultimate liability for A&E claims. There are significant uncertainties surrounding our estimates of our potential losses from A&E claims. Among the uncertainties are: (a) potentially long waiting periods between exposure and manifestation of any bodily injury or property damage; (b) difficulty in identifying sources of asbestos or environmental contamination; (c) difficulty in properly allocating responsibility and/or liability for asbestos or environmental damage; (d) changes in underlying laws and judicial interpretation of those laws; (e) the potential for an asbestos or environmental claim to involve many insurance providers over many policy periods; (f) questions concerning interpretation and application of insurance and reinsurance coverage; and (g) uncertainty regarding the number and identity of insureds with potential asbestos or environmental exposure. Due to the uncertainties discussed above, the ultimate losses attributable to A&E, and particularly asbestos, may be subject to more variability than are non-A&E reserves and such variation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows. See also ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Notes 1 and 4 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Reinsurance Recoverables. We have purchased reinsurance to reduce our exposure to adverse claim experience, large claims and catastrophic loss occurrences. Our ceded reinsurance provides for recovery from reinsurers of a portion of losses and loss expenses under certain circumstances. Such reinsurance does not relieve us of our obligation to our policyholders. In the event our reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations under these agreements or are able to successfully challenge losses ceded by us under the contracts, we will not be able to realize the full value of the reinsurance recoverable balance. In some cases, we may hold full or partial collateral for the receivable, including letters of credit, trust assets and cash. Additionally, creditworthy foreign reinsurers of business written in the U.S., as well as capital markets’ reinsurance mechanisms, are generally required to secure their obligations. We have established reserves for uncollectible balances based on our assessment of the collectability of the outstanding balances. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reflects management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The allowance for uncollectible Table of Contents 55
reinsurance recoverable includes an allowance for disputed balances. Based on this analysis, the Company may adjust the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance or charge off reinsurer balances that are determined to be uncollectible. Reinsurance recoverable balances are considered past due when amounts that have been billed are not collected within contractually stipulated time periods. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverable become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverable, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period. The allowance is estimated as the amount of reinsurance recoverable exposed to loss multiplied by estimated factors for the probability of default. The reinsurance recoverable exposed is the amount of reinsurance recoverable net of collateral and other offsets, considering the nature of the collateral, potential future changes in collateral values, and historical loss information for the type of collateral obtained. The probability of default factors are historical insurer and reinsurer defaults for liabilities with similar durations to the reinsured liabilities as estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are forward-looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. The Company's evaluation of the required allowance for reinsurance recoverable considers the current economic environment as well as macroeconomic scenarios. To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. The Company records credit loss expenses related to reinsurance recoverable in incurred losses and LAE in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Write-offs of reinsurance recoverable and any related allowance are recorded in the period in which the balance is deemed uncollectible. Retroactive Reinsurance. Retroactive reinsurance agreements are reinsurance agreements under which a reinsurer agrees to reimburse the Company as a result of loss development related to past insurable events. For these agreements, the excess of the amounts ultimately collectible under the agreement over the consideration paid is recognized as a deferred gain liability and amortized into income over the settlement period of the ceded reserves. The amount of deferred gain liability is recalculated each period based on cumulative recoveries not yet collected relative to the latest estimate of ultimate losses to be recovered. If the consideration paid exceeds the ultimate losses collectible under the agreement, the net loss on the agreement is recognized in income immediately in incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. In any given period, the change in deferred gain included in net income includes amortization of the deferred gain based on the percentage of ultimate ceded losses collected plus any change in the deferred liability due to change in the estimated losses to be recovered. The amounts are recalculated each period based on loss payments and updated loss reserves estimates. Premiums Written and Earned. Premiums written by us are earned ratably over the coverage periods of the related insurance and reinsurance contracts. We establish unearned premium reserves to cover the unexpired portion of each contract. Such reserves, for assumed reinsurance, are computed using pro rata methods based on statistical data received from ceding companies. Premiums earned, and the related costs, which have not yet been reported to us, are estimated and accrued. Premiums written are based on contract and policy terms and include estimates based on information received from both insureds and ceding companies. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the estimates are changed, or the actual amounts are determined. These earned but not reported premiums are combined with reported earned premiums to comprise our total premiums earned for determination of our incurred losses and loss and LAE reserves. Commission expense and incurred losses related to the change in earned but not reported premium are included in current period company and segment financial results. See also ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents 56
The following table displays the estimated components of net earned but not reported premiums by segment for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Reinsurance $ 3,802 $ 3,278 $ 2,610 Insurance 10 — — Other — — — Total $ 3,812 $ 3,278 $ 2,610 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Investment Valuation. Our fixed income securities are classified for accounting purposes as either available for sale or held to maturity. The available for sale fixed maturity securities are carried at fair value and the held to maturity fixed maturity portfolio is carried at amortized cost, net of current expected credit allowance on our consolidated balance sheets. Our equity securities are all carried at fair value. Some of our CMBS are valued using cash flow models and risk- adjusted discount rates. We hold privately placed securities which are either valued by investment advisors or the Company. In some instances, values provided by an investment advisor are supported with opinions from qualified independent third parties. The Company has procedures in place to review the values received from its investment advisors. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, our investment portfolio included a total of $5.5 billion and $5.1 billion of limited partnership investments, whose values are reported pursuant to the equity method of accounting, and corporate- owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies, whose values are reported at cash surrender value. We carry the limited partnership investments at values provided by the managements of the limited partnerships and due to inherent reporting lags, the carrying values are based on values with “as of” dates from generally one month to one quarter prior to our financial statement date. At December 31, 2025, we had net unrealized gains on our fixed maturity securities, net of tax, of $5 million, compared to net unrealized losses on our fixed maturity securities, net of tax, of $849 million at December 31, 2024. Gains (losses) from fair value fluctuations on available for sale fixed maturity securities are reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value declines for the available for sale fixed income portfolio, which are considered credit related, are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), as realized losses on investments. We consider many factors when determining whether a fair value decline is credit related, including: (1) we have no intent to sell and, more likely than not, will not be required to sell prior to recovery, (2) the credit strength of the issuer, (3) the issuer’s market sector, (4) the length of time to maturity and (5) for asset-backed securities, changes in prepayments, credit enhancements and underlying default rates. If management’s assessments change in the future, we may ultimately record a realized loss after management originally concluded that the decline in value was not attributed to credit related factors. Fixed maturity securities designated as held to maturity consist of debt securities for which the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity or redemption and are reported at amortized cost, net of the current expected credit loss allowance. Interest income for fixed maturity securities held to maturity is determined in the same manner as interest income for fixed maturity securities available for sale. The Company evaluates fixed maturity securities classified as held to maturity for current expected credit losses utilizing risk characteristics of each security, including credit rating, remaining time to maturity, adjusted for prepayment considerations, and subordination level, and applying default and recovery rates, which include the incorporation of historical credit loss experience and macroeconomic forecasts, to develop an estimate of current expected credit losses. Tax. On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (the “2023 Act”), which will apply a 15% corporate income tax to certain Bermuda businesses in fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. The 2023 Act includes a provision referred to as “The Economic Transition Adjustment” (the “ETA”), which is intended to provide a fair and equitable transition into the new tax regime, and results in a deferred tax benefit for the Company. However, on January 15, 2025, the OECD issued guidance related to “deferred tax assets arising from tax benefits provided by General Government” restricting the utilization of those deferred tax benefits against the computation of its Pillar Two Global Minimum Taxes to approximately 20% of the originally calculated amounts and only for a grace period of two years through 2026. If the Bermuda Ministry of Finance amends the 2023 Act in response to this guidance, the exact impact of any such amendments is uncertain but there is a risk that it results in a reduction in the Company's Deferred Tax Assets. Table of Contents 57
The net deferred tax assets principally relate to the identifiable intangible assets. We estimated the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets using discounted future cash flow models. The significant assumptions utilized in the discounted future cash flow models include the forecasted revenues and expected profits to be generated by the identifiable intangible assets and discount rates. See also ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. FINANCIAL CONDITION Investments. Total investments were $44.1 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.1 billion compared to $40.0 billion at December 31, 2024. The rise in investments was primarily related to an increase in fixed maturities - available for sale due to an overall net purchase of $4.3 billion of fixed maturities - available for sale in 2025. The Company’s limited partnership investments are comprised of limited partnerships that invest in private equity, private credit and private real estate. Generally, the limited partnerships are reported on a month or quarter lag. We receive annual audited financial statements for all of the limited partnerships which are primarily prepared using fair value accounting in accordance with GAAP guidance. For the quarterly reports, the Company reviews the financial reports for any unusual changes in carrying value. If the Company becomes aware of a significant decline in value during the lag reporting period, the loss will be recorded in the period in which the Company identifies the decline. The table below summarizes the composition and characteristics of our investment portfolio as of the dates indicated: At December 31, 2025 2024 Fixed income portfolio duration (years) 3.4 3.1 Fixed income composite credit quality AA- AA- Reinsurance Recoverables. Reinsurance recoverables for both paid and unpaid losses totaled $5.1 billion at December 31, 2025 and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, in connection with the ADC reinsurance agreements, $1,253 million was recoverable from State National Insurance Company, Inc. Additionally at December 31, 2025, $411 million, or 8.1%, was recoverable from Mt. Logan Re, Ltd. (“Mt. Logan Re”) collateralized segregated accounts and $289 million, or 5.7%, was recoverable from Munich Reinsurance America, Inc. No other retrocessionaire accounted for more than 5% of our recoverables. Loss and LAE Reserves. Gross loss and LAE reserves totaled $34.3 billion and $29.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The following tables summarize gross outstanding loss and LAE reserves by segment, classified by case reserves and IBNR reserves, for the periods indicated: At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Case Reserves IBNR Reserves Total Reserves % of Total Reinsurance $ 7,075 $ 15,655 $ 22,730 66.2 % Insurance 2,743 7,460 10,203 29.7 % Other (1) 384 995 1,379 4.0 % Total $ 10,201 $ 24,110 $ 34,312 100.0 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Reserves for A&E exposures are included within Other. At December 31, 2025, A&E Case and IBNR reserves totaled $150 million and $59 million, respectively. At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Case Reserves IBNR Reserves Total Reserves % of Total Reinsurance $ 6,591 $ 13,117 $ 19,708 65.9 % Insurance 2,289 6,552 8,841 29.6 % Other (1) 389 950 1,340 4.5 % Total $ 9,270 $ 20,619 $ 29,889 100.0 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents 58
(1) Reserves for A&E exposures are included within Other. At December 31, 2024, A&E Case and IBNR reserves totaled $149 million and $111 million, respectively. Changes in premiums earned and business mix, reserve refinement, catastrophe losses and changes in catastrophe loss reserves and claim settlement activity all impact loss and LAE reserves by segment and in total. Our carried loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of our ultimate liability for unpaid claims. We continuously re-evaluate our reserves, including re-estimates of prior period reserves, taking into consideration all available information and, in particular, newly reported loss and claim experience. Changes in reserves resulting from such re-evaluations are reflected in incurred losses in the period when the re-evaluation is made. Our analytical methods and processes operate at multiple levels including individual contracts, groupings of like contracts, classes and lines of business, internal business units, segments, accident years, legal entities and in the aggregate. In order to set appropriate reserves, we make qualitative and quantitative analyses and judgments at these various levels. We utilize actuarial science, business expertise and management judgment in a manner intended to ensure the accuracy and consistency of our reserving practices. Management’s best estimate is developed through collaboration with actuarial, underwriting, claims, legal and finance departments and culminates with the input of reserve committees. Each segment reserve committee includes the participation of the relevant parties from actuarial, finance, claims and segment senior management. Reserves are further reviewed by Everest’s Chief Reserving Actuary and senior management. The objective of such process is to determine a single best estimate viewed by management to be the best estimate of its ultimate loss liability. Nevertheless, our reserves are estimates, which are subject to variation, which may be significant. There can be no assurance that reserves for, and losses from, claim obligations will not increase in the future, possibly by a material amount. However, we believe that our existing reserves and reserving methodologies lessen the probability that any such increase would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We have included ranges for loss reserve estimates determined by our actuaries, which have been developed through a combination of objective and subjective criteria. Our presentation of this information may not be directly comparable to similar presentations of other companies as there are no consistently applied actuarial or accounting standards governing such presentations. Our recorded reserves are an aggregation of our best point estimates for approximately 250 reserve groups and reflect our best point estimate of our liabilities. Our actuarial methodologies develop point estimates rather than ranges and the ranges are developed subsequently based upon historical and prospective variability measures. The following table below represents the reserve levels and ranges for each of our business segments for the period indicated: Outstanding Reserves and Ranges By Segment (1) At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) As Reported Low Range % Low Range High Range % High Range Gross Reserves By Segment Reinsurance $ 22,730 (6.1) % $ 21,338 6.1 % $ 24,123 Insurance 10,203 (9.0) % 9,282 9.0 % 11,123 Other (excluding A&E) 1,169 (18.0) % 959 18.0 % 1,380 Total Gross Reserves (excluding A&E) 34,102 (7.4) % 31,579 7.4 % 36,626 A&E (Other Segment) 209 (21.6) % 164 21.6 % 254 Total Gross Reserves $ 34,312 (7.5) % 31,743 7.5 % 36,880 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) There can be no assurance that reserves will not ultimately exceed the indicated ranges requiring additional income (loss) statement expense. The size of the range is dependent upon the level of confidence associated with the reserve estimates. Within each range, management’s best estimate of loss reserves is based upon the point estimate derived by our actuaries in detailed reserve studies. Such ranges are necessarily subjective due to the lack of generally accepted actuarial standards with respect to their development. There can be no assurance that our claim obligations will not vary outside of these ranges. Additional losses, including those relating to latent injuries, and other exposures, which are as yet unrecognized, the type or magnitude of which cannot be foreseen by us or the reinsurance and insurance industry generally, may emerge in the future. Such future emergence, to the extent not covered by existing retrocessional contracts, could have material adverse effects on our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Table of Contents 59
(1) Reserves for A&E exposures are included within Other. At December 31, 2024, A&E Case and IBNR reserves totaled $149 million and $111 million, respectively. Changes in premiums earned and business mix, reserve refinement, catastrophe losses and changes in catastrophe loss reserves and claim settlement activity all impact loss and LAE reserves by segment and in total. Our carried loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of our ultimate liability for unpaid claims. We continuously re-evaluate our reserves, including re-estimates of prior period reserves, taking into consideration all available information and, in particular, newly reported loss and claim experience. Changes in reserves resulting from such re-evaluations are reflected in incurred losses in the period when the re-evaluation is made. Our analytical methods and processes operate at multiple levels including individual contracts, groupings of like contracts, classes and lines of business, internal business units, segments, accident years, legal entities and in the aggregate. In order to set appropriate reserves, we make qualitative and quantitative analyses and judgments at these various levels. We utilize actuarial science, business expertise and management judgment in a manner intended to ensure the accuracy and consistency of our reserving practices. Management’s best estimate is developed through collaboration with actuarial, underwriting, claims, legal and finance departments and culminates with the input of reserve committees. Each segment reserve committee includes the participation of the relevant parties from actuarial, finance, claims and segment senior management. Reserves are further reviewed by Everest’s Chief Reserving Actuary and senior management. The objective of such process is to determine a single best estimate viewed by management to be the best estimate of its ultimate loss liability. Nevertheless, our reserves are estimates, which are subject to variation, which may be significant. There can be no assurance that reserves for, and losses from, claim obligations will not increase in the future, possibly by a material amount. However, we believe that our existing reserves and reserving methodologies lessen the probability that any such increase would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We have included ranges for loss reserve estimates determined by our actuaries, which have been developed through a combination of objective and subjective criteria. Our presentation of this information may not be directly comparable to similar presentations of other companies as there are no consistently applied actuarial or accounting standards governing such presentations. Our recorded reserves are an aggregation of our best point estimates for approximately 250 reserve groups and reflect our best point estimate of our liabilities. Our actuarial methodologies develop point estimates rather than ranges and the ranges are developed subsequently based upon historical and prospective variability measures. The following table below represents the reserve levels and ranges for each of our business segments for the period indicated: Outstanding Reserves and Ranges By Segment (1) At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) As Reported Low Range % Low Range High Range % High Range Gross Reserves By Segment Reinsurance $ 22,730 (6.1) % $ 21,338 6.1 % $ 24,123 Insurance 10,203 (9.0) % 9,282 9.0 % 11,123 Other (excluding A&E) 1,169 (18.0) % 959 18.0 % 1,380 Total Gross Reserves (excluding A&E) 34,102 (7.4) % 31,579 7.4 % 36,626 A&E (Other Segment) 209 (21.6) % 164 21.6 % 254 Total Gross Reserves $ 34,312 (7.5) % 31,743 7.5 % 36,880 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) There can be no assurance that reserves will not ultimately exceed the indicated ranges requiring additional income (loss) statement expense. The size of the range is dependent upon the level of confidence associated with the reserve estimates. Within each range, management’s best estimate of loss reserves is based upon the point estimate derived by our actuaries in detailed reserve studies. Such ranges are necessarily subjective due to the lack of generally accepted actuarial standards with respect to their development. There can be no assurance that our claim obligations will not vary outside of these ranges. Additional losses, including those relating to latent injuries, and other exposures, which are as yet unrecognized, the type or magnitude of which cannot be foreseen by us or the reinsurance and insurance industry generally, may emerge in the future. Such future emergence, to the extent not covered by existing retrocessional contracts, could have material adverse effects on our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Table of Contents 59 A&E Exposures. A&E exposures represent a separate exposure group for monitoring and evaluating reserve adequacy. The results of run-off A&E exposures are included within the Company’s Other segment. With respect to asbestos only, at December 31, 2025, we had net asbestos loss reserves of $170 million, or 87.9%, of total net A&E reserves, all of which was for assumed business. At December 31, 2025, we had gross asbestos loss reserves of $186 million, or 88.8% of total gross A&E reserves, all of which was for assumed business. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of A&E Exposures. Ultimate loss projections for A&E liabilities cannot be accomplished using standard actuarial techniques. We believe that our A&E reserves represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate liability; however, there can be no assurance that ultimate loss payments will not exceed such reserves, perhaps by a significant amount. Industry analysts use the “survival ratio” to compare the A&E reserves among companies with such liabilities. The survival ratio is typically calculated by dividing a company’s current net reserves by the three-year average of annual paid losses. Hence, the survival ratio equals the number of years that it would take to exhaust the current reserves if future loss payments were to continue at historical levels. Using this measurement, our net three-year asbestos survival ratio was 4.7 years at December 31, 2025. These metrics can be skewed by individual large settlements occurring in the prior three years and therefore, may not be indicative of the timing of future payments. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Capital. Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $15.5 billion and $13.9 billion, respectively. Management’s objective in managing capital is to ensure that the Company’s overall capital level, as well as the capital levels of its operating subsidiaries, exceed the amounts required by regulators, the amount needed to support our current financial strength ratings from rating agencies and our own economic capital models. The Company’s capital has historically exceeded these benchmark levels. Our two main operating companies, Bermuda Re and Everest Re, are regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) and the State of Delaware’s Department of Insurance, respectively. Both regulatory bodies have their own capital adequacy models based on statutory capital as opposed to GAAP basis equity. Bermuda Re is subject to the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (“BSCR”) administered by the BMA and Everest Re is subject to the RBC developed by the U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). Failure to meet the required statutory capital levels could result in various regulatory restrictions, including restrictions on business activity and the payment of dividends to their parent companies. The regulatory targeted capital and the actual statutory capital for Bermuda Re and Everest Re were as follows: Bermuda Re (1) At December 31, Everest Re (2) At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 ⁽³⁾ 2024 2025 2024 Regulatory targeted capital $ — $ 3,151 $ 5,119 $ 4,799 Actual capital $ 4,209 $ 4,323 $ 8,856 $ 8,126 (1) Regulatory targeted capital represents the target capital level from the applicable year's BSCR calculation. (2) Regulatory targeted capital represents 200% of the RBC authorized control level calculation for the applicable year. (3) The 2025 BSCR calculation is not yet due to be completed; however, the Company anticipates that Bermuda Re's December 31, 2025 actual capital will exceed the targeted capital level. In accordance with guidance issued by the BMA in 2025, Bermuda Re has reflected the impacts of the ETA recognized in response to the 2023 Act in its 2024 regulatory targeted capital and actual capital. Our financial strength ratings, as determined by A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), Moody’s and S&P, are important, as they provide our customers and investors with an independent assessment of our financial strength using a rating scale that provides for relative comparisons. We continue to possess significant financial flexibility and access to debt and equity markets as a result of our financial strength, as evidenced by the financial strength ratings assigned by independent rating agencies. See also ITEM 1, “Financial Strength Ratings”. We maintain our own economic capital models to monitor and project our overall capital, as well as the capital at our operating subsidiaries. A key input to the economic models is projected income, and this input is continually compared to actual results, which may require a change in the capital strategy. In 2025, we repurchased 2,394,763 of our common shares at a cost of $797 million in the open market and paid $335 million in common share dividends to adjust our capital position and enhance long-term expected returns to our shareholders. During 2024, we repurchased 536,469 of our common shares at a cost of $200 million in the open market Table of Contents 60
and paid $334 million in dividends. We may at times enter into a Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan agreement to facilitate the repurchase of shares. On November 7, 2024, our existing Board authorization to purchase up to 32 million of our shares was increased by 10 million shares to authorize the purchase of up to 42 million shares. As of December 31, 2025, we had repurchased 33.7 million shares under this authorization. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $2.00 per share. The common stock dividend was paid on December 12, 2025 for holders of record as of November 26, 2025. On May 19, 2023, the Company completed the public offering of 4,140,000 common shares, which included full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 540,000 common shares, at a public offering price of $360.00 per share. Total net proceeds from the public offering were $1,445 million, after underwriting discount and expenses. The Company’s intent was to use the net proceeds from this offering for long-term reinsurance opportunity and continued build out of the global insurance business. Liquidity. Our liquidity requirements are generally met from positive cash flow from operations. Positive cash flow results from reinsurance and insurance premiums being collected prior to disbursements for claims, with disbursements generally taking place over an extended period after the collection of premiums, sometimes a period of many years. Collected premiums are generally invested, prior to their use in such disbursements, and investment income provides additional funding for loss payments. Our net cash flows from operating activities were $3.1 billion and $5.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Additionally, these cash flows reflected net catastrophe loss payments of $852 million and $693 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and net tax payments of $150 million and $397 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. If disbursements for losses and LAE, policy acquisition costs and other operating expenses were to exceed premium inflows, cash flow from reinsurance and insurance operations would be negative. The effect on cash flow from operations would be partially offset by cash flow from investment income. Additionally, cash inflows from investment maturities of both short-term investments and longer-term maturities are available to supplement other operating cash flows. We do not expect to supplement negative operations cash flows with investment dispositions. As the timing of payments for losses and LAE cannot be predicted with certainty, we maintain portfolios of long-term invested assets with varying maturities, along with short-term investments that provide additional liquidity for payment of claims. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we held cash and short-term investments of $4.3 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively. Our short-term investments are generally readily marketable and can be converted to cash. In addition to these cash and short-term investments, we had $1.4 billion of fixed maturity securities - available for sale maturing within one year or less, $10.8 billion maturing within one to five years and $8.6 billion maturing after five years at December 31, 2025. We believe that these fixed maturity securities, in conjunction with the short-term investments and positive cash flow from operations, provide ample sources of liquidity for the expected payment of losses and LAE in the near future. We do not anticipate selling a significant amount of securities to pay losses and LAE. At December 31, 2025, we had $21 million of net pre-tax unrealized appreciation related to fixed maturity - available for sale securities, comprised of $619 million of pre-tax unrealized depreciation and $640 million of pre-tax unrealized appreciation. Management generally expects annual positive cash flow from operations. However, given catastrophic events observed in recent periods, cash flow from operations may decline and could become negative in the near term as significant claim payments are made related to the catastrophes. However, as indicated above, the Company has access to ample liquidity to settle its catastrophe claims and also may receive payments under the catastrophe bond program and the Mt. Logan Re collateralized reinsurance arrangement. In addition to our cash flows from operations and liquid investments, Everest Re is a member of the FHLBNY, which allows Everest Re to borrow up to 10% of its statutory admitted assets. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re had statutory admitted assets of approximately $32.6 billion which provides borrowing capacity of up to approximately $3.3 billion. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re had $1.0 billion of borrowings outstanding, which begin to expire in 2026. See Note 8 - Credit Facilities to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K for further details. Exposure to Prior Year Development. We are required to maintain reserves to cover our ultimate liability of losses and LAE for both reported and unreported claims. These reserves are only estimates of what we believe the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances known to us and actuarial and statistical analysis. Loss reserve estimates are reconsidered, as necessary, as experience develops and to reflect other changes in circumstances that may affect our estimate of ultimate loss, and this could potentially result in increases to our reserves. For the insurance and reinsurance businesses, ultimate losses may differ materially from our expectations Table of Contents 61
at the time we underwrite the business. Because of the uncertainties that surround our estimates of loss and LAE reserves, we cannot be certain that ultimate losses and LAE payments will not exceed the estimates we make at any given time. Loss experience in our lines of business is very unpredictable and has been exacerbated by social inflation factors such as uncertain legal system outcomes, increased frequency of high-severity claims and third-party litigation funding. If our reserves are deficient in future periods, we may be required to increase loss reserves in the period in which such deficiencies are identified which would cause a charge to our earnings, a reduction of capital and could result in adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operation or liquidity. We have entered into certain adverse development reinsurance agreements to reinsure against potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising out of North American insurance liabilities within our Insurance and Other segments subject to exclusions for certain liabilities, including among others those related to Asbestos & Environmental reserves. Exposure to Catastrophes. Like other insurance and reinsurance companies, we are exposed to multiple insured losses arising out of a single occurrence, whether a natural event, such as a hurricane or an earthquake, or other catastrophe, such as an explosion at a major factory. A large catastrophic event can be expected to generate insured losses to multiple reinsurance treaties, facultative certificates and direct insurance policies across various lines of business. We focus on potential losses that could result from any single event, or series of events as part of our evaluation and monitoring of our aggregate exposures to catastrophic events. Accordingly, we employ various techniques to estimate the amount of loss we could sustain from any single catastrophic event or series of events in various geographic areas. These techniques range from deterministic approaches, such as tracking aggregate limits exposed in catastrophe-prone zones and applying reasonable damage factors, to modeled approaches that attempt to scientifically measure catastrophe loss exposure using sophisticated Monte Carlo simulation techniques that forecast frequency and severity of potential losses on a probabilistic basis. No single computer model or group of models is currently capable of projecting the amount and probability of loss in all global geographic regions in which we conduct business. In addition, the form, quality and granularity of underwriting exposure data furnished by (re)insureds is not uniformly compatible with the data requirements for our licensed models, which adds to the inherent imprecision in the potential loss projections. Further, the results from multiple models and analytical methods must be combined to estimate potential losses by and across business units. Also, while most models have been updated to incorporate claims information from recent catastrophic events, catastrophe model projections are still inherently imprecise. In addition, uncertainties with respect to future climatic patterns and cycles could add further uncertainty to loss projections from models based on historical data. Nevertheless, when combined with traditional risk management techniques and sound underwriting judgment, catastrophe models are a useful tool for underwriters to price catastrophe exposed risks and for providing management with quantitative analyses with which to monitor and manage catastrophic risk exposures by zone and across zones for individual and multiple events. Projected catastrophe losses are generally summarized in terms of the probable maximum loss (“PML”). We define PML as our anticipated loss, taking into account contract terms and limits, caused by a single catastrophe affecting a broad contiguous geographic area, such as that caused by a hurricane or earthquake. The PML will vary depending upon the modeled simulated losses and the make-up of the in-force book of business. The projected severity levels are described in terms of “return periods”, such as “100-year events” and “250-year events”. For example, a 100-year PML is the estimated loss to the current in-force portfolio from a single event which has a 1% probability of being exceeded in a twelve-month period. In other words, it corresponds to a 99% probability that the loss from a single event will fall below the indicated PML. It is important to note that PMLs are estimates. Modeled events are hypothetical events produced by a stochastic model. As a result, there can be no assurance that any actual event will align with the modeled event or that actual losses from events similar to the modeled events will not vary materially from the modeled event PML. From an enterprise risk management perspective, the Board of Directors of the Company and each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, in connection with management, sets limits on the levels of catastrophe loss exposure we may underwrite. The limits are revised periodically based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to our financial resources and expected earnings and risk/reward analyses of the business being underwritten. Economic loss is the PML exposure, net of third-party reinsurance including catastrophe industry loss warranty cover, reduced by estimated reinstatement premiums to renew coverage and estimated income taxes. The impact of income taxes on the PML depends on the distribution of the losses by corporate entity, which is also affected by inter-affiliate reinsurance. Management also monitors and controls its largest PMLs at multiple points along the loss distribution curve, such as loss amounts at the 20, 50, 100, 250 and 500-year return periods. This process enables management to identify Table of Contents 62
and control exposure accumulations and to integrate such exposures into enterprise risk, underwriting and capital management decisions. Our catastrophe loss projections, segmented by risk zones, are updated quarterly and reviewed as part of a formal risk management review process. Each segment and business unit manages its underwriting risk in accordance with established guidelines. These guidelines place dollar limits on the amount of business that can be written based on a variety of factors, including (re)insured company profile, line of business, geographic location and risk hazards. In each case, the guidelines permit limited exceptions, which must be authorized by the Company’s senior management. Management regularly reviews and revises these guidelines in response to changes in business unit product offerings, market conditions, risk versus reward analyses and our enterprise and underwriting risk management processes. Our operating results and financial condition can be adversely affected by catastrophe and other large losses. We manage our exposure to catastrophes and other large losses by: • selective underwriting practices; • diversifying our risk portfolio by geographic area and by types and classes of business; • limiting our aggregate catastrophe loss exposure in any particular geographic zone and contiguous zones; • purchasing reinsurance and/or retrocessional protection to the extent that such coverage can be secured cost- effectively. We believe that our methods of monitoring, analyzing and managing catastrophe exposures provide a credible risk management framework, which is integrated with our enterprise risk management, underwriting and capital management plans. However, there is much uncertainty and imprecision inherent in the catastrophe models and the catastrophe loss estimation process generally. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will not experience losses from individual events that exceed the PML or other return period projections, perhaps by a material amount. Nor can there be assurance that we will not experience events impacting multiple zones, or multiple severe events that could, in the aggregate, exceed our PML expectations by a significant amount. The table below reflects our PML exposure, net of third-party reinsurance including catastrophe industry loss warranty cover, at various return periods for our top zones/perils (as ranked by the largest 1 in 100-year economic loss) based on loss projection data as of January 1, 2026: Return Periods (in years) 1 in 20 1 in 50 1 in 100 1 in 250 1 in 500 Exceeding Probability 5.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.4% 0.2% (Dollars in millions) Zone Peril Southeast U.S. Wind $ 1,210 $ 2,010 $ 2,423 $ 2,839 $ 3,083 California Earthquake 265 1,178 1,982 2,523 2,891 Texas Wind 253 644 1,189 2,222 2,919 Table of Contents 63
The projected net economic losses, defined as PML exposures, net of third-party reinsurance including catastrophe industry loss warranty cover, reinstatement premiums and estimated income taxes, for the top zones/perils scheduled above are as follows: Return Periods (in years) 1 in 20 1 in 50 1 in 100 1 in 250 1 in 500 Exceeding Probability 5.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.4% 0.2% (Dollars in millions) Zone Peril Southeast U.S. Wind $ 842 $ 1,415 $ 1,693 $ 1,984 $ 2,151 California Earthquake 205 861 1,439 1,857 2,138 Texas Wind 187 464 846 1,590 2,101 We believe that our greatest worldwide 1 in 100-year exposure to a single catastrophic event is to a wind event affecting the Southeast U.S., where we estimate we have a PML exposure, net of third party reinsurance including catastrophe industry loss warranty cover, of $2.4 billion which represents approximately 11.0% of our December 31, 2025 shareholders’ equity. If such a single catastrophe loss were to occur, management estimates that the net economic loss to us would be approximately $1.7 billion. The estimate involves multiple variables, including which Everest entity would experience the loss, and as a result there can be no assurance that this amount would not be exceeded. We may purchase reinsurance to cover specific business written or the potential accumulation or aggregation of exposures across some or all of our operations. Reinsurance purchasing decisions consider both the potential coverage and market conditions including the pricing, terms, conditions, availability and collectability of coverage, with the aim of securing cost-effective protection from financially secure counterparts. The amount of reinsurance purchased has varied over time, reflecting our view of our exposures and the cost of reinsurance. In recent years, we have increased our use of reinsurance offered through capital market facilities. We participate in “common account” retrocessional arrangements for certain reinsurance treaties whereby a ceding company purchases reinsurance for the benefit of itself and its reinsurers under one or more of its reinsurance treaties. Common account retrocessional arrangements reduce the effect of individual or aggregate losses to all participating companies, including the ceding company, with respect to the involved treaties. Information Technology. Everest’s information technology is a key component of its business operations. Information technology systems and services are hosted at public and private cloud service providers across multiple data centers with processing performed at the office locations of our operating subsidiaries and branches. We have implemented security procedures, and regularly assess and enhance our security protocols, to ensure that our key business systems are protected, secured and backed up at off-site locations so that they can be restored promptly if necessary. We have business continuity plans and disaster recovery plans along with periodic testing of those plans to ensure we are capable of providing uninterrupted technology services in the event of major systems outages with alternative secure data centers available in case of broader outages. Our business operations depend on the proper functioning and availability of our information technology platform, which includes data processing and related electronic communications. We communicate electronically internally and externally with our brokers, program managers, clients, third-party vendors, regulators and others. These communications and the data we handle may include personal, confidential or proprietary information. We ensure that all our systems, data and electronic transmissions are appropriately protected with the latest technology safeguards and meet regulatory standards. Despite these safeguards, a significant cyber incident, including system failure, security breach and disruption by malware or other damage could interrupt or delay our operations and possibly our results. This type of incident may result in a violation of applicable data security, privacy, or other laws, damage our reputation, cause a loss of customers or give rise to regulatory scrutiny as well as monetary fines and other penalties. Management is not aware of a cybersecurity incident that has had a material impact on our operations. See also ITEM 1A, “Risk Factors” and ITEM 1C, “Cybersecurity”. Table of Contents 64
Expected Cash Outflows. The following table shows our significant expected cash outflows for the period indicated. Payments due by period (Dollars in millions) Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years Senior notes $ 2,400 $ — $ — $ — $ 2,400 Long term notes 219 — — — 219 Federal Home Loan Bank of New York 1,019 719 300 — — Interest expense (1) 2,670 100 200 200 2,170 Operating lease agreements 247 28 51 43 125 Gross reserve for losses and LAE (2) 34,312 6,313 10,724 6,873 10,402 Total $ 40,867 $ 7,160 $ 11,275 $ 7,116 $ 15,316 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Interest expense on long-term notes is calculated at the variable floating rate of 6.50%, as of December 31, 2025. This excludes interest on Federal Home Loan Bank of New York borrowings. (2) Loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of losses from claim and related settlement costs. Both the amounts and timing of such payments are estimates, and the inherent variability of resolving claims as well as changes in market conditions make the timing of cash flows uncertain. Therefore, the ultimate amount and timing of loss and LAE payments could differ from our estimates. The cash outflows for senior notes and long-term notes are the responsibility of Holdings. We strive to ensure that we have sufficient cash flow, liquidity, investments and access to capital markets to satisfy these obligations. Holdings generally depends upon dividends from Everest Re, its operating insurance subsidiary for its funding, capital contributions from Group or access to the capital markets. Our various operating insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries have sufficient cash flow, liquidity and investments to settle outstanding reserves for losses and LAE. Additionally, the Company has entered into ADC reinsurance agreements to reinsure potential adverse loss development which resulted in reinsurance recoverables of $1,253 million as of December 31, 2025. Management believes that we, and each of our entities, have sufficient financial resources or ready access thereto, to meet all obligations. Table of Contents 65
Dividends. During 2025 and 2024, we declared and paid common shareholder dividends of $335 million and $334 million, respectively. As an insurance holding company, we are partially dependent on dividends and other permitted payments from our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to our shareholders. The payment of dividends to Group by Holdings Ireland and Everest Dublin Holdings is subject to Irish corporate and regulatory restrictions; the payment of dividends to Holdings Ireland by Holdings and to Holdings by Everest Re is subject to Delaware regulatory restrictions; and the payment of dividends to Group by Bermuda Re, Everest International, Everest Preferred International Holdings (“Preferred Holdings”), Everest Re Advisors Ltd. (“Advisors Re”) or Mt. Logan Re is subject to Bermuda insurance regulatory restrictions. Management expects that, absent extraordinary catastrophe losses, such restrictions should not affect Everest Re’s ability to declare and pay dividends sufficient to support Holdings’ general corporate needs and that Holdings Ireland, Everest Dublin Holdings, Bermuda Re and Everest International will have the ability to declare and pay dividends sufficient to support Group’s general corporate needs. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Everest Re paid $200 million cash dividends to Holdings. For the year ended December 31, 2024, Everest Re paid no cash dividends to Holdings. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, Bermuda Re paid cash dividends to Group of $1.1 billion and $750 million, respectively; Everest International paid cash dividends to Group of $325 million and $100 million, respectively; Preferred Holdings paid cash dividends to Group of $36 million and $46 million, respectively; and Advisors Re paid cash dividends to Group of $76 million and $74 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Mt. Logan Re paid $35 million cash dividends to Group. For the year ended December 31, 2024, Mt. Logan Re paid no cash dividends to Group. See ITEM 1, “Regulatory Matters - Dividends” and ITEM 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” - Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Market Sensitive Instruments. Our current investment strategy seeks to maximize after-tax income through a high quality, diversified, fixed maturity portfolio, while maintaining an adequate level of liquidity. Our mix of investments is adjusted periodically, consistent with our current and projected operating results and market conditions. The fixed maturity securities in the investment portfolio are comprised of available for sale and held to maturity securities. Additionally, we have invested in equity securities. The overall investment strategy considers the scope of present and anticipated Company operations. In particular, estimates of the financial impact resulting from non-investment asset and liability transactions, together with our capital structure and other factors, are used to develop a net liability analysis. This analysis includes estimated payout characteristics for which our investments provide liquidity. This analysis is considered in the development of specific investment strategies for asset allocation, duration and credit quality. The change in overall market sensitive risk exposure principally reflects the asset changes that took place during the period. Our $45.4 billion investment portfolio at December 31, 2025, is principally comprised of fixed maturity securities, which are generally subject to interest rate risk and some foreign currency exchange rate risk, and some equity securities, which are subject to price fluctuations and some foreign exchange rate risk. The overall economic impact of the foreign exchange risks on the investment portfolio is partially mitigated by changes in the dollar value of foreign currency denominated liabilities and their associated income statement impact. Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the potential change in value of the fixed maturity securities portfolio from a change in market interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, interest rate risk includes prepayment risk on the $8.7 billion of mortgage-backed securities in the $35.1 billion fixed maturity portfolio. Prepayment risk results from potential accelerated principal payments that shorten the average life and thus the expected yield of the security. The tables below display the potential impact of fair value fluctuations and after-tax unrealized appreciation on our fixed maturity portfolio (including $3.0 billion of short-term investments) for the period indicated based on upward and downward parallel and immediate 100 and 200 basis point shifts in interest rates. For legal entities with a U.S. dollar functional currency, this modeling was performed on each security individually. To generate appropriate price estimates on mortgage-backed securities, changes in prepayment expectations under different interest rate environments were taken into account. For legal entities with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency, the effective duration of the involved portfolio of securities was used as a proxy for the fair value change under the various interest rate change scenarios. Table of Contents 66
Impact of Interest Rate Shift in Basis Points At December 31, 2025 -200 -100 0 100 200 (Dollars in millions) Total Fair Value $ 40,781 $ 39,458 $ 38,134 $ 36,811 $ 35,487 Fair Value Change from Base (%) 6.9 % 3.5 % — % (3.5) % (6.9) % Change in Unrealized Appreciation After-tax from Base ($) $ 2,139 $ 1,069 $ — $ (1,069) $ (2,139) Impact of Interest Rate Shift in Basis Points At December 31, 2024 -200 -100 0 100 200 (Dollars in millions) Total Fair Value $ 36,514 $ 35,443 $ 34,372 $ 33,302 $ 32,231 Fair Value Change from Base (%) 6.2 % 3.1 % — % (3.1) % (6.2) % Change in Unrealized Appreciation After-tax from Base ($) $ 1,834 $ 917 $ — $ (917) $ (1,834) We had $34.3 billion and $29.9 billion of gross reserves for losses and LAE as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These amounts are recorded at their nominal value, as opposed to present value, which would reflect a discount adjustment to reflect the time value of money. Since losses are paid out over a period of time, the present value of the reserves is less than the nominal value. As interest rates rise, the present value of the reserves decreases and, conversely, as interest rates decline, the present value increases. These movements are similar to the interest rate impacts on the fair value of investments held. While the difference between present value and nominal value is not reflected in our financial statements, our financial results will include investment income over time from the investment portfolio until the claims are paid. Our loss and loss reserve obligations have an expected duration of approximately 4.0 years, which is reasonably consistent with our fixed income portfolio. If we were to discount our loss and LAE reserves, net of ceded reserves, the discount would be approximately $5.1 billion resulting in a discounted reserve balance of approximately $25.5 billion, representing approximately 66.8% of the value of the fixed maturity investment portfolio funds. Foreign Currency Risk. Foreign currency risk is the potential change in value, income and cash flow arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Each of our non-U.S./Bermuda operations maintains capital in the currency of the country of its geographic location consistent with local regulatory guidelines. Each non-U.S. operation may conduct business in its local currency, as well as the currency of other countries in which it operates. The primary foreign currency exposures for these non-U.S. operations are the Canadian Dollar, the Singapore Dollar, the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. Generally, we mitigate foreign exchange exposure by matching the currency and duration of our assets to our corresponding operating liabilities. In accordance with GAAP, the impact on the fair value of available for sale fixed maturities due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, in relation to functional currency, is reflected as part of other comprehensive income. Conversely, the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, in relation to functional currency, on other assets and liabilities is reflected through net income as a component of other income (expense). In addition, we translate the assets, liabilities and income of non-U.S. dollar functional currency legal entities to the U.S. dollar. This translation amount is reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The tables below display the potential impact of a parallel and immediate 10% and 20% increase and decrease in foreign exchange rates on the valuation of invested assets subject to foreign currency exposure for the periods indicated. This analysis includes the after-tax impact of translation from transactional currency to functional currency as well as the after-tax impact of translation from functional currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency. Change in Foreign Exchange Rates in Percent At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% Total After-tax Foreign Exchange Exposure $ (1,918) $ (959) $ — $ 959 $ 1,918 Table of Contents 67
Change in Foreign Exchange Rates in Percent At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% Total After-tax Foreign Exchange Exposure $ (1,426) $ (713) $ — $ 713 $ 1,426 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK See “Market Sensitive Instruments” under ITEM 7. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The financial statements and schedules listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes and Schedules on page F-1 are filed as part of this report. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As required by Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment we concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears herein. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. As required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated our internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, we have determined that there has been no such change during the fourth quarter. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2025, none of our directors or officers adopted, modified or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as those terms are defined in Regulation S-K, Item 408. Table of Contents 68
Additionally, as part of Everest’s commitment to ethical standards of business and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, we have an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, employees and third-party contractors that we believe is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and the exchange listing standards applicable to us. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is included in the Ethics and Guidelines and Index to Compliance Policies and Procedures filed as Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 and incorporated by reference in “ITEM 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” below. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not Applicable. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Reference is made to the sections captioned “Information Concerning Director Nominees”, “Information Concerning Executive Officers”, “Audit Committee”, “Nominating and Governance Committee”, “Ethics Guidelines and Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days of the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Proxy Statement”), which sections are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Reference is made to the sections captioned “Compensation Committee Report”, “Directors’ Compensation”, “Compensation of Executive Officers”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and to all other applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. On November 1, 2023, the Company’s Board adopted an updated Clawback Policy (the “Clawback Policy”) in order to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act, Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the listing standards adopted by the NYSE. The Clawback Policy provides for the mandatory recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation from current and former executive officers (as defined in the Clawback Policy) of the Company (“Section 16 Officers”) in the event that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement. The foregoing description of the Clawback Policy is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Clawback Policy and the form of Acknowledgment, copies of which are filed in Exhibit 97 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 and are incorporated by reference in “ITEM 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” below. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS Reference is made to the applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Reference is made to the applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Reference is made to the section captioned “Audit Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Table of Contents 69
Additionally, as part of Everest’s commitment to ethical standards of business and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, we have an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, employees and third-party contractors that we believe is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and the exchange listing standards applicable to us. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is included in the Ethics and Guidelines and Index to Compliance Policies and Procedures filed as Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 and incorporated by reference in “ITEM 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” below. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not Applicable. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Reference is made to the sections captioned “Information Concerning Director Nominees”, “Information Concerning Executive Officers”, “Audit Committee”, “Nominating and Governance Committee”, “Ethics Guidelines and Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our proxy statement for the 2026 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days of the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Proxy Statement”), which sections are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Reference is made to the sections captioned “Compensation Committee Report”, “Directors’ Compensation”, “Compensation of Executive Officers”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and to all other applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. On November 1, 2023, the Company’s Board adopted an updated Clawback Policy (the “Clawback Policy”) in order to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act, Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the listing standards adopted by the NYSE. The Clawback Policy provides for the mandatory recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation from current and former executive officers (as defined in the Clawback Policy) of the Company (“Section 16 Officers”) in the event that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement. The foregoing description of the Clawback Policy is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Clawback Policy and the form of Acknowledgment, copies of which are filed in Exhibit 97 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 and are incorporated by reference in “ITEM 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” below. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS Reference is made to the applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Reference is made to the applicable sections in the Proxy Statement, which are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Reference is made to the section captioned “Audit Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Table of Contents 69 EVEREST GROUP, LTD. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES Pages Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB FIRM ID 185, 238) F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2025 and 2024 F-6 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-7 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-8 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-9 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-10 Schedules I Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties at December 31, 2025 S-1 II Condensed Financial Information of Registrant: Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 S-2 Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-3 Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-4 Notes to Condensed Financial Information S-5 III Supplementary Insurance Information as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-7 IV Reinsurance for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-8 Schedules other than those listed above are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable or the information is otherwise contained in the Financial Statements. Table of Contents 70
INDEX TO EXHIBITS Exhibit No. 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger among Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., Everest Group, Ltd. and Everest Re Merger Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-87361) 3.1 Memorandum of Association of Everest Group, Ltd., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-87361) 3.2 Bye-laws of Everest Group, Ltd., as amended May 14, 2025 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2025 4.1 Specimen Everest Group, Ltd. common share certificate, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-87361) 4.2 Indenture, dated March 14, 2000, between Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank (now known as JPMorgan Chase Bank), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2000 4.3 Fourth Supplemental Indenture relating to Holdings $400.0 million 4.868% Senior Notes due June 1, 2044, dated June 5, 2014, between Holdings and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2014 4.4 Fifth Supplemental Indenture relating to Holdings $1.0 billion 3.5% Senior Notes due October 15, 2050, dated October 7, 2020, between Holdings and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. Form 8-K filed on October 7, 2020 4.5 Sixth Supplemental Indenture relating to Holdings $1.0 billion 3.125% Senior Notes due October 15, 2052, dated October 4, 2021, between Holdings and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. Form 8-K filed on October 4, 2021 4.6 Description of Registrant's Common Stock as incorporated herein by reference to Form 8-A filed with the Commission on March 8, 2000 under the Exchange Act *10.1 Everest Group, Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan effective January 1, 1999, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (the “1998 10-K”) *10.2 Everest Group, Ltd. 2003 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-105483) *10.3 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the Everest Group, Ltd. 2003 Non- Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Everest Group, Ltd., Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 *10.4 Amendment of Everest Group, Ltd. 2003 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan adopted by shareholders at the annual general meeting on May 25, 2005, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the 2005 Proxy Statement filed on April 14, 2005 *10.5 Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Everest Group, Ltd. 2003 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on September 22, 2005 Table of Contents E-1
10.6 Completion of Tender Offer relating to Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. 6.60% Fixed to Floating Rate Long Term Subordinated Notes (LoTSSM) dated March 19, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2009 *10.7 Everest Group, Ltd. 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. second quarter 2009 10-Q *10.8 Everest Group, Ltd. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan for employees is incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form S-8 filed on September 30, 2010 *10.9 Amendment of Executive Performance Annual Incentive Plan adopted by shareholders at the annual general meeting on May 18, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the 2011 Proxy Statement filed on April 15, 2011 *10.10 Amendment of Everest Group, Ltd. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by shareholders at the annual general meeting on May 13, 2015, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the 2015 Proxy Statement filed on April 10, 2015 *10.11 Amendment of Everest Group, Ltd. 2003 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan adopted by shareholders at the annual general meeting on May 13, 2015, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the 2015 Proxy Statement filed on April 10, 2015 *10.12 Amendment of employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Sanjoy Mukherjee, dated February 12, 2016, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2016 *10.13 Employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc., and Sanjoy Mukherjee, dated January 3, 2017, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2017 10.14 Bye-Law waiver agreement between Everest Group, Ltd., and BlackRock, Inc. dated December 1, 2017, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Everest Group, Ltd., Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2017 10.15 Amendment of Standby Letter of Credit, dated December 29, 2017, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc providing $250.0 million four year credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.26 to the Everest Group, Ltd., Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2018 10.16 Amendment of Committed Facility Letter, dated December 10, 2018, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc providing $200.0 million annually, incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.34 to the Everest Group, Ltd., Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2019 *10.17 Employment agreement between Everest Group, Ltd. and Juan Andrade dated August 1, 2019, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group Ltd. Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2019. 10.18 Amendment of Committed Facility Letter, dated December 31, 2019, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc providing $200.0 million annually, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2020 *10.19 Everest Group, Ltd. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan for employees is incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the 2021 Proxy Statement filed on April 9, 2021 *10.20 Employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Mark Kociancic, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2020 *10.21 Employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and James Williamson, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2020 Table of Contents E-2
10.22 Amendment of Committed Facility Letter, dated December 9, 2020 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc providing $200.0 million annually, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2021 10.23 Credit facility agreement dated February 23, 3021 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. providing up to $50.0 million of committed credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2021 10.24 Amendment of Credit Facility agreement, dated May 5, 2021 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. providing up to $500.0 million of committed credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2021 10.25 Credit Facility agreement, dated August 9, 2021 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc providing up to $230.0 million committed credit facility and $140.0 million of additional uncommitted credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2021 10.26 Credit Facility agreement, dated August 27, 2021 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Bayerische Landesbank providing up to $200.0 million of committed credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2021 10.27 Credit Facility agreement, dated November 3, 2021 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Barclays Bank Plc providing up to $200.0 million of committed credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2022 10.28 Credit Facility agreement, dated November 21, 2022 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Nordea Bank ABP, New York Branch providing up to $200.0 million of committed credit facility and $100.0 million of additional uncommitted credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2023 10.29 Amendment of Credit Facility agreement, dated December 30, 2022, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch, providing up to $150.0 million of committed, unsecured credit facility, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2023 10.30 Employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Joseph V. Taranto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2023 *10.31 Departure of Sanjoy Mukherjee, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Everest Group, Ltd. effective July 3, 2023, herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2023 10.32 Standby Letter of Credit, dated August 18, 2023 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Lloyd’s Bank Corporate Markets Plc providing up to $250.0 million of unsecured letters of credit, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2023 10.33 Amended and restated standby letter of credit agreement between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Lloyd’s Bank Corporate Markets Plc to add Everest Insurance (Ireland), dac (the new account party) as an account party with $15.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2024 *10.34 Employment agreement made effective as of June 12, 2023, between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Ricardo A. Anzaldua, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2024 Table of Contents E-3
*10.35 Amendment to Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc., Everest Group, Ltd., Everest Reinsurance Holdings Inc. and Juan C. Andrade dated April 22, 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 *10.36 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Mark Kociancic dated April 25, 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 *10.37 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and James Williamson dated April 26, 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 *10.38 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Everest National Insurance Company and Michael Karmilowicz dated March 24, 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 *10.39 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Ricardo Anzaldua dated April 22, 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 *10.40 Everest Reinsurance Group, Ltd. Senior Executive Change of Control Plan, as amended and restated effective November 17, 2015, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2024 10.41 Amendment of Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated June 2024, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on August 2, 2024 *10.42 Letter Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and James Williamson, dated January 13, 2025, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2025. 10.43 Amendment of Credit Facility agreement, dated October 30, 2024 between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Barclays Bank Plc, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2025 10.44 Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated October 30, 2024 between Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. and Lloyds Bank Plc, providing up to £113 million of unsecured letters of credit, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2025 10.45 Amendment of Credit Facility agreement, dated December 20, 2024, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2025 10.46 Standby Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated December 30, 2024 between Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland), dac and Commerzbank AG, New York Branch providing up to €75 million of unsecured letters of credit, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2025 *10.47 Employment agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc., Everest Group, Ltd. and James Williamson, dated March 26, 2025, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on March 28, 2025 10.48 Amendment to Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility, effective June 9, 2025, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2025 Table of Contents E-4
10.49 Amendment to Bermuda Re Lloyd’s Bank Letter of Credit Facility, effective August 18, 2025, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-Q filed on October 31, 2025 10.50 Amendment of Standby Letter of Credit Facility, dated October 20, 2025 between Everest International Reinsurance Ltd. and Lloyds Bank Plc 10.51 Amendment of Committed Facility Letter, dated December 23, 2025, between Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. and Citibank Europe plc *10.52 Separation, Transition Services and General Release agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Mark Kociancic, dated November 25, 2025 *10.53 Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Elias Habayeb, dated October 22, 2025 *10.54 Employment Agreement between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Anthony Vidovich, dated September 25, 2025 *10.55 Employment Agreement Addendum between Everest Global Services, Inc. and Anthony Vidovich, dated November 11, 2025 *10.56 Employment Agreement between Everest Reinsurance Company and Jill Beggs, dated October 13, 2021 10.57 Adverse Development Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2025, by and between Everest Reinsurance Company, Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. and State National Insurance Company, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2025 10.58 Adverse Development Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2025, by and between Everest Group, Ltd. Everest Reinsurance Company, Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. and MS Transverse Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2025 10.59 ROW Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2025, by and between Everest Group, Ltd. and American International Group, Inc. 10.60 EU Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2025, by and between Everest Group, Ltd. and American International Group, Inc. *10.61 Everest Group, Ltd. Director Compensation Policy 14.1 Ethics Guidelines and Index to Compliance Policies, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2024 21.1 Subsidiaries of the registrant, filed herewith 23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP, filed herewith 23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, filed herewith Table of Contents E-5
31.1 Section 302 Certification of James Williamson, filed herewith 31.2 Section 302 Certification of Mark Kociancic, filed herewith 32.1 Section 906 Certification of James Williamson and Mark Kociancic, furnished herewith 97.1 Everest Group, Ltd. Clawback Policy, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to Everest Group, Ltd. Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2024 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document) The exhibits listed on the index above are filed as part of this report except that the certifications in Exhibit 32 are being furnished to the SEC, rather than filed with the SEC, as permitted under applicable SEC rules. _________________ *Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Table of Contents E-6
SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 26, 2026. EVEREST GROUP, LTD. By: /S/ JAMES WILLIAMSON James Williamson (President and Chief Executive Officer) Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Date /S/ JAMES WILLIAMSON President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) February 26, 2026 James Williamson /S/ MARK KOCIANCIC Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 26, 2026 Mark Kociancic /S/ ROBERT J. FREILING Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer February 26, 2026 Robert J. Freiling /S/ JOHN A. GRAF Chairman February 26, 2026 John A. Graf /S/ JOHN J. AMORE Director February 26, 2026 John J. Amore /S/ WILLIAM F. GALTNEY, JR. Director February 26, 2026 William F. Galtney, Jr. /S/ MERYL HARTZBAND Director February 26, 2026 Meryl Hartzband /S/ LAURA HAY Director February 26, 2026 Laura Hay /S/ JOHN HOWARD Director February 26, 2026 John Howard /S/ ALLAN LEVINE Director February 26, 2026 Allan Levine /S/ GERALDINE LOSQUADRO Director February 26, 2026 Geraldine Losquadro /S/ HAZEL McNEILAGE Director February 26, 2026 Hazel McNeilage /S/ DARRYL PAGE Director February 26, 2026 Darryl Page /S/ ROGER M. SINGER Director February 26, 2026 Roger M. Singer Table of Contents E-7
EVEREST GROUP, LTD. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, NOTES AND SCHEDULES Pages Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB FIRM ID 185, 238) F-2 Consolidated Financial Statements Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2025 and 2024 F-6 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-7 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-8 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 F-9 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies F-10 2. Investments F-17 3. Fair Value F-24 4. Reserve for Losses and LAE F-28 5. Reinsurance F-39 6. Sale of Renewal Rights F-39 7. Segment Reporting F-40 8. Credit Facilities F-42 9. Senior Notes F-46 10. Long-Term Subordinated Notes F-46 11. Collateralized Reinsurance, Trust Agreements and Other Restricted Assets F-47 12. Commitments and Contingencies F-48 13. Leases F-49 14. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) F-50 15. Share-Based Compensation Plans F-51 16. Employee Benefit Plans F-53 17. Income Taxes F-58 18. Dividend Restrictions and Statutory Financial Information F-63 19. Subsequent Events F-64 Financial Statement Schedules I Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties at December 31, 2025 S-1 II Condensed Financial Information of Registrant: Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 S-2 Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-3 Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-4 Notes to Condensed Financial Information S-5 III Supplementary Insurance Information as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-7 IV Reinsurance for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 S-8 Schedules other than those listed above are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable or the information is otherwise contained in the Financial Statements. Table of Contents F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders Everest Group, Ltd.: Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd.: and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing on page F-1 (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely Table of Contents F-2
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Estimate of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses As discussed in Notes 1G and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents the Company’s best estimate of the ultimate liability for reported and unreported claims for both its insurance and reinsurance businesses. The Company uses a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to develop estimates of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses by underwriting or accident year, sorted by exposure groupings. The Company considers many factors when setting reserves including: (1) exposure base and projected ultimate premium; (2) expected loss ratios; (3) actuarial methodologies and assumptions; (4) current legal interpretations of coverage and liability; and (5) economic conditions. The Company’s reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2025 was $34,312 million. We identified the evaluation of the estimate of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses as a critical audit matter. Evaluation of the estimate required subjective auditor judgment and the involvement of actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge to assess the methods and assumptions used to estimate the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s process for estimating the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. This included controls related to the selection of methodologies and certain assumptions used to derive the Company’s estimate. We involved actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in: • assessing the Company’s actuarial methodologies and assumptions used in estimating the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses by comparing the Company’s methodologies to generally accepted actuarial methods and evaluating the assumptions used based on actuarial judgment, company history, and industry practices • evaluating the Company’s estimated reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for certain lines of business by comparing each one to an independently developed range of reasonable estimates • evaluating the Company’s estimated reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for certain lines of business by assessing management’s methods and assumptions used to derive their loss estimates • evaluating the Company’s process for estimating the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses for catastrophic events • developing an overall range of reserve estimates to assess the position of the Company’s recorded reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses relative to the range. Table of Contents F-3
/s/ KPMG LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024. New York, New York February 26, 2026 Table of Contents F-4
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Everest Group, Ltd. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows of Everest Group, Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes and schedules of condensed financial information of the registrant, supplementary insurance information and reinsurance for the year ended December 31, 2023 listed in the index appearing on page F-1 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New York, New York February 28, 2024, except for the changes in segment presentation discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is February 27, 2025 We served as the Company's auditor from 1996 to 2024. Table of Contents F-5
EVEREST GROUP, LTD. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS December 31, (In millions of U.S. dollars, except par value per share) 2025 2024 ASSETS: Fixed maturities - available for sale, at fair value $ 34,573 $ 28,908 (amortized cost: 2025, $34,620; 2024, $29,934, credit allowances: 2025, $(68); 2024, $(36)) Fixed maturities - held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value: 2025, $576; 2024, $759, net of credit allowances: 2025, $(6); 2024, $(8)) 567 757 Equity securities, at fair value 180 217 Other invested assets 5,796 5,392 Short-term investments 2,994 4,707 Cash 1,318 1,549 Total investments and cash 45,429 41,531 Accrued investment income 436 368 Premiums receivable (net of credit allowances: 2025, $(94); 2024, $(54)) 5,727 5,378 Reinsurance paid loss recoverables (net of credit allowances: 2025, $(57); 2024, $(41)) 142 207 Reinsurance unpaid loss recoverables 4,968 2,915 Funds held by reinsureds 1,326 1,218 Deferred acquisition costs 1,546 1,461 Prepaid reinsurance premiums 653 869 Income tax asset, net 915 1,223 Other assets (net of credit allowances: 2025, $(17); 2024, $(9)) 1,372 1,171 TOTAL ASSETS $ 62,514 $ 56,341 LIABILITIES: Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses $ 34,312 $ 29,889 Unearned premium reserve 7,275 7,324 Funds held under reinsurance treaties 267 27 Amounts due to reinsurers 642 701 Losses in course of payment 151 241 Senior notes 2,352 2,350 Long-term notes 218 218 Borrowings from FHLB 1,019 1,019 Accrued interest on debt and borrowings 21 22 Unsettled securities payable — 84 Other liabilities 797 590 TOTAL LIABILITIES 47,054 42,466 Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: Preferred shares, par value: $0.01; 50.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding — — Common shares, par value: $0.01; 200.0 shares authorized; 74.4 (2025) and 74.3 (2024) outstanding before treasury shares 1 1 Additional paid-in capital 3,852 3,812 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax expense (benefit) of $(23) at 2025 and $(177) at 2024 (52) (1,138) Treasury shares, at cost: 33.7 shares (2025) and 31.3 shares (2024) (4,906) (4,108) Retained earnings 16,565 15,309 Total shareholders' equity 15,461 13,875 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 62,514 $ 56,341 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents F-6
EVEREST GROUP, LTD. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) Years Ended December 31, (In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 REVENUES: Premiums earned $ 15,560 $ 15,187 $ 13,443 Net investment income 2,124 1,954 1,434 Total net gains (losses) on investments (143) 19 (276) Other income (expense) (45) 121 (14) Total revenues 17,496 17,281 14,587 CLAIMS AND EXPENSES: Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses 10,859 11,305 8,427 Commission, brokerage, taxes and fees 3,461 3,300 2,952 Other underwriting expenses 1,029 938 846 Corporate expenses 109 95 73 Interest, fees and bond issue cost amortization expense 151 149 134 Total claims and expenses 15,609 15,787 12,432 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES 1,887 1,493 2,154 Income tax expense (benefit) 296 120 (363) NET INCOME (LOSS) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2,517 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) ("URA(D)") on securities arising during the period 740 (97) 743 Reclassification adjustment for realized losses (gains) included in net income (loss) 114 (12) 244 Total URA(D) on securities arising during the period 854 (109) 986 Foreign currency translation and other adjustments 242 (128) 59 Benefit plan actuarial net gain (loss) for the period (9) 34 15 Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net (gain) loss included in net income (loss) (1) (1) 2 Total benefit plan net gain (loss) for the period (10) 33 17 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 1,086 (204) 1,063 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) $ 2,678 $ 1,169 $ 3,580 EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE: Basic $ 37.80 $ 31.78 $ 60.19 Diluted 37.80 31.78 60.19 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents F-7
EVEREST GROUP, LTD. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Years Ended December 31, (In millions of U.S. dollars, except dividends per share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 COMMON SHARES (shares outstanding): Balance beginning of period 43.0 43.4 39.2 Issued (redeemed) during the period, net 0.1 0.1 4.2 Treasury shares acquired (2.4) (0.5) — Balance end of period 40.7 43.0 43.4 COMMON SHARES (par value): Balance beginning of period $ 1 $ 1 $ 1 Issued during the period, net — — — Balance end of period 1 1 1 ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL: Balance beginning of period 3,812 3,773 2,302 Public offering of shares — — 1,445 Share-based compensation plans 40 39 26 Balance end of period 3,852 3,812 3,773 ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF DEFERRED INCOME TAXES: Balance beginning of period (1,138) (934) (1,996) Net increase (decrease) during the period 1,086 (204) 1,063 Balance end of period (52) (1,138) (934) RETAINED EARNINGS: Balance beginning of period 15,309 14,270 12,042 Net income (loss) 1,591 1,373 2,517 Dividends declared ($8.00 per share 2025, $7.75 per share 2024 and $6.80 per share 2023) (335) (334) (288) Balance end of period 16,565 15,309 14,270 TREASURY SHARES AT COST: Balance beginning of period (4,108) (3,908) (3,908) Purchase of treasury shares (797) (200) — Balance end of period (4,906) (4,108) (3,908) TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY, END OF PERIOD $ 15,461 $ 13,875 $ 13,202 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents F-8
EVEREST GROUP, LTD. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Years Ended December 31, (In millions of U.S. dollars) 2025 2024 2023 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2,517 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Decrease (increase) in premiums receivable (116) (715) (1,064) Decrease (increase) in funds held by reinsureds, net 138 (81) (66) Decrease (increase) in reinsurance recoverables (1,453) (1,091) 143 Decrease (increase) in income taxes 150 (277) (559) Decrease (increase) in prepaid reinsurance premiums 360 (232) (46) Increase (decrease) in reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses 3,602 5,612 2,256 Increase (decrease) in unearned premiums (278) 809 1,387 Increase (decrease) in amounts due to reinsurers (235) 135 18 Increase (decrease) in losses in course of payment (98) 75 93 Change in equity adjustments in limited partnerships (364) (261) (168) Distribution of limited partnership income 195 163 120 Change in other assets and liabilities, net (463) (431) (339) Non-cash compensation expense 61 63 49 Amortization of bond premium (accrual of bond discount) (166) (167) (64) Net (gains) losses on investments 143 (19) 276 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 3,068 4,957 4,553 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from fixed maturities matured/called/repaid - available for sale 4,497 3,783 2,310 Proceeds from fixed maturities sold - available for sale 1,571 6,257 3,849 Proceeds from fixed maturities matured/called/repaid - held to maturity 199 157 105 Proceeds from fixed maturities sold - held to maturity 10 — — Proceeds from equity securities sold 56 37 126 Distributions from other invested assets 334 409 245 Cost of fixed maturities acquired - available for sale (10,364) (11,563) (10,653) Cost of fixed maturities acquired - held to maturity (7) (49) (112) Cost of equity securities acquired (9) (50) (17) Cost of other invested assets acquired (507) (936) (902) Net change in short-term investments 1,875 (2,494) (1,034) Net change in unsettled securities transactions (83) (27) 181 Proceeds from sale of renewal rights 331 — — Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (2,096) (4,478) (5,902) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Common shares issued (redeemed) during the period for share-based compensation, net of expense (21) (24) (23) Proceeds from public offering of common shares — — 1,445 Purchase of treasury shares (797) (200) — Dividends paid to shareholders (335) (334) (288) Net FHLB borrowings (repayments) — 200 300 Cost of shares withheld on settlements of share-based compensation awards (22) (25) (24) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (1,175) (383) 1,409 EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH (28) 16 (23) Net increase (decrease) in cash (231) 112 38 Cash, beginning of period 1,549 1,437 1,398 Cash, end of period $ 1,318 $ 1,549 $ 1,437 SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Income taxes paid (recovered) $ 150 $ 397 $ 196 Interest paid 150 147 130 NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS: Non-cash limited partnership distribution $ 8 $ 23 $ — The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents F-9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES A. Business and Basis of Presentation. Everest Group, Ltd. (“Group”), a Bermuda company, through its subsidiaries, principally provides reinsurance and insurance in the U.S., Bermuda and international markets. As used in this document, “Company” means Group and its subsidiaries. In October 2025, the Company entered into definitive agreements to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of the commercial retail insurance business in the U.S., U.K., E.U. and Asia Pacific American International Group, Inc. See Note 6 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Additionally, effective October 1, 2025, the Company entered into adverse development reinsurance agreements with State National Insurance Company, Inc. and MS Transverse Insurance Company. See Note 4 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The statements include all of the following domestic and foreign direct and indirect subsidiaries of Group: Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Everest International”), Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A., Mt. Logan Re, Ltd. (“Mt. Logan Re”), Mt. Logan Insurance Managers, Ltd., Mt. Logan Management, Ltd., Everest International Holdings (Bermuda), Ltd. (“International Holdings”), Everest Corporate Member Limited, Everest Managing Agency Limited, Everest Service Company (U.K.), Ltd., Mt. Logan Capital Management, Ltd., Everest Preferred International Holdings, Ltd. (“Preferred International”), Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. (“Bermuda Re”), Everest Re Advisors, Ltd., Everest Advisors (U.K.), Ltd., Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Chile S.A. (“Everest Chile”), Compañia de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V., Everest Underwriting Group (Ireland) Limited (“Holdings Ireland”), Everest Global Services, Inc. (“Global Services”), Everest Insurance Company of Canada (“Everest Canada”), Premiere Insurance Underwriting Services (“Premiere”), Everest Dublin Insurance Holdings Limited (“Everest Dublin Holdings”), Everest Insurance (Ireland), dac (“Ireland Insurance”), Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland), dac (“Ireland Re”), Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), Salus Systems, LLC (“Salus”), Everest International Assurance, Ltd. (“Everest Assurance”), EverSports & Entertainment Insurance, Inc. (“EverSports”), SIG Sports, Leisure and Entertainment Risk Purchasing Group LLC (“Specialty RPG”), Mt. McKinley Managers, L.L.C., Everest Specialty Underwriters Services, LLC, Everest Reinsurance Company (“Everest Re”), Everest National Insurance Company (“Everest National”), Everest Reinsurance Company - Escritório de Representa ção No Brasil Ltda., Mt. Whitney Securities, LLC, Everest Indemnity Insurance Company (“Everest Indemnity”), Everest Denali Insurance Company (“Everest Denali”), Everest Premier Insurance Company (“Everest Premier”), Everest Security Insurance Company (“Everest Security”), Everest, Consultoría, Administración y Back Office, Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable and Everest Servicios Colombia S.A.S. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. All amounts are reported in United States (“U.S.”) dollars. The Company consolidates the results of operations and financial position of all voting interest entities ("VOE") in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and all variable interest entities ("VIE") in which the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The consolidation assessment, including the determination as to whether an entity qualifies as a VIE or VOE, depends on the facts and circumstances surrounding each entity. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities) at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Ultimate actual results could differ, possibly materially, from those estimates. Certain reclassifications and format changes have been made to prior years’ amounts to conform to the 2025 presentation. B. Investments and Cash. Fixed maturity securities designated as available for sale reflect unrealized appreciation and depreciation, as a result of changes in fair value during the period, in shareholders’ equity, net of income taxes in “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company reviews all of its fixed maturity, available Table of Contents F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES A. Business and Basis of Presentation. Everest Group, Ltd. (“Group”), a Bermuda company, through its subsidiaries, principally provides reinsurance and insurance in the U.S., Bermuda and international markets. As used in this document, “Company” means Group and its subsidiaries. In October 2025, the Company entered into definitive agreements to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of the commercial retail insurance business in the U.S., U.K., E.U. and Asia Pacific American International Group, Inc. See Note 6 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Additionally, effective October 1, 2025, the Company entered into adverse development reinsurance agreements with State National Insurance Company, Inc. and MS Transverse Insurance Company. See Note 4 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The statements include all of the following domestic and foreign direct and indirect subsidiaries of Group: Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Everest International”), Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Colombia S.A., Mt. Logan Re, Ltd. (“Mt. Logan Re”), Mt. Logan Insurance Managers, Ltd., Mt. Logan Management, Ltd., Everest International Holdings (Bermuda), Ltd. (“International Holdings”), Everest Corporate Member Limited, Everest Managing Agency Limited, Everest Service Company (U.K.), Ltd., Mt. Logan Capital Management, Ltd., Everest Preferred International Holdings, Ltd. (“Preferred International”), Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda), Ltd. (“Bermuda Re”), Everest Re Advisors, Ltd., Everest Advisors (U.K.), Ltd., Everest Compañia de Seguros Generales Chile S.A. (“Everest Chile”), Compañia de Seguros Generales Everest Mexico S.A. de C.V., Everest Underwriting Group (Ireland) Limited (“Holdings Ireland”), Everest Global Services, Inc. (“Global Services”), Everest Insurance Company of Canada (“Everest Canada”), Premiere Insurance Underwriting Services (“Premiere”), Everest Dublin Insurance Holdings Limited (“Everest Dublin Holdings”), Everest Insurance (Ireland), dac (“Ireland Insurance”), Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland), dac (“Ireland Re”), Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), Salus Systems, LLC (“Salus”), Everest International Assurance, Ltd. (“Everest Assurance”), EverSports & Entertainment Insurance, Inc. (“EverSports”), SIG Sports, Leisure and Entertainment Risk Purchasing Group LLC (“Specialty RPG”), Mt. McKinley Managers, L.L.C., Everest Specialty Underwriters Services, LLC, Everest Reinsurance Company (“Everest Re”), Everest National Insurance Company (“Everest National”), Everest Reinsurance Company - Escritório de Representa ção No Brasil Ltda., Mt. Whitney Securities, LLC, Everest Indemnity Insurance Company (“Everest Indemnity”), Everest Denali Insurance Company (“Everest Denali”), Everest Premier Insurance Company (“Everest Premier”), Everest Security Insurance Company (“Everest Security”), Everest, Consultoría, Administración y Back Office, Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable and Everest Servicios Colombia S.A.S. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. All amounts are reported in United States (“U.S.”) dollars. The Company consolidates the results of operations and financial position of all voting interest entities ("VOE") in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and all variable interest entities ("VIE") in which the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The consolidation assessment, including the determination as to whether an entity qualifies as a VIE or VOE, depends on the facts and circumstances surrounding each entity. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities) at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Ultimate actual results could differ, possibly materially, from those estimates. Certain reclassifications and format changes have been made to prior years’ amounts to conform to the 2025 presentation. B. Investments and Cash. Fixed maturity securities designated as available for sale reflect unrealized appreciation and depreciation, as a result of changes in fair value during the period, in shareholders’ equity, net of income taxes in “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company reviews all of its fixed maturity, available Table of Contents F-10 for sale securities whose fair value has fallen below their amortized cost at the time of review. The Company then assesses whether the decline in value is due to non-credit related or credit related factors. In making its assessment, the Company evaluates the current market and interest rate environment as well as specific issuer information. Generally, a change in a security’s value caused by a change in the market, interest rate or foreign exchange environment does not constitute a credit impairment, but rather a non-credit related decline in fair value. Non-credit related declines in fair value are recorded as unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). If the Company intends to sell the impaired security or is more likely than not to be required to sell the security before an anticipated recovery in value, the Company records the entire impairment in net gains (losses) on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). If the Company determines that the decline is credit related and the Company does not have the intent to sell the security; and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the Company establishes a credit allowance equal to the estimated credit loss and is recorded in net gains (losses) on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The determination of credit related or non-credit related impairment is first based on an assessment of qualitative factors, which may determine that a qualitative analysis is sufficient to support the conclusion that the present value of expected cash flows equals or exceeds the security’s amortized cost basis. However, if the qualitative assessment suggests a credit loss may exist, a quantitative assessment is performed, and the amount of the allowance for a given security will generally be the difference between a discounted cash flow model and the Company’s carrying value. The Company will adjust the credit allowance account for future changes in credit loss estimates for a security and record this adjustment through net gains (losses) on investments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Fixed maturity securities designated as held to maturity consist of debt securities for which the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity or redemption and are reported at amortized cost, net of the current expected credit loss allowance. Interest income for fixed maturity securities held to maturity is determined in the same manner as interest income for fixed maturity securities available for sale. The Company evaluates fixed maturity securities classified as held to maturity for current expected credit losses utilizing risk characteristics of each security, including credit rating, remaining time to maturity, adjusted for prepayment considerations, and subordination level, and applying default and recovery rates, which include the incorporation of historical credit loss experience and macroeconomic forecasts, to develop an estimate of current expected credit losses. The majority of these fixed maturities classified as held to maturity are of a high credit quality and are rated investment grade as of December 31, 2025. Interest, dividend income and amortization of fixed maturity market premium and discounts, related to securities are recorded in net investment income, net of investment management and custody fees in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company does not create an allowance for uncollectible interest. If interest is not received when due, the interest receivable is immediately reversed and no additional interest is accrued. If future interest is received that has not been accrued, it is recorded as income at that time. The Company’s assessments are based on the issuers’ current and expected future financial position, timeliness with respect to interest and/or principal payments, speed of repayments and any applicable credit enhancements or breakeven constant default rates on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, as well as relevant information provided by rating agencies, investment advisors and analysts. Retrospective adjustments are employed to recalculate the values of asset-backed securities. All of the Company’s asset- backed and mortgage-backed securities have a pass-through structure. Each acquisition lot is reviewed to recalculate the effective yield. The recalculated effective yield is used to derive a book value as if the new yield were applied at the time of acquisition. Outstanding principal factors from the time of acquisition to the adjustment date are used to calculate the prepayment history for all applicable securities. Conditional prepayment rates, computed with life to date factor histories and weighted average maturities, are used in the calculation of projected prepayments for pass-through security types. For equity securities, the Company reflects changes in fair value as net gains (losses) on investments. Interest income on all fixed maturities and dividend income on all equity securities are included as part of net investment income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Short-term investments comprise securities due to mature within one year from the date of purchase and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Realized gains or losses on sales of investments are determined on the basis of identified cost. Table of Contents F-11
For some non-publicly traded securities, market prices are determined through the use of pricing models that evaluate securities relative to the U.S. Treasury yield curve, taking into account the issue type, credit quality and cash flow characteristics of each security. For other non-publicly traded securities, investment managers’ valuation committees will estimate fair value, and in many instances, these fair values are supported with opinions from qualified independent third parties. All fair value estimates from investment managers are reviewed by the Company for reasonableness. For publicly traded securities, fair value is based on quoted market prices or valuation models that use observable market inputs. When a sector of the financial markets is inactive or illiquid, the Company may use its own assumptions about future cash flows and risk-adjusted discount rates to determine fair value. Other invested assets include limited partnerships, corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”), rabbi trusts and other investments. Limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, which can be recorded on a monthly or quarterly lag and are included within net investment income. COLI policies are carried at policy cash surrender value and changes in the policy cash surrender value are included within net investment income. Cash includes cash on hand. Restricted cash is included within cash in the consolidated balance sheets and represents amounts held for the benefit of third parties that is legally or contractually restricted as to its withdrawal or usage. Amounts include cash in trust funds set up for the benefit of ceding companies. C. Reinsurance The Company assumes reinsurance from other insurers. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Company’s acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies or pools have underwritten. The Company also cedes insurance to affiliated and unaffiliated insurers in order to limit its maximum losses and to diversify its exposures and provide statutory surplus relief. Such arrangements do not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded and assumed transactions that provide indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk (i.e., risk transfer). To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance agreement must include insurance risk, consisting of underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss to the reinsurer. If the ceded and assumed transactions do not meet risk transfer requirements, the Company accounts for these transactions as deposit transactions. The Company did not hold any contracts that did not pass risk transfer as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Premiums, commissions, losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect the net effects of ceded and assumed prospective reinsurance transactions. Prepaid reinsurance premium represents the portion of premium ceded to reinsurers applicable to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contract. The Company’s estimate of losses and LAE reserves ceded to reinsurers is based on assumptions that are consistent with those used in establishing the gross reserves for amounts the Company owes to its claimants. Refer to Reserve for Losses and LAE accounting policy below. Reinsurance recoverables include balances due from reinsurance companies and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Refer to Allowance for Premium Receivable and Reinsurance Recoverables accounting policy below. Reinsurance recoverables include an estimate of the amount of gross losses and LAE reserves that may be ceded under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, including IBNR unpaid losses. In the event that one or more of the reinsurers were unable to meet their obligations under these reinsurance agreements, the Company would not realize the full value of the reinsurance recoverable balances. The Company estimates its ceded reinsurance receivable based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how IBNR losses will ultimately be ceded under reinsurance agreements. Accordingly, the Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and LAE. Retroactive reinsurance agreements are reinsurance agreements under which a reinsurer agrees to reimburse the Company as a result of loss development related to past insurable events. For these agreements, the excess of the amounts ultimately collectible under the agreement over the consideration paid is recognized as a deferred gain liability and amortized into income over the settlement period of the ceded reserves. The amount of deferred gain liability is recalculated each period based on cumulative recoveries not yet collected relative to the latest estimate of ultimate losses to be recovered. If the consideration paid exceeds the ultimate losses collectible under the agreement, the net loss on the agreement is recognized in income immediately in incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. In any given period, the change in deferred gain included in net income includes amortization of the deferred gain based on the percentage of ultimate ceded losses collected plus any change in the deferred liability due to change in the estimated losses to be recovered. The amounts are recalculated each period based on loss payments and updated loss reserves estimates. Table of Contents F-12
D. Premium Revenues. Written premiums are earned ratably over the periods of the related insurance and reinsurance contracts. Unearned premium reserves are established relative to the unexpired contract period. For reinsurance contracts, such reserves are established based upon reports received from ceding companies or estimated using pro rata methods based on statistical data. Reinstatement premiums represent additional premium recognized and earned at the time a loss event occurs and losses are recorded, most prevalently catastrophe related, when limits have been depleted under the original reinsurance contract and additional coverage is granted. The recognition of reinstatement premiums is based on estimates of loss and LAE, which reflects management’s judgement. Written and earned premiums and the related costs, which have not yet been reported to the Company, are estimated and accrued. Premiums are net of ceded reinsurance. E. Allowance for Premium Receivable and Reinsurance Recoverables. The Company applies the Current Expected Credit Losses methodology for estimating allowances for credit losses. The Company evaluates the recoverability of its premiums and reinsurance recoverable balances and establishes an allowance for estimated uncollectible amounts. Premiums receivable, excluding receivables for losses within a deductible and retrospectively-rated policy premiums, are primarily comprised of premiums due from policyholders/cedents. Balances are considered past due when amounts that have been billed are not collected within contractually stipulated time periods. For these balances, the allowance is estimated based on recent historical credit loss and collection experience, adjusted for current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when appropriate. A portion of the Company's commercial lines business is written with large deductibles or under retrospectively-rated plans. Under some commercial insurance contracts with a large deductible, the Company is obligated to pay the claimant the full amount of the claim and the Company is subsequently reimbursed by the policyholder for the deductible amount. As such, the Company is subject to credit risk until reimbursement is made. Retrospectively-rated policies are policies whereby the ultimate premium is adjusted based on actual losses incurred. Although the premium adjustment feature of a retrospectively-rated policy substantially reduces insurance risk for the Company, it presents credit risk to the Company. The Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected if a significant portion of such policyholders failed to reimburse the Company for the deductible amount or the amount of additional premium owed under retrospectively-rated policies. The Company manages these credit risks through credit analysis, collateral requirements and oversight. The allowance for receivables for loss within a deductible and retrospectively-rated policy premiums is recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The allowance is estimated as the amount of the receivable exposed to loss multiplied by estimated factors for probability of default. The probability of default is assigned based on each policyholder's credit rating, or a rating is estimated if no external rating is available. Credit ratings are reviewed and updated at least annually. The exposure amount is estimated net of collateral and other offsets, considering the nature of the collateral, potential future changes in collateral values and historical loss information for the type of collateral obtained. The probability of default factors are historical corporate defaults for receivables with similar durations estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are forward-looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. The Company's evaluation of the required allowance for receivables for loss within a deductible and retrospectively-rated policy premiums considers the current economic environment as well as the probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios. The Company records total credit loss expenses related to premiums receivable in other underwriting expenses and records credit loss expenses related to deductibles in incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable reflects management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable includes an allowance for disputed balances. Based on this analysis, the Company may adjust the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable or charge off reinsurer balances that are determined to be uncollectible. Reinsurance recoverable balances are considered past due when amounts that have been billed are not collected within contractually stipulated time periods. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverable become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverable, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period. Table of Contents F-13
The allowance is estimated as the amount of reinsurance recoverable exposed to loss multiplied by estimated factors for the probability of default. The reinsurance recoverable exposed is the amount of reinsurance recoverable net of collateral and other offsets, considering the nature of the collateral, potential future changes in collateral values and historical loss information for the type of collateral obtained. The probability of default factors are historical insurer and reinsurer defaults for liabilities with similar durations to the reinsured liabilities as estimated through multiple economic cycles. Credit ratings are forward-looking and consider a variety of economic outcomes. The Company's evaluation of the required allowance for reinsurance recoverable considers the current economic environment as well as macroeconomic scenarios. To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. The Company records credit loss expenses related to reinsurance recoverable in incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Write-offs of reinsurance recoverable and any related allowance are recorded in the period in which the balance is deemed uncollectible. F. Deferred Acquisition Costs. Acquisition costs, consisting principally of commissions and brokerage expenses and certain premium taxes and fees incurred at the time a contract or policy is issued and that vary with and are directly related to the Company’s reinsurance and insurance business, are deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are limited to their estimated realizable value by line of business based on the related unearned premiums, anticipated claims and claim expenses and anticipated investment income. G. Reserve for Losses and LAE. The reserve for losses and LAE is based on individual case estimates and reports received from ceding companies. A provision is included for losses and LAE incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) based on past experience. Provisions are also included for certain potential liabilities, including those relating to asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) exposures, catastrophe exposures and other exposures, for which liabilities cannot be estimated using traditional reserving techniques. See also Note 4 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. The reserves are reviewed periodically and any changes in estimates are reflected in earnings in the period the adjustment is made. The Company’s loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate liability. Loss and LAE reserves are presented gross of reinsurance recoverable and incurred losses and LAE are presented net of reinsurance. Accruals for commissions are established for reinsurance contracts that provide for the stated commission percentage to increase or decrease based on the loss experience of the contract. Changes in estimates for such arrangements are recorded as commission expense. Commission accruals for contracts with adjustable features are estimated based on expected loss and LAE. H. Prepaid Reinsurance Premiums. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent unearned premium reserves ceded to other reinsurers. Prepaid reinsurance premiums for any foreign reinsurers comprising more than 10% of the outstanding balance at December 31, 2025 were secured either through collateralized trust arrangements, rights of offset or letters of credit, thereby limiting the credit risk to the Company. I. Income Taxes. Holdings, the Company’s U.S. holding company, and its wholly owned subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Foreign subsidiaries and branches of subsidiaries file local tax returns as required. Group and subsidiaries not included in Holdings’ consolidated tax return file separate company U.S. federal income tax returns as required. Deferred income taxes have been recorded to recognize the tax effect of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, which arise because of differences between GAAP and income tax accounting rules. As a result of Bermuda enacting a corporate income tax effective January 1, 2025, Group subsidiaries in Bermuda will file and pay income taxes subsequent to that date. As an accounting policy, the Company has adopted the aggregate portfolio approach for releasing disproportionate income tax effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Table of Contents F-14
J. Foreign Currency. The Company transacts business in numerous currencies through business units located around the world. The functional currency for each business unit is determined by the local currency used for most economic activity in that area. Movements in exchange rates related to transactions in currencies other than a business unit’s functional currency for monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured through the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in other income (expense), except for currency movements related to available for sale fixed maturities securities, which are excluded from net income (loss) and accumulated in shareholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. The business units’ functional currency financial statements are translated to the Company’s reporting currency, U.S. dollars, using the exchange rates at the end of period for the balance sheets and the average exchange rates in effect for the reporting period for the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from translating the foreign currency financial statements, net of deferred income taxes, are excluded from net income (loss) and accumulated as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. K. Treasury Shares. Treasury shares are the Company’s common shares repurchased on the open market, by the Company. The cost of treasury shares includes the purchase price of shares acquired and direct costs to acquire shares, including commissions. L. Earnings Per Common Share. Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that would occur if options granted under various share-based compensation plans were exercised resulting in the issuance of common shares that would participate in the earnings of the entity. Net income (loss) per common share has been computed as per below, based upon weighted average common basic and dilutive shares outstanding. Years Ended December 31, (Amounts in millions, except per share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 Net income (loss) per share: Numerator Net income (loss) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2517 Less: dividends declared-common shares and unvested common shares (335) (334) (288) Undistributed earnings 1,256 1,039 2,229 Percentage allocated to common shareholders (1) 98.8 % 98.8 % 98.8 % 1,241 1,027 2,203 Add: dividends declared-common shareholders 331 331 285 Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per common share $ 1,573 $ 1,358 $ 2,488 Denominator Denominator for basic earnings per weighted-average common shares 41.6 42.7 41.3 Effect of dilutive securities: Options — — — Denominator for diluted earnings per adjusted weighted-average common shares 41.6 42.7 41.3 Per common share net income (loss) Basic $ 37.80 $ 31.78 $ 60.19 Diluted $ 37.80 $ 31.78 $ 60.19 (1) Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 41.6 42.7 41.3 Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding and unvested common shares expected to vest 42.1 43.2 41.8 Percentage allocated to common shareholders 98.8 % 98.8 % 98.8 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-15
There were no options outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. M. Segmentation. The Company, through its subsidiaries, conducts business through two reportable segments: Reinsurance and Insurance. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company revised the classification and presentation of certain run-off business, previously included within the Reinsurance and Insurance reportable segments, as part of a new operating segment called "Other". The Other segment includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post- sale. It also includes run-off A&E exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. These segment presentation changes have been reflected retrospectively. See also Note 7 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. N. Share-Based Compensation. Share-based compensation stock option, restricted share and performance share unit awards are fair valued at the grant date and expensed over the vesting period of the award. The tax benefit on the recorded expense is deferred until the time the award is exercised or vests (becomes unrestricted). See Note 15 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. O. Recent Accounting Pronouncements. Adoption of New Accounting Standards Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2023-09, which requires expanded income tax disclosures, including the disaggregation of existing disclosures related to the tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Prospective application is required, with retrospective application permitted. The Company adopted and prospectively applied the accounting standard effective year end 2025. The Company did not adopt any other new accounting standards that had a material impact in 2025. Future Adoption of Recently Issued Accounting Standards The Company assessed the adoption impacts of recently issued accounting standards that are effective after 2025 by the FASB on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the Company assessed whether there have been material updates to previously issued accounting standards that are effective after 2025. There were no accounting standards identified, other than those directly referenced below, that are expected to have a material impact to Group. Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. In November 2024, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2024-03, which requires additional disclosure about specific expense categories included in the income statement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Prospective application is required, with retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the updated guidance will have on the Company's financial statement disclosures. Table of Contents F-16
2. INVESTMENTS The tables below present the amortized cost, allowance for credit losses, gross unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) (“URA(D)”) and fair value of fixed maturity securities - available for sale for the periods indicated: At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Allowance for Credit Losses Unrealized Appreciation Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 845 $ — $ 4 $ (19) $ 830 Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions 45 — — (4) 41 Corporate securities 9,913 (54) 206 (183) 9,882 Asset-backed securities 5,094 (14) 14 (17) 5,077 Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial 404 — 9 (2) 412 Non-agency commercial 1,151 — 4 (33) 1,121 Agency residential 5,544 — 82 (161) 5,465 Non-agency residential 1,689 — 32 (1) 1,721 Foreign government securities 2,400 — 36 (64) 2,371 Foreign corporate securities 7,535 — 253 (135) 7,653 Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 34,620 $ (68) $ 640 $ (619) $ 34,573 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Allowance for Credit Losses Unrealized Appreciation Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 688 $ — $ 5 $ (24) $ 669 Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions 75 — — (5) 70 Corporate securities 7,288 (35) 57 (299) 7,010 Asset-backed securities 5,994 — 28 (39) 5,982 Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial — — — — — Non-agency commercial 965 — 1 (66) 900 Agency residential 5,205 — 13 (287) 4,931 Non-agency residential 1,291 — 9 (11) 1,289 Foreign government securities 2,330 — 13 (147) 2,196 Foreign corporate securities 6,099 — 42 (279) 5,861 Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 29,934 $ (36) $ 167 $ (1,157) $ 28,908 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-17
The following tables show amortized cost, allowance for credit losses, gross URA(D) and fair value of fixed maturity securities - held to maturity for the periods indicated: At December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Allowance for Credit Losses Unrealized Appreciation Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - held to maturity Corporate securities $ 166 $ (2) $ 7 $ (1) $ 169 Asset-backed securities 328 (3) 5 (8) 322 Mortgage-backed securities Commercial — — — — — Foreign corporate securities 79 (1) 6 — 84 Total fixed maturity securities - held to maturity $ 573 $ (6) $ 18 $ (9) $ 576 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Allowance for Credit Losses Unrealized Appreciation Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - held to maturity Corporate securities $ 177 $ (2) $ 5 $ (4) $ 175 Asset-backed securities 484 (4) 5 (8) 477 Mortgage-backed securities Commercial 21 — — — 21 Foreign corporate securities 84 (1) 4 — 86 Total fixed maturity securities - held to maturity $ 765 $ (8) $ 14 $ (12) $ 759 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities - available for sale are shown in the following table by contractual maturity. As the stated maturity of such securities may not be indicative of actual maturities, the totals for mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are shown separately. At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - available for sale Due in one year or less $ 1,440 $ 1,405 $ 1,116 $ 1,080 Due after one year through five years 10,746 10,819 8,774 8,480 Due after five years through ten years 6,722 6,781 4,764 4,523 Due after ten years 1,830 1,772 1,826 1,723 Asset-backed securities 5,094 5,077 5,994 5,982 Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial 404 412 — — Non-agency commercial 1,151 1,121 965 900 Agency residential 5,544 5,465 5,205 4,931 Non-agency residential 1,689 1,721 1,291 1,289 Total fixed maturity securities -available for sale $ 34,620 $ 34,573 $ 29,934 $ 28,908 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-18
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities - held to maturity are shown in the following table by contractual maturity. As the stated maturity of such securities may not be indicative of actual maturities, the totals for mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are shown separately. At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Fixed maturity securities - held to maturity Due in one year or less $ 25 $ 25 $ 7 $ 7 Due after one year through five years 68 69 67 67 Due after five years through ten years 4 4 37 35 Due after ten years 148 155 150 152 Asset-backed securities 328 322 484 477 Mortgage-backed securities Commercial — — 21 21 Total fixed maturity securities - held to maturity $ 573 $ 576 $ 765 $ 759 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) During 2022, the Company re-designated a portion of its fixed maturity securities from its fixed maturity - available for sale portfolio to its fixed maturity - held to maturity portfolio. The fair value of the securities reclassified at the date of transfer was $722 million, net of allowance for current expected credit losses, which was subsequently recognized as the new amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2025, $27 million of unrealized loss from the date of the re-designation remained in accumulated other comprehensive income on the balance sheet and will be amortized into income through an adjustment to the yields of the underlying securities over the remaining life of the securities. The fair values of these securities incorporate the use of significant unobservable inputs and therefore are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The changes in net URA(D) for the Company’s investments are as follows: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Increase (decrease) during the period between the fair value and cost of investments carried at fair value, and deferred taxes thereon: Fixed maturity securities - available for sale, held to maturity and short-term investments $ 1,018 $ (203) Equity method investments — 18 Change in URA(D), pre-tax 1,018 (185) Deferred tax benefit (expense) (164) 76 Change in URA(D), net of deferred taxes, included in shareholders’ equity $ 854 $ (109) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-19
The tables below display the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized depreciation of fixed maturity securities - available for sale by security type and contractual maturity, in each case subdivided according to length of time that the individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for the periods indicated: Duration of Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2025 by Security Type Less than 12 months Greater than 12 months Total (Dollars in millions) Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fixed maturity securities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 244 $ (5) $ 333 $ (14) $ 577 $ (19) Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions 2 — 33 (4) 35 (4) Corporate securities 1,370 (31) 1,990 (147) 3,360 (179) Asset-backed securities 802 (5) 429 (12) 1,231 (17) Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial 43 (1) 17 (1) 60 (2) Non-agency commercial 288 (5) 631 (29) 919 (33) Agency residential 234 (3) 1,755 (158) 1,990 (161) Non-agency residential 81 — 87 — 168 (1) Foreign government securities 260 (4) 854 (61) 1,114 (64) Foreign corporate securities 847 (15) 1,615 (120) 2,463 (135) Total $ 4,171 $ (68) $ 7,745 $ (547) $ 11,916 $ (615) Securities where an allowance for credit loss was recorded 24 (2) 14 (2) 37 (4) Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 4,194 $ (70) $ 7,759 $ (549) $ 11,953 $ (619) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Duration of Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2025 by Maturity Less than 12 months Greater than 12 months Total (Dollars in millions) Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fixed maturity securities - available for sale Due in one year or less $ 165 $ (5) $ 675 $ (18) $ 840 $ (23) Due in one year through five years 1,475 (33) 2,411 (156) 3,887 (189) Due in five years through ten years 859 (14) 987 (99) 1,846 (112) Due after ten years 223 (3) 752 (74) 975 (77) Asset-backed securities 802 (5) 429 (12) 1,231 (17) Mortgage-backed securities 646 (8) 2,490 (188) 3,137 (196) Total $ 4,171 $ (68) $ 7,745 $ (547) $ 11,916 $ (615) Securities where an allowance for credit loss was recorded 24 (2) 14 (2) 37 (4) Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 4,194 $ (70) $ 7,759 $ (549) $ 11,953 $ (619) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The aggregate fair value and gross unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2025 were $12.0 billion and $619 million, respectively. The fair value of securities for the single issuer (the U.S. government) whose securities comprised the largest unrealized loss position at December 31, 2025, amounted to less than 1.7% of the overall fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity securities - available for sale. The fair value of the securities for the issuer with the second largest unrealized loss position at December 31, 2025 comprised less than 0.2% of the Company’s fixed maturity securities - available for sale. In addition, as indicated on the above table, there was no significant concentration of unrealized losses in any one market sector. The $70 million of unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than one year were generally comprised of domestic and foreign corporate securities, asset-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and foreign government securities. Of these unrealized losses, $66 million were related to securities that were rated investment grade by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. The $549 million of unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale in an unrealized loss position for more than one year related primarily to domestic and foreign corporate securities, agency residential and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and foreign government securities. Of these Table of Contents F-20
unrealized losses, $540 million were related to securities that were rated investment grade by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. In all instances, there were no projected cash flow shortfalls to recover the full book value of the investments and the related interest obligations. The mortgage-backed securities still have excess credit coverage and are current on interest and principal payments. Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2025, the unrealized losses are due to changes in interest rates and non- issuer-specific credit spreads and are not credit-related. In addition, the contractual terms of these securities do not permit these securities to be settled at a price less than their amortized cost. The tables below display the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized depreciation of fixed maturity securities - available for sale by security type and contractual maturity, in each case subdivided according to length of time that individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for the periods indicated: Duration of Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2024 by Security Type Less than 12 months Greater than 12 months Total (Dollars in millions) Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fixed maturity securities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 80 $ (1) $ 398 $ (23) $ 478 $ (24) Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions 9 — 40 (5) 48 (5) Corporate securities 2,744 (76) 2,132 (221) 4,876 (297) Asset-backed securities 958 (20) 537 (19) 1,495 (39) Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial — — — — — — Non-agency commercial 53 (3) 757 (63) 810 (66) Agency residential 2,754 (115) 1,226 (172) 3,980 (287) Non-agency residential 654 (11) 25 — 678 (11) Foreign government securities 851 (35) 828 (112) 1,679 (147) Foreign corporate securities 2,484 (61) 1,785 (218) 4,269 (279) Total $ 10,587 $ (323) $ 7,728 $ (833) $ 18,315 $ (1,156) Securities where an allowance for credit loss was recorded 17 (1) — — 17 (1) Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 10,604 $ (324) $ 7,728 $ (833) $ 18,332 $ (1,157) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Duration of Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2024 by Maturity Less than 12 months Greater than 12 months Total (Dollars in millions) Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fair Value Gross Unrealized Depreciation Fixed maturity securities - available for sale Due in one year or less $ 138 $ (5) $ 544 $ (34) $ 682 $ (39) Due in one year through five years 3,503 (87) 2,770 (249) 6,273 (335) Due in five years through ten years 1,850 (50) 1,382 (220) 3,232 (271) Due after ten years 677 (32) 487 (76) 1,164 (107) Asset-backed securities 958 (20) 537 (19) 1,495 (39) Mortgage-backed securities 3,461 (129) 2,008 (235) 5,469 (364) Total $ 10,587 $ (323) $ 7,728 $ (833) $ 18,315 $ (1,156) Securities where an allowance for credit loss was recorded 17 (1) — — 17 (1) Total fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 10,604 $ (324) $ 7,728 $ (833) $ 18,332 $ (1,157) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The aggregate fair value and gross unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024 were $18.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. The fair value of securities for the single issuer (the U.S. government), whose securities comprised the largest unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024, amounted to less than 1.6% of the overall fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity securities - available for sale. The fair value of the securities for the issuer with the second largest unrealized loss comprised less than 0.9% of the Company’s fixed maturity securities - available for sale. In addition, as indicated on the above table, there was no significant concentration of unrealized losses in any one market sector. The $324 million of unrealized Table of Contents F-21
losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than one year were generally comprised of domestic and foreign corporate securities, asset-backed securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and foreign government securities. Of these unrealized losses, $319 million were related to securities that were rated investment grade by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. The $833 million of unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities - available for sale in an unrealized loss position for more than one year related primarily to domestic and foreign corporate securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and foreign government securities. Of these unrealized losses, $810 million were related to securities that were rated investment grade by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. In all instances, there were no projected cash flow shortfalls to recover the full book value of the investments and the related interest obligations. The mortgage-backed securities still have excess credit coverage and are current on interest and principal payments. The components of net investment income are presented in the table below for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Fixed maturities $ 1,572 $ 1,481 $ 1,153 Equity securities 4 3 3 Short-term investments and cash 169 195 140 Other invested assets Limited partnerships 277 206 122 Other 124 104 59 Gross investment income before adjustments 2,146 1,989 1,477 Funds held interest income (expense) 26 26 10 Future policy benefit reserve income (expense) (1) (1) (1) Gross investment income 2,172 2,013 1,486 Investment expenses 48 59 53 Net investment income $ 2,124 $ 1,954 $ 1,434 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The Company records results from limited partnership investments on the equity method of accounting with changes in value reported through net investment income. The net investment income from limited partnerships is dependent upon the Company’s share of the net asset values (“NAVs”) of interests underlying each limited partnership. Due to the timing of receiving financial information from these partnerships, the results are generally reported on a one month or quarter lag. If the Company determines there has been a significant decline in value of a limited partnership during this lag period, a loss will be recorded in the period in which the Company identifies the decline. The Company had contractual commitments to invest up to an additional $2.5 billion in limited partnerships and private placement loan securities at December 31, 2025, which includes $1.4 billion specific to limited partnerships as noted below. These commitments will be funded when called in accordance with the partnership and loan agreements, which have investment periods that expire, unless extended, through 2035. The Company is the beneficiary of COLI policies, which are invested in debt and equity securities. The COLI policies are carried within other invested assets at the policy cash surrender value of $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Variable Interest Entities The Company is engaged with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as an investor through normal investment activities but also as an investment manager. A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as simple majority kick-out rights, or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not hold any investments for which it is the primary beneficiary. Table of Contents F-22
The Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in general and limited partnerships and other alternative investments. For these non-consolidated VIEs, the Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary as it has no ability to direct activities that could significantly affect the economic performance of the investments. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is limited to the total carrying value of $3.9 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, which are included in general and limited partnerships. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $1.4 billion whereby the Company is committed to fund these investments and may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. These investments are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in management. In addition, the Company makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager. These investments are included in asset-backed securities, which includes collateralized loan obligations and are classified as fixed maturities - available for sale. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, credit subordination that reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits or the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment. The components of net gains (losses) on investments are presented in the table below for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Credit allowance on fixed maturity securities $ (30) $ 13 $ 7 Gains (losses) from fair value adjustment on public equities (1) (1) — Net realized gains (losses) from dispositions: Fixed maturities (112) 6 (292) Equity securities (1) 1 8 Other invested assets — (1) — Short-term investments — 1 — Total net gains (losses) from dispositions (112) 7 (283) Total net gains (losses) on investments $ (143) $ 19 $ (276) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The following tables provide a roll forward of the Company’s beginning and ending balance of allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated: Roll Forward of Allowance for Credit Losses - Fixed Maturities - Available for Sale Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 Corporate Securities Asset-Backed Securities Foreign Corporate Securities Total (Dollars in millions) Beginning balance $ (35) $ — $ — $ (36) Credit losses on securities where credit losses were not previously recorded (28) (14) — (42) Increases in allowance on previously impaired securities (16) — — (16) Decreases in allowance on previously impaired securities — — — — Reduction in allowance due to disposals 25 — — 26 Balance, end of period $ (54) $ (14) $ — $ (68) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-23
Roll Forward of Allowance for Credit Losses - Fixed Maturities - Available for Sale Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024 Corporate Securities Asset-Backed Securities Foreign Corporate Securities Total (Dollars in millions) Beginning balance $ (47) $ — $ (1) $ (48) Credit losses on securities where credit losses were not previously recorded (9) — — (9) Increases in allowance on previously impaired securities — — — — Decreases in allowance on previously impaired securities — — — — Reduction in allowance due to disposals 20 — 1 21 Balance, end of period $ (35) $ — $ — $ (36) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The allowance for credit losses for fixed maturities - held to maturity was not significant as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The proceeds and split between gross gains and losses from sales of fixed maturity securities - available for sale, fixed maturities - held to maturity and equity securities are presented in the table below for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity securities - available for sale $ 1,571 $ 6,257 $ 3,849 Gross gains from sales 48 166 35 Gross losses from sales (159) (160) (327) Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity securities - held to maturity $ 10 $ — $ — Gross gains from sales — — — Gross losses from sales (1) — — Proceeds from sales of equity securities $ 56 $ 37 $ 126 Gross gains from sales — 2 8 Gross losses from sales (1) (1) — (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company sold fixed maturity securities - held to maturity with a net carrying amount of $11 million, which had realized losses of $1 million as part of the sale. The Company's decision to sell was due to significant credit deterioration of the issuer of the securities. Securities with a carrying value amount of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2025 were on deposit with or regulated by various state or governmental insurance departments in compliance with insurance laws. See Note 11 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. 3. FAIR VALUE GAAP guidance regarding fair value measurements addresses how companies should measure fair value when they are required to use fair value measures for recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and provides a common definition of fair value to be used throughout GAAP. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly fashion between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, it establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for the disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement, with Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority. Table of Contents F-24
The levels in the hierarchy are defined as follows: Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are observable inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market; Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are managed both internally and on an external basis by independent, professional investment managers using portfolio guidelines approved by the Company. The Company obtains prices from nationally recognized pricing services. These services seek to utilize market data and observations in their evaluation process. These services use pricing applications that vary by asset class and incorporate available market information. When fixed maturity securities do not trade on a daily basis, the services will apply available information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing. In addition, they use model processes, such as the Option Adjusted Spread model to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios for securities that have prepayment features. The Company does not make any changes to prices received from the pricing services. In addition, the Company has procedures in place to review the reasonableness of the prices from the service providers and may request verification of the prices. The Company also continually performs quantitative and qualitative analysis of prices, including but not limited to initial and ongoing review of pricing methodologies, review of prices obtained from pricing services and third- party investment asset managers, review of pricing statistics and trends and comparison of prices for certain securities with a secondary price source for reasonableness. No material variances were noted during these price validation procedures. In limited situations, where financial markets are inactive or illiquid, the Company may use its own assumptions about future cash flows and risk-adjusted discount rates to determine fair value. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, $2.5 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, of fixed maturities were fair valued using unobservable inputs. The majority of these fixed maturities were valued by investment managers’ valuation committees and many of these fair values were substantiated by valuations from independent third parties. The Company has procedures in place to evaluate these independent third-party valuations. Equity securities denominated in U.S. currency with quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are categorized as Level 1 since the quoted prices are directly observable. Equity securities traded on foreign exchanges are categorized as Level 2 due to the added input of a foreign exchange conversion rate to determine fair value. The Company uses foreign currency exchange rates published by nationally recognized sources. Fixed maturity securities listed in the tables have been categorized as Level 2, since a particular security may not have traded but the pricing services are able to use valuation models with observable market inputs such as interest rate yield curves and prices for similar fixed maturity securities in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. For foreign government securities and foreign corporate securities, the fair values are provided by the third-party pricing services in local currencies, and where applicable, are converted to U.S. dollars using currency exchange rates from nationally recognized sources. In addition, some of the fixed maturities with fair values categorized as Level 3 result when prices are not available from the nationally recognized pricing services, are obtained from investment managers and are derived using unobservable inputs. The Company will value the securities with unobservable inputs using comparable market information or receive fair values from investment managers. The investment managers may obtain non-binding price quotes for the securities from brokers. The single broker quotes are provided by market makers or broker-dealers who are recognized as market participants in the markets in which they are providing the quotes. The prices received from brokers are reviewed for reasonableness by the third-party asset managers and the Company. If the broker quotes are for foreign denominated securities, the quotes are converted to U.S. dollars using currency exchange rates from nationally recognized sources. Table of Contents F-25
The composition and valuation inputs for the presented fixed maturities categories Level 1 and Level 2 are as follows: • U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations are primarily comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds, and the fair value is based on observable market inputs such as quoted prices, reported trades, quoted prices for similar issuances or benchmark yields; • Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions are comprised of state and municipal bond issuances and the fair values are based on observable market inputs such as quoted market prices, quoted prices for similar securities, benchmark yields and credit spreads; • Corporate securities are primarily comprised of U.S. corporate and public utility bond issuances and the fair values are based on observable market inputs such as quoted market prices, quoted prices for similar securities, benchmark yields and credit spreads; • Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities fair values are based on observable inputs such as quoted prices, reported trades, quoted prices for similar issuances or benchmark yields and cash flow models using observable inputs such as prepayment speeds, collateral performance and default spreads; • Foreign government securities are comprised of global non-U.S. sovereign bond issuances and the fair values are based on observable market inputs such as quoted market prices, quoted prices for similar securities and models with observable inputs such as benchmark yields and credit spreads and then, where applicable, are converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate from a nationally recognized source; and • Foreign corporate securities are comprised of global non-U.S. corporate bond issuances and the fair values are based on observable market inputs such as quoted market prices, quoted prices for similar securities and models with observable inputs such as benchmark yields and credit spreads and then, where applicable, are converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate from a nationally recognized source. The following tables present the fair value measurement levels for all assets which the Company has recorded at fair value as of the periods indicated: Fair Value Measurement Using: (Dollars in millions) December 31, 2025 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets: Fixed maturities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 830 $ — $ 830 $ — Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions 41 — 41 — Corporate securities 9,882 — 9,512 370 Asset-backed securities 5,077 — 2,987 2,091 Mortgage-backed securities Agency commercial 412 — 412 — Non-agency commercial 1,121 — 1,121 — Agency residential 5,465 — 5,465 — Non-agency residential 1,721 — 1,721 — Foreign government securities 2,371 — 2,371 — Foreign corporate securities 7,653 — 7,639 14 Total fixed maturities - available for sale 34,573 — 32,099 2,474 Equity securities, fair value 180 88 92 — (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-26
Fair Value Measurement Using: (Dollars in millions) December 31, 2024 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets: Fixed maturities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 669 $ — $ 669 $ — Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions 70 — 70 — Corporate securities 7,010 — 6,492 518 Asset-backed securities 5,982 — 4,325 1,657 Mortgage-backed securities Commercial 900 — 900 — Agency residential 4,931 — 4,931 — Non-agency residential 1,289 — 1,289 — Foreign government securities 2,196 — 2,196 — Foreign corporate securities 5,861 — 5,847 14 Total fixed maturities - available for sale 28,908 — 26,719 2,189 Equity securities, fair value 217 79 133 5 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The following table presents the activity under Level 3, fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs for fixed maturities - available for sale, for the periods indicated: Total Fixed Maturities - Available for Sale December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Corporate Securities Asset- Backed Securities Foreign Corporate Total Corporate Securities Asset- Backed Securities Foreign Corporate Total Beginning balance fixed maturities $ 518 $ 1,657 $ 14 $ 2,189 $ 672 $ 1,305 $ 16 $ 1,993 Total gains or (losses) (realized/unrealized) Included in earnings (or changes in net assets) (38) (13) — (52) (1) — 1 — Included in other comprehensive income (loss) (7) 8 — 1 1 12 — 13 Purchases, issuances and settlements (103) 440 — 336 (154) 339 (2) 183 Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 and reclassification of securities in/(out) of investment categories — — — — — — — — Ending balance $ 370 $ 2,091 $ 14 $ 2,474 $ 518 $ 1,657 $ 14 $ 2,189 The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings (or changes in net assets) attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at the reporting date $ (16) $ (14) $ — $ (29) $ (3) $ — $ — $ (3) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) There were no transfers of assets in/(out) of Level 3 during 2025 or 2024. Financial Instruments Disclosed, But Not Reported, at Fair Value Certain financial instruments disclosed, but not reported, at fair value are excluded from the fair value hierarchy tables above. Fair values and valuation hierarchy of fixed maturity securities - held to maturity, senior notes and long-term subordinated notes can be found within Notes 2, 9 and 10 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements, respectively. Short-term investments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. See Note 1 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents F-27
Exempt from Fair Value Disclosure Requirements Certain financial instruments are exempt from the requirements for fair value disclosure, such as limited/general partnerships accounted for under the equity method and pension and other postretirement obligations. The Company’s investments in COLI policies are recorded at their cash surrender value and are therefore not required to be included in the tables above. See Note 1 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for details of investments in COLI policies. In addition, $233 million and $239 million of investments within other invested assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, are not included within the fair value hierarchy tables, as the assets are measured at NAV as a practical expedient to determine fair value. 4. RESERVE FOR LOSSES AND LAE Reserve for losses and LAE. The following table provides a roll forward of the Company’s beginning and ending reserve for losses and LAE and is summarized for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Gross reserves beginning of period $ 29,889 $ 24,604 $ 22,065 Less reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses (2,915) (2,098) (2,105) Net reserves beginning of period 26,975 22,506 19,960 Incurred related to: Current year 10,202 9,967 8,432 Prior years, excluding impact from retroactive reinsurance 535 1,337 (5) Prior years, impact from retroactive reinsurance (1) 122 — — Total incurred losses and LAE 10,859 11,305 8,427 Paid related to: Current year 1,253 1,258 1,379 Prior years 6,525 5,279 4,731 Total paid losses and LAE 7,778 6,537 6,110 Foreign exchange/translation adjustment 663 (298) 229 Retroactive reinsurance adjustment (1) (122) — — Net reserves end of period 30,597 26,975 22,506 Plus reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses (2) 3,715 2,915 2,098 Gross reserves end of period $ 34,312 $ 29,889 $ 24,604 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) The consideration paid ($1,372 million) exceeds the ceded loss reserves at the inception of the Agreement ($1,250 million), as a result the Company recognized an immediate pre-tax loss of $122 million in earnings, in accordance with retroactive reinsurance accounting guidance. The Company recognized the loss by writing off the reinsurance recoverable of $122 million, which represents excess compensation for the uncertainty of future claims development, and is not a component of our best estimate of loss reserves. (2) This amount excludes the unpaid recoverable of the adverse development reinsurance agreements of $1,253 million as of December 31, 2025. Current year incurred losses were $10.2 billion, $10.0 billion and $8.4 billion in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in current year incurred losses from 2024 to 2025 was primarily related to an increase of $308 million in current year attritional losses, resulting from the impact of the increase in premiums earned, strengthening of U.S. casualty reserves and changes in the mix of business, partially offset by a decrease of $73 million in current year catastrophe losses. The increase in current year incurred losses from 2023 to 2024, was primarily related to an increase in underlying exposure due to premium growth, year over year and changes in the mix of business as well an increase of $423 million in 2024 current year catastrophe losses. Incurred prior years unfavorable development in losses was $657 million and $1.3 billion in 2025 and 2024, respectively, and incurred prior years favorable development in losses of $5 million in 2023. The unfavorable development on prior year reserves of $657 million in 2025 was primarily due to strengthening of U.S. casualty reserves, as well as aviation Table of Contents F-28
losses associated with the Russia/Ukraine war within the Reinsurance segment, partially offset by the release of well- seasoned reserves in the property and mortgage lines within the Reinsurance segment. The reserve strengthening for prior year loss development was driven by elevated loss experience in excess casualty and U.S. liability lines primarily on accident years 2022-2024. In 2025, the United Kingdom’s High Court concluded that the confiscation of certain aircraft was covered under the war provision within certain reinsurance contracts. As a result of the court’s decision, the Company increased its net ultimate loss reserve for contracts that were exposed to the war in Russia/Ukraine. This increase in ultimate loss is reflected in the prior year incurred loss line in the table above. The net unfavorable development on prior year reserves of $1.3 billion in 2024 is primarily comprised of $1.1 billion of unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses for the Insurance segment, mainly driven by a combination of social inflation and portfolio concentrations in certain U.S. casualty lines and $403 million of unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses for the Other segment, mainly related to certain sports and leisure lines for accident years 2019 through 2023, including A&E reserve strengthening of $54 million. In addition, the Reinsurance segment recorded $684 million of unfavorable development on prior year casualty reserves. This unfavorable development in the Reinsurance segment was largely offset by favorable development booked on property and mortgage lines. The net favorable development on prior year reserves of $5 million in 2023 is comprised of $401 million of favorable development on prior years attritional losses for reinsurance lines, mainly related to mortgage and short-tail lines of business, mostly offset by $285 million of unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses for insurance lines, mainly related to casualty lines for accident years from 2016 through 2019 as well as $110 million of unfavorable development on prior years attritional losses for other lines. The following is information about incurred and paid claims development as of December 31, 2025, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included within the net incurred claims amounts. Each of the Company’s financial reporting segments has been disaggregated into casualty and property business. The casualty and property segregation results in groups that have homogeneous loss development characteristics and are large enough to represent credible trends. Generally, casualty claims take longer to be reported and settled, resulting in longer payout patterns and increased volatility. Property claims on the other hand, tend to be reported and settled quicker and therefore tend to exhibit less volatility. The property business is more exposed to catastrophe losses, which can result in year over year fluctuations in incurred claims depending on the frequency and severity of catastrophes claims in any one accident year. The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2024 is presented as supplementary information. The Cumulative Number of Reported Claims is shown only for Insurance Casualty as it is impractical to provide the information for the remaining groups. The reinsurance groups each include pro rata contracts for which ceding companies provide only summary information via a bordereau. This summary information does not include the number of reported claims underlying the paid and reported losses. Therefore, it is not possible to provide this information. The Insurance Property group includes Accident and Health insurance business. This business is written via a master contract and individual claim counts are not provided. This business represents a significant enough portion of the business in the Insurance Property group so that including the number of reported claims for the remaining business would distort any analytics performed on the group. The Cumulative Number of Reported Claims shown for the Insurance Casualty is determined by claim and line of business. For example, a claim event with three claimants in the same line of business is a single claim. However, a claim event with a single claimant that spans two lines of business contributes two claims. Table of Contents F-29
Reconciliation of the Disclosure of Incurred and Paid Claims Development to the Liability for Unpaid Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid claims development tables to the liability for claims and claim adjustment expenses in the consolidated statement of financial position is as follows: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Net outstanding liabilities Reinsurance Casualty $ 14,048 Reinsurance Property 7,423 Insurance Casualty 6,597 Insurance Property 983 Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (1) 29,052 Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims Reinsurance Casualty 152 Reinsurance Property 901 Insurance Casualty 2,094 Insurance Property 314 Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims (1), (3) 3,461 Unallocated claims adjustment expenses 360 Other (2) 1,439 1,799 Total gross liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expense $ 34,312 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Amounts disclosed are for reinsurance and insurance reportable segments. (2) The other amount is primarily comprised of the Other segment, which includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off A&E exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. (3) This amount excludes the unpaid recoverable of the adverse development reinsurance agreements of $1,253 million as of December 31, 2025. Adverse Development Reinsurance Agreements Effective October 1, 2025, the Company through its subsidiaries Everest Re and Bermuda Re (collectively, the “Ceding Companies”) (1) entered into an adverse development reinsurance agreement (the “State National Reinsurance Agreement”) with State National Insurance Company, Inc. (“State National Reinsurer”) and (2) entered into an adverse development reinsurance agreement (the “MS Transverse Reinsurance Agreement”) with MS Transverse Insurance Company (“MS Transverse Reinsurer”) (collectively the “Reinsurers”). The Reinsurance Agreements are supported on a retrocessional basis by Longtail Re, an affiliate of Stone Ridge Capital. The agreements reinsure potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising out of the Ceding Companies’ North American liabilities within the Insurance and Other segments (“Subject Business”), subject to exclusions for certain liabilities, including among others those related to the Asbestos and Environmental reserves included in the Other segment. The carried reserves held for the Subject Business, pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreements, were $5.4 billion as of September 30, 2025 and $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, respectively. Under the State National Reinsurance Agreement, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $1.3 billion, including interest, to State National Reinsurer to assume $1.3 billion of carried reserves as of September 30, 2025, and potential subsequent adverse development for net paid losses on an approximately 85.7 percent coinsurance basis up to an aggregate limit of $600 million above the Company’s net carried reserves for the Subject Business. Under the State National Reinsurance Agreement $250 million of the reinsurance premium was placed into a funds withheld collateral trust account as security for State National Reinsurer’s claim payment obligations to the Company. Under the MS Transverse Reinsurance Agreement, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $122 million to MS Transverse Reinsurer to assume potential subsequent adverse development for net paid losses on an 80 percent Table of Contents F-30
coinsurance basis up to an aggregate limit of $400 million. The $122 million payment to MS Transverse Reinsurer exceeds the retroactive reinsured liabilities and represents excess compensation for the uncertainty of future claims development, as a result the Company recognized an immediate pre-tax loss of $122 million in Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Company Limited, the parent of MS Transverse Reinsurer, has provided a parental guarantee to secure its obligations under the agreement. The Company has retained the risk of collection on amounts due from other third-party reinsurers and continues to be responsible for claims handling and other administrative services, subject to certain conditions. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had a deferred gain of $3 million. The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. The total covered losses ceded to State National Reinsurer were $1,253 million and the aggregated unexpired limit was $597 million and $400 million for State National Reinsurer and MS Transverse Reinsurer, respectively. Prior Year Development The following table presents net prior year development before the adverse development cover reinsurance agreements (“ADC”) cessions for the year ended December 31, 2025: (Dollars in millions) Prior Year Development Net of External Reinsurance Before ADC Cessions (1) Reinsurance - Casualty Business $ 456 Reinsurance - Property Business (428) Insurance - Casualty Business 474 Insurance - Property Business (113) Subtotal, adjusted pre-tax basis $ 389 (1) Excluding the impact of: - Our Other segment which has $146 million of prior year development. - $122 million of excess compensation for the uncertainty of future claims development of which $105 million is from our Insurance segment and $17 million from our Other segment. Table of Contents F-31
The following tables present the ultimate loss and allocated LAE and the paid loss and allocated LAE, net of reinsurance for casualty and property, as well as the average annual percentage payout of incurred claims by age, net of reinsurance for each of our disclosed lines of business. Reinsurance - Casualty Business At December 31, 2025 Ultimate Incurred Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported Claims Cumulative Number of Reported Claims Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 798 $ 880 $ 877 $ 872 $ 947 $ 949 $ 980 $ 1,009 $ 1,032 $ 1,055 $ 37 N/A 2017 880 840 847 928 936 992 1,056 1,084 1,156 50 N/A 2018 1,464 1,462 1,539 1,569 1,638 1,734 1,791 1,686 93 N/A 2019 1,785 1,850 1,853 1,877 1,918 1,978 1,980 255 N/A 2020 1,977 1,949 1,928 1,889 1,932 1,899 349 N/A 2021 2,505 2,501 2,441 2,532 2,370 748 N/A 2022 2,959 2,917 2,968 3,098 1,439 N/A 2023 2,993 3,158 3,276 1,927 N/A 2024 3,143 3,237 2,434 N/A 2025 3,228 2,760 N/A $ 22,986 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Cumulative Paid Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 93 $ 195 $ 330 $ 437 $ 552 $ 627 $ 706 $ 775 $ 840 $ 903 2017 83 192 325 466 582 692 802 931 1,020 2018 200 304 507 665 837 1,017 1,224 1,347 2019 251 375 548 740 969 1,240 1,424 2020 210 323 505 740 1,009 1,246 2021 229 327 552 858 1,194 2022 220 388 693 1,104 2023 211 433 832 2024 236 485 2025 268 $ 9,824 All outstanding liabilities prior to 2016, net of reinsurance 886 Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance $ 14,048 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss by Age, Net of Reinsurance (unaudited) Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Casualty 8.7 % 6.5 % 10.6 % 11.7 % 12.2 % 11.2 % 9.9 % 8.2 % 6.9 % 6.0 % Table of Contents F-32
Reinsurance - Property Business At December 31, 2025 Ultimate Incurred Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported Claims Cumulative Number of Reported Claims Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 1,711 $ 1,539 $ 1,574 $ 1,568 $ 1,546 $ 1,547 $ 1,543 $ 1,545 $ 1,539 $ 1,542 $ 3 N/A 2017 2,802 3,425 3,536 3,664 3,710 3,720 3,734 3,753 3,817 5 N/A 2018 2,641 2,516 2,518 2,456 2,409 2,394 2,429 2,532 60 N/A 2019 2,111 2,142 2,087 1,972 1,975 2,026 2,107 62 N/A 2020 2,448 2,521 2,465 2,437 2,439 2,582 65 N/A 2021 2,802 2,828 2,750 2,639 2,749 83 N/A 2022 3,313 2,991 2,697 2,601 97 N/A 2023 2,870 2,493 2,217 256 N/A 2024 4,056 3,763 1,254 N/A 2025 4,505 2,354 N/A $ 28,415 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Cumulative Paid Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 445 $ 855 $ 1,130 $ 1,239 $ 1,289 $ 1,312 $ 1,320 $ 1,332 $ 1,345 $ 1,346 2017 905 1,581 1,843 2,064 2,171 2,203 2,248 2,377 2,384 2018 1,254 2,847 3,566 3,969 4,179 4,324 4,511 4,511 2019 465 1,077 1,374 1,501 1,601 1,733 1,748 2020 272 992 1,409 1,676 1,967 2,059 2021 630 1,362 1,825 2,153 2,360 2022 769 1,613 2,177 2,419 2023 609 1,297 1,721 2024 761 1,443 2025 1,020 $ 21,011 All outstanding liabilities prior to 2016, net of reinsurance 20 Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance $ 7,423 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss by Age, Net of Reinsurance (unaudited) Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Property 25.1 % 29.1 % 17.0 % 9.5 % 6.3 % 3.4 % 2.6 % 1.8 % 0.4 % — % Table of Contents F-33
Insurance - Casualty Business At December 31, 2025 Ultimate Incurred Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of reinsurance Years Ended December 31, 2025 Prior Year Development Excluding the Impact of ADC Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported Claims Cumulative Number of Reported Claims Incurred Impact of ADC IBNR Impact of ADC 2025 (Net of Impact of ADC) Total of IBNR Liabilities Net of Impact of ADC Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 509 $ 495 $ 539 $ 558 $ 489 $ 474 $ 478 $ 488 $ 493 $ 507 $ 13 $ 17 31,277 $ 9 $ 3 $ 498 $ 14 2017 551 558 568 585 559 559 584 580 596 15 31 34,849 11 5 584 26 2018 644 649 679 685 697 772 810 832 21 43 34,920 16 6 816 37 2019 776 778 798 804 954 1,089 1,080 (9) 98 37,936 37 19 1,044 79 2020 913 990 978 975 1,095 1,080 (15) 163 39,683 53 32 1,027 131 2021 1,119 1,161 1,154 1,353 1,343 (10) 310 44,838 102 63 1,241 246 2022 1,243 1,241 1,597 1,720 124 591 48,143 191 130 1,530 460 2023 1,425 1,739 1,931 191 891 47,258 274 191 1,657 701 2024 1,792 1,935 143 1,251 43,636 322 257 1,612 994 2025 1,698 — 1,458 30,732 — — 1,698 1,458 $ 12,721 $ 474 $ 4,853 $ 1,015 $ 706 $ 11,706 $ 4,148 Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance from the table below (6,227) — (6,227) Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses and prior year development before accident year 2016, net of reinsurance 104 — 27 32 7 72 20 Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses and prior year loss development, net of reinsurance $ 6,597 $ 474 $ 4,880 $ 1,046 $ 713 $ 5,551 $ 4,167 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Cumulative Paid Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 53 $ 149 $ 253 $ 314 $ 362 $ 398 $ 430 $ 448 $ 460 $ 471 2017 49 165 263 343 404 467 493 526 537 2018 61 196 296 407 539 623 678 722 2019 69 218 364 498 646 828 901 2020 63 229 372 531 659 808 2021 105 246 428 654 855 2022 79 282 577 859 2023 93 308 642 2024 85 347 2025 86 $ 6,227 All outstanding liabilities prior to 2016, net of reinsurance 104 Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance $ 6,597 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss by Age, Net of Reinsurance (unaudited) Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Casualty 6.4 % 14.3 % 15.3 % 14.2 % 12.7 % 11.5 % 6.1 % 4.6 % 2.6 % 1.9 % Table of Contents F-34
Insurance - Property Business At December 31, 2025 Ultimate Incurred Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of reinsurance Years Ended December 31, 2025 Prior Year Development Excluding the Impact of ADC Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported Claims Cumulative Number of Reported Claims Incurred Impact of ADC IBNR Impact of ADC 2025 (Net of Impact of ADC) Total of IBNR Liabilities Net of Impact of ADC Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 289 $ 280 $ 284 $ 292 $ 297 $ 299 $ 300 $ 302 $ 302 $ 300 $ (2) $ — N/A $ — $ — $ 300 $ — 2017 486 494 486 494 496 508 509 506 505 (1) — N/A — — 505 — 2018 403 399 401 410 428 436 435 432 (3) 1 N/A — — 432 1 2019 348 352 350 365 380 375 372 (3) 2 N/A — — 372 1 2020 602 508 498 503 492 490 (2) 6 N/A 1 — 489 6 2021 647 586 602 628 603 (25) 13 N/A 2 1 601 11 2022 771 797 698 661 (37) 19 N/A 4 2 656 16 2023 717 669 635 (35) 33 N/A 7 4 628 29 2024 598 592 (6) 53 N/A 14 6 578 46 2025 900 — 410 N/A — — 900 410 $ 5,490 $ (113) $ 536 $ 29 $ 14 $ 5,461 $ 522 Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance from the table below (4,507) — (4,507) Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses and prior year development before accident year 2016, net of reinsurance — — — — — — — Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses and prior year loss development, net of reinsurance $ 983 $ (113) $ 537 $ 29 $ 14 $ 954 $ 522 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Cumulative Paid Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Years Ended December 31, Accident Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) 2016 $ 167 $ 248 $ 272 $ 290 $ 296 $ 297 $ 299 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 2017 176 416 452 477 493 505 504 505 505 2018 240 356 376 407 424 429 431 431 2019 226 313 335 355 363 368 370 2020 292 413 450 465 473 478 2021 325 482 544 565 576 2022 377 567 594 615 2023 400 503 565 2024 200 379 2025 289 $ 4,507 All outstanding liabilities prior to 2016, net of reinsurance — Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance 983 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss by Age, Net of Reinsurance (unaudited) Years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Property 54.0 % 30.1 % 7.2 % 4.5 % 2.5 % 1.4 % 0.3 % — % — % — % Reserving Methodology The Company maintains reserves equal to management’s estimated ultimate liability for losses and LAE for reported and unreported claims for our insurance and reinsurance businesses. Because reserves are based on estimates of ultimate losses and LAE by underwriting or accident year, the Company uses a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to monitor reserve adequacy over time, evaluate new information as it becomes known and adjust reserves whenever an adjustment appears warranted. The Company considers many factors when setting reserves including: (1) exposure base and projected ultimate premium; (2) expected loss ratios by product and class of business, which are developed collaboratively by underwriters and actuaries; (3) actuarial methodologies and assumptions which analyze loss reporting and payment experience, size of loss distributions, reports from ceding companies and historical trends, such as reserving Table of Contents F-35
patterns, loss payments and product mix; (4) current legal interpretations of coverage and liability; and (5) economic conditions including but not limited to social inflation. Management’s best estimate is developed through collaboration with actuarial, underwriting, claims, legal and finance departments and culminates with the input of reserve committees. Each segment reserve committee includes the participation of the relevant parties from actuarial, finance, claims and segment senior management. Reserves are further reviewed by Everest’s Chief Reserving Actuary and senior management. The objective of such process is to determine a single best estimate viewed by management to be the best estimate of its ultimate loss liability. Our insurance and reinsurance loss and LAE reserves represent management’s best estimate of our ultimate liability. Actual loss and LAE ultimately paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from such reserves. Net income will be impacted in a period in which the change in estimated ultimate loss and LAE is recorded. The detailed data required to evaluate ultimate losses for the Company’s insurance business is accumulated from its underwriting and claim systems. Reserving for reinsurance requires evaluation of loss information received from ceding companies. Ceding companies report losses in many forms depending on the type of contract and the agreed or contractual reporting requirements. Generally, pro rata contracts require the submission of a monthly/quarterly account, which includes premium and loss activity for the period with corresponding reserves as established by the ceding company. This information is recorded in the Company’s records. For certain pro rata contracts, the Company may require a detailed loss report for claims that exceed a certain dollar threshold or relate to a particular type of loss. Excess of loss and facultative contracts generally require individual loss reporting with precautionary notices provided when a loss reaches a significant percentage of the attachment point of the contract or when certain causes of loss or types of injury occur. Experienced Claims staff handle individual loss reports and supporting claim information. Based on evaluation of a claim, the Company may establish additional case reserves in addition to the case reserves reported by the ceding company. To ensure ceding companies are submitting required and accurate data, Everest’s Underwriting, Claim, Reinsurance Accounting and Internal Audit departments perform various reviews of ceding companies, particularly larger ceding companies, including on-site audits. The Company segments both reinsurance and insurance reserves into exposure groupings for actuarial analysis. The Company assigns business to exposure groupings so that the underlying exposures have reasonably homogeneous loss development characteristics and are large enough to facilitate credible estimation of ultimate losses. The Company periodically reviews its exposure groupings and may change groupings over time as business changes. The Company currently uses approximately 250 exposure groupings to develop reserve estimates. One of the key selection characteristics for the exposure groupings is the historical duration of the claims settlement process. Business in which claims are reported and settled relatively quickly are commonly referred to as short tail lines, principally property lines. Casualty claims tend to take longer to be reported and settled and casualty lines are generally referred to as long tail lines. Estimates of ultimate losses for shorter tail lines, with the exception of loss estimates for large catastrophic events, generally exhibit less uncertainty than those for the longer tail lines. The Company uses a variety of actuarial methodologies, such as the expected loss ratio method, chain ladder methods and Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods, supplemented by judgment where appropriate, to estimate ultimate loss and LAE for each exposure group. Expected Loss Ratio Method: The expected loss ratio method uses earned premium times an expected loss ratio to calculate ultimate losses for a given underwriting or accident year. This method relies entirely on expectation to project ultimate losses with no consideration given to actual losses. As such, it may be appropriate for an immature underwriting or accident year where few, if any, losses have been reported or paid, but less appropriate for a more mature year. Chain Ladder Method: Chain ladder methods use a standard loss development triangle to project ultimate losses. Age- to-age development factors are selected for each development period and combined to calculate age-to-ultimate development factors which are then applied to paid or reported losses to project ultimate losses. This method relies entirely on actual paid or reported losses to project ultimate losses. No other factors such as changes in pricing or other expectations are taken into account. It is most appropriate for groups with homogeneous, stable experience where past development patterns are expected to continue in the future. It is least appropriate for groups which have changed significantly over time, or which are more volatile. Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method: The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method is a combination of the expected loss ratio method and the chain ladder method. Ultimate losses are projected based partly on actual paid or reported losses and partly on expectation. IBNR reserves are calculated using earned premium, an a priori loss ratio and selected age-to-age development factors and added to actual reported (paid) losses to determine ultimate losses. It is more responsive to actual reported or paid development than the expected loss ratio method but less responsive than the chain ladder method. Table of Contents F-36
For both short and long tail lines, the Company supplements these general approaches with analytically based judgments. Although the Company uses similar actuarial methods for both short tail and long tail lines, the faster reporting of experience for the short tail lines allows the Company to have greater confidence in its estimates of ultimate losses at an earlier stage than for long tail lines. For immature underwriting or accident years, the initial expected loss ratios are key inputs that involve management’s judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including: (1) expected loss ratios developed during the Company’s pricing process; (2) historical loss ratios adjusted for rate change and trend; and (3) industry benchmarks for similar business. These judgments take into account management’s view of past, current and future factors that may influence ultimate losses, including: (1) market conditions; (2) changes in the business underwritten; (3) changes in timing of the emergence of claims; and (4) other factors. The determination of when reported losses are sufficient and credible to warrant selection of an ultimate loss ratio different from the initial expected loss ratio also requires judgment. Carried reserves at each reporting date are the management’s best estimate of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE at that date. The Company completes detailed reserve studies for each exposure group annually for both reinsurance and insurance operations. The completed annual reserve studies are “rolled-forward” for each accounting period until the subsequent reserve study is completed. Analyzing the roll-forward process involves comparing actual reported losses to expected losses based on the most recent reserve study. The Company analyzes significant variances between actual and expected losses and also considers recent market, underwriting and management criteria to determine management’s best estimate of ultimate unpaid losses and LAE. Certain reserves, including losses from widespread catastrophic events, cannot be estimated using traditional actuarial methods. Rather, loss and LAE reserves are estimated by management by completing an in-depth analysis of the individual contracts which may potentially be impacted by the loss. The analysis uses inputs from various sources and methodology, to build up a comprehensive perspective. Such analysis generally involves: (1) estimating the size of insured industry losses; (2) reviewing portfolios to identify contracts which are exposed; (3) reviewing information reported or otherwise provided by customers and brokers; (4) discussing the loss with customers and brokers; and (5) estimating the ultimate expected cost to settle all claims and administrative costs arising from the loss on a contract-by- contract basis and in aggregate for the event. Due to the inherent uniqueness or specific nature of a catastrophic event, each event has its own unique assessment, and different weights may be applied to various inputs based on management’s judgment. Once a loss has occurred, during the then current reporting period, the Company records its best estimate of the ultimate expected cost to settle all claims arising from the loss. The Company’s estimate of loss and LAE reserves is then determined by deducting cumulative paid losses from its estimate of the ultimate expected loss. The Company’s estimate of IBNR is determined by deducting cumulative paid losses, case reserves and additional case reserves from its estimate of the ultimate expected loss. Because catastrophe losses are typically due to prominent, public events such as hurricanes and earthquakes, the Company is often able to use independent reports as part of its loss reserve estimation process. The Company also reviews catastrophe bulletins published by various statistical modeling agencies to assist in determining the size of the industry loss, although these reports may not be available for some time after an event. For smaller events including localized severe weather events such as windstorms, hail, ice, snow, flooding, freezing and tornadoes, which are not necessarily prominent, public occurrences, the Company initially places greater reliance on catastrophe bulletins published by statistical modeling agencies to assist in determining what events occurred during the reporting period than the Company does for large events. This includes reviewing catastrophe bulletins published by Property Claim Services for U.S. catastrophes. The Company sets its initial estimates of reserves for loss and LAE for these smaller events based on a combination of its historical market share for these types of losses and the estimate of the total insured industry property losses as reported by statistical modeling agencies, although management may make significant adjustments based on the Company’s current exposure to the geographic region involved as well as the size of the loss and the peril involved. In general, reserves for the Company’s more recent large losses are subject to greater uncertainty and, therefore, greater potential variability, and are likely to experience material changes from one period to the next. This is due to the uncertainty as to the size of the industry losses, uncertainty as to which contracts have been exposed, uncertainty due to complex legal and coverage issues that can arise out of large or complex losses and uncertainty as to the magnitude of losses and LAE incurred by the Company’s customers. As the Company’s losses age, more information becomes available, and the Company believes its estimates become more certain. The Company continues to receive claims under expired insurance and reinsurance contracts asserting injuries and/or damages relating to or resulting from environmental pollution and hazardous substances, including asbestos. Environmental claims typically assert liability for (a) the mitigation or remediation of environmental contamination or (b) bodily injury or property damage caused by the release of hazardous substances into the land, air or water. Asbestos Table of Contents F-37
claims typically assert liability for bodily injury from exposure to asbestos or for property damage resulting from asbestos or products containing asbestos. The results of run-off A&E exposures are included within the Company’s Other Segment. Our reserves include an estimate of our ultimate liability for A&E claims. There are significant uncertainties surrounding our estimates of our potential losses from A&E claims. Among the uncertainties are: (a) potentially long waiting periods between exposure and manifestation of any bodily injury or property damage; (b) difficulty in identifying sources of asbestos or environmental contamination; (c) difficulty in properly allocating responsibility and/or liability for asbestos or environmental damage; (d) changes in underlying laws and judicial interpretation of those laws; (e) the potential for an asbestos or environmental claim to involve many insurance providers over many policy periods; (f) questions concerning interpretation and application of insurance and reinsurance coverage; and (g) uncertainty regarding the number and identity of insureds with potential asbestos or environmental exposure. Due to the uncertainties discussed above, the ultimate losses attributable to A&E, and particularly asbestos, may be subject to more variability than are non-A&E reserves. The Company’s reserves include an estimate of the Company’s ultimate liability for A&E claims. The Company’s A&E liabilities emanate from Mt. McKinley Insurance Company’s (“Mt. McKinley”), a former wholly owned subsidiary that was sold in 2015, direct insurance business and Everest Re’s assumed reinsurance business. All of the contracts of insurance and reinsurance, under which the Company has received claims during the past three years, expired more than 20 years ago. There are significant uncertainties surrounding the Company’s reserves for its A&E losses. A&E exposures represent a separate exposure group for monitoring and evaluating reserve adequacy. The following table summarizes incurred losses with respect to A&E reserves on both a gross and net of reinsurance basis for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Gross basis: Beginning of period reserves $ 260 $ 247 $ 278 Incurred losses 2 62 — Paid losses (52) (49) (31) End of period reserves $ 209 $ 260 $ 247 Net basis: Beginning of period reserves $ 242 $ 232 $ 257 Incurred losses — 54 — Paid losses (49) (43) (25) End of period reserves $ 193 $ 242 $ 232 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) In 2015, the Company sold Mt. McKinley to Clearwater Insurance Company (“Clearwater”), a subsidiary of Fairfax Financial. Concurrently with the closing, the Company entered into a retrocession treaty with an affiliate of Clearwater. Per the retrocession treaty, the Company retroceded 100% of the liabilities associated with certain Mt. McKinley policies, which related entirely to A&E business and had been reinsured by Bermuda Re. As consideration for entering into the retrocession treaty, Everest Re Bermuda transferred cash of $140 million, an amount equal to the net loss reserves as of the closing date. The maximum liability retroceded under the retrocession treaty will be $440 million, equal to the retrocession payment plus $300 million. The Company will retain liability for any amounts exceeding the maximum liability retroceded under the retrocession treaty. On December 20, 2019, the retrocession treaty was amended and included a partial commutation. As a result of this amendment and partial commutation, gross A&E reserves and correspondingly reinsurance receivable were reduced by $43 million. In addition, the maximum liability permitted to be retroceded increased to $450 million. Reinsurance Recoverables. Reinsurance recoverables for both paid and unpaid losses totaled $5.1 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025, in connection with the ADC reinsurance agreements, $1,253 million was unpaid recoverable from State National Insurance Company, Inc. Additionally at December 31, 2025, $411 million, or 8.1%, was recoverable from Mt. Logan Re collateralized segregated accounts and $289 million, or 5.7%, was recoverable from Munich Reinsurance America, Inc. No other retrocessionaire accounted for more than 5% of our recoverables. Table of Contents F-38
5. REINSURANCE The Company utilizes reinsurance agreements to reduce its exposure to large claims and catastrophic loss occurrences. These agreements provide for recovery from reinsurers of a portion of losses and LAE under certain circumstances without relieving the Company of its underlying obligations to the policyholders. The Company's procedures include carefully selecting its reinsurers, structuring agreements to provide collateral funds where necessary and regularly monitoring the financial condition and ratings of its reinsurers. The Company may hold partial collateral, including letters of credit and funds held, under these agreements. See also Note 1E, Note 4 and Note 11 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. In placing reinsurance, the Company considers the nature of the risk reinsured, including the expected liability payout duration and establishes limits tiered by reinsurer credit rating. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. See Note 1E of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of allowance on reinsurance recoverables. Effective October 1, 2025, the Company’s subsidiaries entered into two adverse development reinsurance agreements, both of which are accounted for as retroactive reinsurance. The agreements reinsure potential adverse loss development for accident years 2024 and prior arising out of the ceding companies’ North American liabilities in the Insurance and Other segment, subject to exclusions for certain liabilities, including among others those related to the A&E reserves included in the Other segment. For additional details on the ADC agreements, refer to Note 4 - Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Insurance companies, including reinsurers, are regulated and hold risk-based capital to mitigate the risk of loss due to economic factors and other risks. Non-U.S. reinsurers are either subject to a capital regime substantively equivalent to domestic insurers or we hold collateral to support collection of reinsurance receivable. As a result, there is limited history of losses from insurer defaults. Premiums written and earned and incurred losses and LAE are comprised of the following for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Written premiums: Direct $ 4,641 $ 5,115 $ 5,031 Assumed 13,065 13,117 11,606 Ceded (2,193) (2,418) (1,907) Net written premiums $ 15,513 $ 15,814 $ 14,730 Premiums earned: Direct $ 4,921 $ 4,977 $ 4,733 Assumed 13,067 12,458 10,518 Ceded (2,429) (2,248) (1,807) Net premiums earned $ 15,560 $ 15,187 $ 13,443 Incurred losses and LAE: Direct $ 4,352 $ 5,465 $ 3,209 Assumed 8,083 7,464 5,870 Ceded (1,698) (1,624) (651) Retroactive reinsurance adjustment (1) 122 — — Net incurred losses and LAE $ 10,859 $ 11,305 $ 8,427 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) The consideration paid ($1.4 billion) exceeds the ceded loss reserves at the inception of the Agreement ($1.3 billion), as a result the Company recognized an immediate pre-tax loss of $122 million in earnings, in accordance with retroactive reinsurance accounting guidance. The Company recognized the loss by writing off the reinsurance recoverable of $122 million, which represents excess compensation for the uncertainty of future claims development, and is not a component of our best estimate of loss reserves. 6. SALE OF RENEWAL RIGHTS On October 26, 2025, the Company entered into a Master Transaction Agreement (the “ROW Master Transaction Agreement”) with American International Group, Inc. (the “Buyer”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to cause (i) Everest International Australia and Singapore branches, (ii) Ireland Insurance UK branch and (iii) Everest National, Everest Indemnity, Everest Security, Everest Premier and Everest Denali, Everest Assurance and Everest Reinsurance Company to Table of Contents F-39
sell to Buyer the renewal rights in respect of certain lines of commercial retail insurance business, subject to certain exclusions as set forth in the ROW Master Transaction Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of $252 million. Pursuant to the ROW Master Transaction Agreement, if the gross written premium paid and payable to the Buyer in respect to the Aggregate Renewed Premiums (as defined in the ROW Master Transaction Agreement) from the closing date of the transaction to December 31, 2027 are less than 80% of the aggregate premiums for the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company will reimburse a portion of the aggregate purchase price under the ROW Master Transaction Agreement to the Buyer based on the relative percentage of such 2025 premiums renewed, which amount shall not exceed $70 million. The closing of the transaction pursuant to the ROW Master Transaction Agreement occurred on October 26, 2025. Upon closing of the transaction, the Company recognized a $204 million gain on sale included in other income (expense) in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. The remaining $47 million was recorded as a liability within Other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 due to significant uncertainty related to factors outside the Company's influence, including the Buyer's underwriting decisions and the period until resolution. The Company also received and recognized $30 million for originating and structuring the transaction in other income (expense) in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. In addition, on October 26, 2025, the Company entered into a Master Transaction Agreement (the “EU Master Transaction Agreement,” and together with the ROW Master Transaction Agreement, the “Master Transaction Agreements”), between the Company and the Buyer, pursuant to which the Company agreed to cause Ireland Insurance to sell to the Buyer, the renewal rights in respect of certain lines of commercial retail insurance business written by Ireland Insurance in certain countries in the European Union, for an aggregate purchase price of $49 million. The closing of the transaction pursuant to the EU Master Transaction Agreement is subject to the receipt of antitrust approvals from the European Commission and other customary closing conditions, which occurred on December 10, 2025. Upon closing of the transaction, the Company recognized a $55 million gain on sale included in other income (expense) in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. Under the Master Transaction Agreements, the Buyer has also agreed to pay the Company a total of $10 million per month for nine months for specified transition services starting January 1, 2026. In addition, as a result of the Master Transaction Agreements, the Company also recorded severance and impairments of capitalized software in the amount of $28 million and $83 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025. Legal expenses and merger and acquisition fees related to the sale were $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. These expenses were recorded in other income (expense) in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. 7. SEGMENT REPORTING The Company conducts business through two reportable segments: Reinsurance and Insurance. The Reinsurance operation writes worldwide property and casualty reinsurance and specialty lines of business, on both a treaty and facultative basis, through reinsurance brokers, as well as directly with ceding companies. Business is written in the U.S., Bermuda, and Ireland offices, as well as, through branches in Canada, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Switzerland. The Insurance operation writes property and casualty insurance directly and through brokers, including for surplus lines, and general agents within the U.S., Bermuda, Canada, Europe, Singapore and South America through its offices in the U.S., Bermuda, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Singapore, the U.K., Ireland, and branches located in Australia, the U.K., the Netherlands, France, Germany, Italy and Spain. The two segments are managed independently, but conform with corporate guidelines with respect to pricing, risk management, control of aggregate catastrophe exposures, capital, investments and support operations. Our two reportable segments each have executive leadership who are responsible for the overall performance of their respective segments and who are directly accountable to our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer of Everest Group, Ltd., who is ultimately responsible for reviewing the business to assess performance, make operating decisions and allocate resources. We report the results of our operations consistent with the manner in which our CODM reviews the business. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company revised its classification and presentation of certain run-off business, previously included within the Reinsurance and Insurance reportable segments, as part of a new segment called "Other". Table of Contents F-40
The Other segment includes the results of our sports and leisure business sold in October 2024, consisting of policies written prior to the sale and polices renewed and certain new business written on the Company’s paper post-sale. It also includes run-off A&E exposures, certain discontinued insurance programs primarily written prior to 2012 and certain discontinued insurance and reinsurance coverage classes. The Other segment does not generally sell insurance or reinsurance products but is responsible for the management of existing policies and settlement of related losses. These segment presentation changes have been reflected retrospectively within this Form 10-K, including Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information. The Company does not review and evaluate the financial results of its segments based upon balance sheet data. Management generally monitors and evaluates the financial performance of these segments based upon their underwriting results. Underwriting results include earned premium less losses and LAE incurred, commission and brokerage expenses and other underwriting expenses. The Company measures its underwriting results using ratios, in particular, loss, commission and brokerage and other underwriting expense ratios, which, respectively, divide incurred losses, commissions and brokerage and other underwriting expenses by premiums earned. Management has determined that these measures are appropriate and align with how the business is managed. We continue to evaluate our segments as our business evolves and may further refine our segments and financial performance measures. The following tables present segment underwriting results for the periods indicated: Year Ended December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Reinsurance Insurance Other Total Gross written premiums $ 12,825 $ 4,790 $ 91 $ 17,706 Net written premiums 11,791 3,638 84 15,513 Premiums earned $ 11,732 $ 3,718 $ 111 $ 15,560 Incurred losses and LAE 7,517 3,050 292 10,859 Commission and brokerage 2,952 488 21 3,461 Other underwriting expenses 291 721 17 1,029 Underwriting gain (loss) $ 972 $ (541) $ (220) $ 211 Net investment income 2,124 Net gains (losses) on investments (143) Corporate expenses (109) Interest, fee and bond issue cost amortization expense (151) Other income (expense) (45) Income (loss) before taxes $ 1,887 Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Reinsurance Insurance Other Total Gross written premiums $ 12,941 $ 5,078 $ 212 $ 18,232 Net written premiums 11,969 3,678 167 15,814 Premiums earned $ 11,412 $ 3,579 $ 197 $ 15,187 Incurred losses and LAE 7,103 3,622 580 11,305 Commission and brokerage 2,837 439 24 3,300 Other underwriting expenses 290 615 33 938 Underwriting gain (loss) $ 1,181 $ (1,097) $ (440) $ (356) Net investment income 1,954 Net gains (losses) on investments 19 Corporate expenses (95) Interest, fee and bond issue cost amortization expense (149) Other income (expense) 121 Income (loss) before taxes $ 1,493 Table of Contents F-41
Year Ended December 31, 2023 (Dollars in millions) Reinsurance Insurance Other Total Gross written premiums $ 11,460 $ 4,888 $ 289 $ 16,637 Net written premiums 10,802 3,704 225 14,730 Premiums earned $ 9,799 $ 3,420 $ 225 $ 13,443 Incurred losses and LAE 5,690 2,471 266 8,427 Commission and brokerage 2,520 410 22 2,952 Other underwriting expenses 254 556 35 846 Underwriting gain (loss) $ 1,334 $ (18) $ (98) $ 1,219 Net investment income 1,434 Net gains (losses) on investments (276) Corporate expenses (73) Interest, fee and bond issue cost amortization expense (134) Other income (expense) (14) Income (loss) before taxes $ 2,154 The following table below presents gross written premiums by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk. United States Europe All other 2025 56 % 27 % 17 % 2024 57 % 25 % 18 % 2023 58 % 24 % 18 % Approximately 22.4%, 21.9% and 20.4% of the Company’s gross written premiums in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were sourced through the Company’s largest intermediary. 8. CREDIT FACILITIES As of December 31, 2025, the Company has multiple active committed letter of credit facilities with a total commitment of up to $1.6 billion, as well as two additional credit facilities denominated in British Pound Sterling and Euros, with total commitments of up to £150 million and €75 million, respectively. The Company also has additional uncommitted letter of credit facilities of up to $240 million which may be accessible via written request and corresponding authorization from the applicable lender. There is no guarantee that the uncommitted capacity will be available to us on a future date. The terms and outstanding amounts for each facility are discussed below. See Note 11 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements for collateral posted related to secured letters of credit. Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility Effective June 10, 2024, Everest Reinsurance (Bermuda) Ltd. (“Bermuda Re”) entered into a Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility”). The agreement provides a commitment for the issuance of up to $500 million of secured letters of credit. Effective June 9, 2025, the Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility was amended to tranche the facility, extend the availability of committed issuance for two years, and to reduce the overall size of the facility. As of December 31, 2025, the amended Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $175 million of unsecured letters of credit and $175 million of secured letters of credit. Table of Contents F-42
The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bank Bilateral LOC Facility - Secured Tranche $ 175 $ 141 12/31/2026 $ 500 $ 455 12/31/2025 Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bank Bilateral LOC Facility - Unsecured Tranche 175 140 12/31/2026 Total Bermuda Re Wells Fargo Bank Bilateral LOC Facility $ 350 $ 280 $ 500 $ 455 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Bermuda Re Citibank Letter of Credit Facility Effective August 9, 2021, Bermuda Re entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with Citibank N.A. (the “Bermuda Re Citibank Letter of Credit Facility”). The Bermuda Re Citibank Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $230 million of secured letters of credit. In addition, the facility provided for the uncommitted issuance of up to $140 million, which may be accessible via written request by the Company and corresponding authorization from Citibank N.A. Effective December 23, 2025, the agreement was amended to extend the availability of committed issuance for an additional two years. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Citibank LOC Facility - Committed $ 230 $ — 1/21/2026 $ 230 $ — 01/21/2025 4 2/28/2026 4 02/28/2025 2 3/1/2026 2 3/1/2025 1 3/15/2026 1 3/15/2025 — 12/16/2026 3 9/23/2025 191 12/31/2026 1 12/1/2025 1 8/15/2027 — 12/16/2025 3 9/23/2027 — 12/20/2025 197 12/31/2025 1 8/15/2026 Bermuda Re Citibank LOC Facility - Uncommitted 140 1 12/1/2026 140 75 12/31/2025 — 12/20/2026 7 12/30/2028 42 12/31/2026 7 12/30/2029 Total Bermuda Re Citibank LOC Facility $ 370 $ 253 $ 370 $ 293 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Secured Credit Facility Effective August 27, 2021, Bermuda Re entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with Bayerische Landesbank (the “Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Secured Credit Facility”). The Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Secured Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $200 million of secured letters of credit. Effective August 16, 2024, the Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Secured Credit Facility was amended to extend the availability of committed issuance for three years. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Secured Credit Facility - Committed $ 200 $ 123 12/31/2026 $ 200 $ 193 12/31/2025 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-43
Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility Effective December 30, 2022, Bermuda Re entered into an additional letter of credit issuance facility with Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch (the “Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility”). The Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $150 million of unsecured letters of credit and is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Group, as Parent Guarantor. Effective December 30, 2024, the Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Unsecured Credit Facility was amended to extend the availability of committed issuance for two years. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Bayerische Landesbank Bilateral Unsecured Credit Facility - Committed $ 150 $ 150 12/31/2026 $ 150 $ 150 12/31/2025 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Bermuda Re Lloyd’s Bank Letter of Credit Facility. Effective December 27, 2023, Bermuda Re entered into an amended and restated letter of credit issuance facility with Lloyd’s Bank Corporate Markets PLC, to add Ireland Insurance as an account party with access to a $15 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit (the “Bermuda Re Lloyd’s Bank Letter of Credit Facility”). Effective August 18, 2025, the Bermuda Re Lloyds Bank Letter of Credit Facility was amended to add Everest Re as an account party and to extend the availability of committed issuance for an additional two years. The Bermuda Re Lloyd’s Bank Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $250 million of unsecured letters of credit and is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Group, as Parent Guarantor. Letters of credit under the Bermuda Re Lloyd’s Bank Letter of Credit Facility may be issued in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros or Sterling. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Lloyd's Bank Credit Facility - Committed $ 250 $ 67 10/22/2026 $ 250 $ 244 12/31/2025 61 12/18/2026 107 12/31/2026 Total Bermuda Re Lloyd's Bank Credit Facility $ 250 $ 235 $ 250 $ 244 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Bermuda Re Barclays Bank Letter of Credit Facility Effective November 3, 2021, Bermuda Re entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with Barclays Bank PLC (the “Bermuda Re Barclays Letter of Credit Facility”). The Bermuda Re Barclays Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $200 million of secured letters of credit. Effective October 30, 2024, the agreement was amended to extend the availability of the committed issuance for an additional three years. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Bermuda Re Barclays Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility $ 200 $ 13 11/14/2026 $ 200 $ 150 12/30/2025 — 5 12/31/2026 — 14 12/31/2025 Total Bermuda Re Barclays Bilateral Letter of Credit Facility $ 200 $ 17 $ 200 $ 164 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Bermuda Re Nordea Bank Letter of Credit Facility Table of Contents F-44
Effective November 21, 2022, Bermuda Re entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with Nordea Bank ABP, New York Branch (the “Nordea Bank Letter of Credit Facility”). The Bermuda Re Nordea Bank Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to $200 million of unsecured letters of credit, and subject to credit approval, uncommitted issuance of $100 million for a maximum total facility amount of $300 million. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Nordea Bank Letter of Credit Facility - Committed $ 200 $ 200 12/31/2026 $ 200 $ 200 12/31/2025 Nordea Bank Letter of Credit Facility - Uncommitted 100 100 12/31/2026 100 100 12/31/2025 Total Nordea Bank ABP, NY LOC Facility $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 $ 300 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Everest International Reinsurance, Ltd. Funds at Lloyds Syndicated Letter of Credit Facility Effective October 30, 2024, Everest International entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with a syndicate of banks including Lloyds Bank plc, Commerzbank AG, London Branch and ING Bank N.V., London Branch (the “Funds at Lloyds Syndicated Letter of Credit Facility”). Effective October 26, 2025, the agreement was extended for an additional one year and amended to £150 million of unsecured letters of credit to support Everest Corporate Member Limited’s Funds at Lloyds requirements. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Pounds in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Funds at Lloyds Syndicated Letter of Credit Facility £ 150 £ 143 11/1/2029 £ 113 £ 107 11/1/2028 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Everest Reinsurance Company (Ireland), dac Commerzbank Letter of Credit Facility Effective December 30, 2024, Ireland Re entered into a letter of credit issuance facility with Commerzbank AG, New York Branch (the “Commerzbank Letter of Credit Facility”). The Commerzbank Letter of Credit Facility provides for the committed issuance of up to €75 million of unsecured letters of credit. Letters of credit under the Commerzbank Letter of Credit Facility may be issued in U.S. dollars or Euros. The following table summarizes the outstanding letters of credit for the periods indicated: (Dollars and Euros in millions) At December 31, 2025 At December 31, 2024 Letter of Credit Facility Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commitment In Use Date of Expiry Commerzbank Letter of Credit Facility € 75 € 51 1/30/2027 € 75 € 20 12/31/2025 $ 25 12/31/2026 $ — 12/26/2026 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Federal Home Loan Bank Membership Everest Re is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), which allows Everest Re to borrow up to 10% of its statutory admitted assets. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re had statutory admitted assets of approximately $32.6 billion which provides borrowing capacity in excess of approximately $3.3 billion. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re had $1.0 billion of borrowings outstanding, which begin to expire in 2026. Everest Re incurred interest expense of $48 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The FHLBNY membership agreement requires that 4.5% of borrowed funds be used to acquire additional membership stock. Additionally, the FHLBNY membership agreement requires that members must have sufficient qualifying collateral pledged. As of December 31, 2025, Everest Re had $1.4 billion of collateral pledged. See Note 11 of the Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements. Table of Contents F-45
9. SENIOR NOTES The table below displays Holdings’ outstanding senior notes (the “Senior Notes”). Fair value is based on quoted market prices, but due to limited trading activity, the Senior Notes are considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Date Issued Date Due Principal Amounts Consolidated Balance Sheet Amount Fair Value Consolidated Balance Sheet Amount Fair Value 4.868% Senior notes 6/5/2014 6/1/2044 $ 400 $ 398 $ 355 $ 398 $ 347 3.5% Senior notes 10/7/2020 10/15/2050 1,000 982 698 982 681 3.125% Senior notes 10/4/2021 10/15/2052 1,000 972 636 971 620 $ 2,400 $ 2,352 $ 1,689 $ 2,350 $ 1,648 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Interest expense incurred in connection with the Senior Notes is as follows for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) Interest Paid Payable Dates 2025 2024 2023 4.868% Senior Notes semi-annually June 1/December 1 $ 19 $ 19 $ 19 3.5% Senior Notes semi-annually April 15/October 15 35 35 35 3.125% Senior Notes semi-annually April 15/October 15 32 32 32 $ 86 $ 86 $ 86 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) 10. LONG-TERM SUBORDINATED NOTES The table below displays Holdings’ outstanding fixed to floating rate long-term subordinated notes (“Subordinated Notes Issued 2007”). Fair value is based on quoted market prices, but due to limited trading activity, the Subordinated Notes Issued 2007 are considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Maturity Date December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in millions) Date Issued Original Principal Amount Scheduled Final Consolidated Balance Sheet Amount Fair Value Consolidated Balance Sheet Amount Fair Value Subordinated Notes Issued 2007 4/26/2007 $ 400 5/15/2037 5/1/2067 $ 218 $ 208 $ 218 $ 215 During the fixed rate interest period from May 3, 2007 through May 14, 2017, interest was at the annual rate of 6.6%, payable semi-annually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2007. During the floating rate interest period from May 15, 2017 through maturity, interest was initially based on the 3-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 238.5 basis points, reset quarterly, payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, subject to Holdings’ right to defer interest on one or more occasions for up to ten consecutive years. Deferred interest will accumulate interest at the applicable rate compounded quarterly for periods from and including May 15, 2017. The reset quarterly interest rate for November 17, 2025 to February 16, 2026 is 6.50%. Following the cessation of LIBOR, for periods from and including August 15, 2023, interest is based on the 3-month Chicago Mercantile Exchange Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus a spread. Holdings may redeem the Subordinated Notes Issued 2007 on or after May 15, 2017, in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest; however, redemption on or after the scheduled maturity date and prior to May 1, 2047 is subject to a replacement capital covenant. This covenant is for the benefit of the Senior Note holders and it mandates that Holdings receive proceeds from the sale of another subordinated debt issue, of at least similar size, before it may redeem the Subordinated Notes Issued 2007. The Company’s Senior Notes are the Company’s long-term indebtedness that rank senior to the Subordinated Notes Issued 2007. Table of Contents F-46
Interest expense incurred in connection with the long-term Subordinated Notes Issued 2007 is as follows for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Interest expense incurred $ 15 $ 17 $ 17 11. COLLATERALIZED REINSURANCE, TRUST AGREEMENTS AND OTHER RESTRICTED ASSETS The Company maintains certain restricted assets as security for potential future obligations, primarily to support its underwriting operations. The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted assets: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Collateral in trust for non-affiliated agreements $ 3,363 $ 3,241 Collateral for secured letter of credit facilities 739 1,386 Collateral for FHLB borrowings 1,418 1,294 Securities on deposit with or regulated by government authorities 1,417 1,406 Funds at Lloyd's 260 341 Funds held by reinsureds 1,326 1,218 Total restricted assets $ 8,522 $ 8,885 Restricted cash is included in cash on the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had restricted cash of $122 million and $397 million, respectively. Total restricted cash includes amounts on deposit in trust accounts for non-affiliated agreements and secured letter of credit facilities. The Company reinsures some of its catastrophe exposures with the segregated accounts of a subsidiary, Mt. Logan Re. Mt. Logan Re is a collateralized insurer registered in Bermuda and 100% of the voting common shares are owned by Group. Each segregated account invests predominantly in a diversified set of catastrophe exposures, diversified by risk/ peril and across different geographic regions globally. The following table summarizes the premiums and losses that are ceded by the Company to Mt. Logan Re segregated accounts and assumed by the Company from Mt. Logan Re segregated accounts. Years Ended December 31, Mt. Logan Re Segregated Accounts 2025 2024 2023 (Dollars in millions) Ceded written premiums 357 433 246 Ceded earned premiums 425 376 242 Ceded losses and LAE 168 188 64 Assumed written premiums 14 10 6 Assumed earned premiums 14 10 6 Assumed losses and LAE — — — The Company entered into various collateralized reinsurance agreements with Kilimanjaro Re Limited (“Kilimanjaro”), a Bermuda-based special purpose reinsurer, to provide the Company with catastrophe reinsurance coverage. These Table of Contents F-47
agreements are multi-year reinsurance contracts which cover named storm and earthquake events. The table below summarizes the various agreements. (Dollars in millions) Class Description Effective Date Expiration Date Limit Coverage Basis Series 2021-1 Class A-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 4/8/2021 4/20/2026 150 Occurrence Series 2021-1 Class B-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 4/8/2021 4/20/2026 90 Aggregate Series 2021-1 Class C-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 4/8/2021 4/20/2026 90 Aggregate Series 2024-1 Class A US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/27/2024 6/30/2028 75 Occurrence Series 2024-1 Class B US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/27/2024 6/30/2028 125 Occurrence Series 2025-1 Class A-1 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/9/2029 105 Aggregate Series 2025-2 Class A-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/8/2030 105 Aggregate Series 2025-1 Class B-1 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/9/2029 120 Aggregate Series 2025-2 Class B-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/8/2030 120 Aggregate Series 2025-1 Class C-1 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/9/2029 170 Occurrence Series 2025-2 Class C-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/8/2030 170 Occurrence Series 2025-1 Class D-1 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/9/2029 105 Occurrence Series 2025-2 Class D-2 US, Canada, Puerto Rico – Named Storm and Earthquake Events 6/26/2025 7/8/2030 105 Occurrence Total available limit as of December 31, 2025 $ 1,530 Recoveries under these collateralized reinsurance agreements with Kilimanjaro are primarily dependent on estimated industry level insured losses from covered events, as well as the geographic location of the events. The estimated industry level of insured losses is obtained from published estimates by an independent recognized authority on insured property losses. Kilimanjaro has financed the various property catastrophe reinsurance coverages by issuing catastrophe bonds to unrelated, external investors. The proceeds from the issuance of the catastrophe bonds are held in reinsurance trusts throughout the duration of the applicable reinsurance agreements and invested solely in U.S. government money market funds with a rating of at least “AAAm” by Standard & Poor’s. The catastrophe bonds’ issue dates, maturity dates and amounts correspond to the reinsurance agreements listed above. 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits, arbitrations and other formal and informal dispute resolution procedures, the outcomes of which will determine the Company’s rights and obligations under insurance and reinsurance agreements. In some disputes, the Company seeks to enforce its rights under an agreement or to collect funds owing to it. In other matters, the Company is resisting attempts by others to collect funds or enforce alleged rights. These disputes arise from time to time and are ultimately resolved through both informal and formal means, including negotiated resolution, arbitration and litigation. In all such matters, the Company believes that its positions are legally and commercially reasonable. The Company considers the statuses of these proceedings when determining its reserves for unpaid loss and LAE. Aside from litigation and arbitrations related to these insurance and reinsurance agreements, the Company is not a party to any other material litigation or arbitration. The Company has entered into separate annuity agreements with Prudential Insurance Company (“Prudential”), an unaffiliated life insurance company, as well as an additional unaffiliated life insurance company in which the Company has either purchased annuity contracts or become the assignee of annuity proceeds that are meant to settle claim payment obligations in the future. In both instances, the Company would become contingently liable if either Prudential or the unaffiliated life insurance company was unable to make payments related to the respective annuity contract. The table below presents the estimated cost to replace all such annuities for which the Company was contingently liable for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Prudential $ 134 $ 136 Other unaffiliated life insurance company $ 31 $ 32 Table of Contents F-48
13. LEASES The Company enters into lease agreements for real estate that is primarily used for office space in the ordinary course of business. These leases are accounted for as operating leases, whereby lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Most leases include an option to extend or renew the lease term. The exercise of the renewal is at the Company’s discretion. The operating lease liability includes lease payments related to options to extend or renew the lease term if the Company is reasonably certain of exercising those options. The Company, in determining the present value of lease payments utilizes either the rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily determinable or the Company’s incremental secured borrowing rate commensurate with terms of the underlying lease. Supplemental information related to operating leases is as follows for the periods indicated: Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Lease expense incurred: Operating lease cost $ 36 $ 32 At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Operating lease right of use assets (1) $ 176 $ 108 Operating lease liabilities (1) 196 126 (1) Operating lease right of use assets and operating lease liabilities are included within other assets and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, respectively. Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Operating cash flows from operating leases $ (24) $ (24) At December 31, 2025 2024 Weighted average remaining operating lease term 10.7 years 9.2 years Weighted average discount rate on operating leases 4.62 % 4.14 % Maturities of the existing lease liabilities are expected to occur as follows: (Dollars in millions) As of December 31, 2026 $ 28 2027 27 2028 24 2029 23 2030 21 Thereafter 125 Undiscounted lease payments 247 Less: present value adjustment 51 Total operating lease liability $ 196 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-49
14. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 (Dollars in millions) Before Tax Tax Effect Net of Tax Before Tax Tax Effect Net of Tax Before Tax Tax Effect Net of Tax URA(D) of securities (1) $ 876 $ (136) $ 740 $ (167) $ 70 $ (97) $ 843 $ (101) $ 743 Reclassification of net realized losses (gains) included in net income (loss) (1) 142 (28) 114 (18) 6 (12) 285 (41) 244 Foreign currency translation and other adjustments 236 6 242 (139) 11 (128) 64 (5) 59 Benefit plan actuarial net gain (loss) (12) 2 (9) 43 (9) 34 19 (4) 15 Reclassification of benefit plan liability amortization included in net income (loss) (2) — (1) (2) — (1) 2 — 2 Total other comprehensive income (loss) $ 1,241 $ (155) $ 1,086 $ (283) $ 79 $ (204) $ 1,214 $ (151) $ 1,063 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) URA(D) of securities and Reclassification of net realized losses (gains) included in net income (loss) include URA(D) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities and equity method investments. The following table presents details of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, Affected line item within the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss)AOCI component 2025 2024 (Dollars in millions) URA(D) of securities (1) $ 142 $ (18) Net gains (losses) on investments (28) 6 Income tax expense (benefit) $ 114 $ (12) Net income (loss) Benefit plan net gain (loss) $ (2) $ (2) Other underwriting expenses — — Income tax expense (benefit) $ (1) $ (1) Net income (loss) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) URA(D) of securities includes URA(D) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities and equity method investments. The following table presents the components of AOCI, net of tax, in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Beginning balance of URA(D) of securities (1) $ (831) $ (723) Current period change in URA(D) of securities 854 (109) Ending balance of URA(D) of securities 23 (831) Beginning balance of foreign currency translation and other adjustments (323) (195) Current period change in foreign currency translation and other adjustments 242 (128) Ending balance of foreign currency translation and other adjustments (81) (323) Beginning balance of benefit plan net gain (loss) 16 (16) Current period change in benefit plan net gain (loss) (10) 33 Ending balance of benefit plan net gain (loss) 6 16 Ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) $ (52) $ (1,138) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) URA(D) of securities includes URA(D) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities and equity method investments. Table of Contents F-50
15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS The Company has a 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (“2020 Employee Plan”), a 2009 Non-Employee Director Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (“2009 Director Plan”), a 2003 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (“2003 Director Plan”) and a 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2025 ESPP”). The 2020 Employee Plan was established in June 2020. Under the 2020 Employee Plan, 1,400,000 common shares have been authorized to be granted as non-qualified share options, share appreciation rights, restricted share awards or performance share unit (“PSU”) awards to officers and key employees of the Company. At December 31, 2025, there were 517,298 remaining shares available to be granted under the 2020 Employee Plan, which includes 257,408 shares related to previous grants from the 2020 Employee Plan that have been forfeited by participants and are now eligible to be re-issued. Through December 31, 2025, only non-qualified share options, restricted share awards and PSU awards had been granted under the employee plans. Under the 2009 Director Plan, 37,439 common shares have been authorized to be granted as share options or restricted share awards to non-employee directors of the Company. At December 31, 2025, there were 34,617 remaining shares available to be granted under the 2009 Director Plan. Under the 2003 Director Plan, 500,000 common shares have been authorized to be granted as share options or share awards to non-employee directors of the Company. At December 31, 2025, there were 252,793 remaining shares available to be granted under the 2003 Director Plan. In May 2025, shareholders approved the ESPP which allows for 500,000 common shares to be issued. No common shares have yet been issued under the ESPP, so all 500,000 are available for issuance as of December 31, 2025. Options and restricted share awards granted under the 2020 Employee Plan prior to January 1, 2024 vest at the earliest of 20% per year over five years or in accordance with any applicable employment agreement. Restricted share awards granted under the 2020 Employee Plan after January 1, 2024 vest at the earliest of 33.30% per year over three years or in accordance with any applicable employment agreement. Restricted share awards granted under the 2003 Director Plan and 2009 Director Plan generally vest at 33% per year over three years, unless an alternate vesting period is authorized by the Board. Options granted under the 2020 Employee Plan have all expired as of September 19, 2022. There are no options outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. PSU awards granted under the 2020 Employee Plan will vest 100% after three years. For PSU awards granted prior to January 1, 2025, the PSU awards represent the right to receive between 0 and 1.75 shares of stock for each unit depending upon performance in relation to certain metrics. For PSU awards granted after January 1, 2025, the PSU awards represent the right to receive between 0 and 2.00 shares of stock for each unit awarded depending upon performance in relation to certain metrics. The PSU metrics generally include operating return on equity for each of the individual years within the performance period, total shareholder return (“TSR”) for each of the individual years within the performance period and growth in book value per share over the three year performance period, compared to designated peer companies. For restricted share awards and PSU awards granted under the 2020 Employee Plan, the 2009 Director Plan and the 2003 Director Plan, share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) was $61 million, $63 million and $49 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The corresponding income tax benefit recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for share-based compensation was $6 million, $8 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2025, a total of 300,709 shares of restricted stock were granted on February 26, 2025, February 27, 2025, March 6, 2025, May 13, 2025, June 23, 2025, August 20, 2025, September 11, 2025 and November 4, 2025 with a fair value of $344.48, $347.23, $359.28, $348.41, $339.93, $341.44, $343.83 and $315.22 per share, respectively. Additionally, 27,204 PSU awards were granted on February 26, 2025, with a fair value of $344.48 per unit. No share options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company recognizes, as an increase to additional paid-in capital, a realized income tax benefit from dividends, charged to retained earnings and paid to employees on equity classified non-vested equity shares. In addition, the amount recognized in additional paid-in capital for the realized income tax benefit from dividends on those awards is included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of additional paid-in capital due to tax benefits from dividends on restricted shares. Table of Contents F-51
The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s restricted non-vested shares and changes for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Restricted (non-vested) Shares Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Outstanding at January 1, 467,185 $ 343.53 461,537 $ 313.05 479,630 $ 268.82 Granted 300,709 344.38 222,196 369.62 181,646 382.01 Vested 163,616 331.37 147,655 292.15 155,110 261.60 Forfeited 111,529 345.22 68,893 333.54 44,629 297.23 Outstanding at December 31, 492,749 347.71 467,185 343.53 461,537 313.05 As of December 31, 2025, there was $122 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock award compensation expense. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years. The total grant-date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, was $54 million, $43 million and $41 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized from the shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $9 million, $9 million and $11 million, respectively. In addition to the 2020 Employee Plan, the 2009 Director Plan and the 2003 Director Plan, Group issued 839 common shares in 2025, 324 common shares in 2024 and 447 common shares in 2023 to the Company’s non-employee directors as compensation for their service as directors. These issuances had aggregate values of $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023. The Company acquired 57,715, 54,537 and 56,832 common shares at a cost of $20 million, $20 million and $22 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, from employees who chose to pay required withholding taxes on restricted share vestings by withholding shares. The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s non-vested PSU awards and changes for the period indicated: Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Performance Share Unit Awards Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Outstanding at January 1, 52,682 $ — 51,000 $ — 54,861 $ — Granted 27,204 344.48 18,713 369.52 14,975 382.39 Increase/(Decrease) on vesting units due to performance (4,967) — 8,354 — (4,063) — Vested 10,446 362.70 24,053 386.81 14,023 340.44 Forfeited 29,491 — 1,332 — 750 — Outstanding at December 31, 34,982 — 52,682 — 51,000 — The Company acquired 4,981, 11,336 and 6,117 common shares at a cost of $2 million, $4 million and $2 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, from employees who chose to pay required withholding taxes on PSU settlements by withholding shares. Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In August 2025, following shareholder approval, the Company implemented an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2025 ESPP”), authorizing the issuance of 500,000 shares under such plan. The ESPP provides employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries with the opportunity to purchase Group common shares at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions during established offering periods. Under this plan, eligible employees of the Company purchase common shares at a discount rate of 15% from the market price per share on the last trading day of the offering period. The ESPP is a compensatory plan, based on the discount rate of 15%. Therefore, consistent with other forms of share- Table of Contents F-52
based payments, compensation cost for equity awarded through the ESPP is measured as the fair value of the award at grant date. 16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Defined Benefit Pension Plans. The Company maintains both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans for its U.S. employees employed prior to April 1, 2010. Generally, the Company computes the benefits based on average earnings over a period prescribed by the plans and credited length of service. The Company’s non-qualified defined benefit pension plan provided compensating pension benefits for participants whose benefits have been curtailed under the qualified plan due to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “IRC”) limitations. Effective January 1, 2018, participants of the Company’s non-qualified defined benefit pension plan no longer accrue additional service benefits. Additionally, on November 15, 2023, the Company's Board approved the termination of the qualified defined benefit pension plan. In June 2024, the Company amended the qualified defined benefit pension plan to freeze all benefits accruals and terminate the plan effective June 30, 2024. Plan participants no longer accrue future plan benefits after June 30, 2024. In the second quarter of 2025, the Company entered into an annuity purchase contract to liquidate the plan and settled substantially all of the pension benefit obligation. Upon termination of the qualified defined benefit pension plan, participants were given the option to receive a lump sum payout or receive payments from the annuity purchaser. In June 2025, the Company executed a lump sum payout of $49 million for a specified group of elected participants and completed the transfer of the agreed-upon annuity contract purchase consideration of $186 million for a total payout of $235 million. Final settlement of the annuity contract purchase occurred in November 2025 at which time the Company was relieved of all remaining plan benefit obligation. Plan assets consist primarily of shares in investment trusts with 100% of the underlying assets consisting of short-term investments. The Company manages the qualified plan investments for U.S. employees. The Company’s contributions to the defined benefit pension plans were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, although such contributions are not required under U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regulations. The following table summarizes the Company’s pension expense for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Pension expense (income) $ (30) $ (15) $ 5 Table of Contents F-53
The following table summarizes the status of these defined benefit plans for U.S. employees for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Change in projected benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 259 $ 295 Service cost — 3 Interest cost 7 14 Actuarial (gain)/loss (19) (17) Curtailment (235) (21) Benefits paid (8) (15) Projected benefit obligation at end of year 3 259 Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 331 308 Actual return on plan assets 7 35 Actual contributions during the year 1 3 Curtailment (235) — Benefits paid (8) (15) Fair value of plan assets at end of year 96 331 Funded status at end of year $ 93 $ 73 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Other assets (due beyond one year) $ 96 $ 76 Other liabilities (due within one year) (1) (1) Other liabilities (due beyond one year) (2) (3) Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets $ 93 $ 73 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Accumulated income (loss) $ (1) $ 9 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) $ (1) $ 9 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-54
Other changes in other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated are as follows: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, prior year $ 9 $ (33) Net gain (loss) arising during period 17 51 Recognition of amortizations in net periodic benefit cost: Actuarial loss (27) (9) Curtailment loss recognized — — Other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, current year $ (1) $ 9 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Net periodic benefit cost for U.S. employees included the following components for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Service cost $ — $ 3 $ 5 Interest cost 7 14 14 Expected return on assets (9) (22) (19) Amortization of actuarial loss from earlier periods — — 4 Settlement (27) (9) — Net periodic benefit cost $ (30) $ (15) $ 5 Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss): Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to change from prior year 10 (42) Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss) $ (20) $ (57) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) In 2025, the weighted average discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost was 4.75% for annuities and ranged from 4.66% to 5.57% for lump sums. The weighted average discount rates used to determine net periodic benefit cost for 2024 and 2023 were 5.00% and 5.25%, respectively. The rate of compensation increase used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for January 2024 through April 2024 was 4.00%. The net periodic benefit cost was remeasured at May 1, 2024 due to plan curtailment. Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to calculate the net periodic benefit cost for May 2024 through December 2024. The rate of compensation increase used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for 2023 was 4.00%. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for 2025, 2024 and 2023 was 4.25%, 7.25% and 7.00% respectively. The weighted average discount rates used to determine the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation for 2023 was 5.00%. In 2024, the weighted average discount rate used to determine the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation, based on plan termination rates, was 4.75% for annuities and ranged from 4.66% to 5.57% for lump sums. The following table summarizes the accumulated benefit obligation for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Qualified Plan $ — $ 255 Non-qualified Plan 3 3 Total $ 3 $ 259 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-55
The following table displays the plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Non-qualified Plan Projected benefit obligation $ 3 $ 3 Fair value of plan assets — — The following table displays the plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Non-qualified Plan Accumulated benefit obligation $ 3 $ 3 Fair value of plan assets — — The following table displays the expected benefit payments for the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan in the periods indicated: (Dollars in millions) 2026 $ 1 2027 1 2028 — 2029 — 2030 — Next 5 years 1 The fair value measurement levels for the qualified plan assets were all categorized as Level 1 short-term investments with a fair value of $96 million and $331 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. No contributions were made to the qualified pension benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Defined Contribution Plans. The Company also maintains both qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans (“Savings Plan” and “Non- Qualified Savings Plan”, respectively) covering U.S. employees. Under the plans, the Company contributes up to a maximum 3% of the participants’ compensation based on the contribution percentage of the employee. The Non- Qualified Savings Plan provides compensating savings plan benefits for participants whose benefits have been curtailed under the Savings Plan due to IRC limitations. In addition, effective for new hires (and rehires) on or after April 1, 2010, the Company will contribute between 3% and 8% of an employee’s earnings for each payroll period based on the employee’s age. These contributions will be 100% vested after three years. The Company incurred expenses related to these plans of $27 million, $26 million and $22 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, the Company maintains several defined contribution pension plans covering non-U.S. employees. Each international office maintains a separate plan for the non-U.S. employees working in that location. The Company contributes various amounts based on salary, age and/or years of service. In the current year, the contributions as a percentage of salary for the international offices ranged from 4.3% to 21.1%. The contributions are generally used to purchase pension benefits from local insurance providers. The Company incurred expenses related to these plans of $14 million, $9 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Post-Retirement Plan. The Company sponsors a Retiree Health Plan for employees employed prior to April 1, 2010. This plan provides healthcare benefits for eligible retired employees (and their eligible dependents), who have elected coverage. The Company anticipates that most covered employees will become eligible for these benefits if they retire while working for Table of Contents F-56
the Company. The cost of these benefits is shared with the retiree. The Company accrues the post-retirement benefit expense during the period of the employee’s service. A medical cost trend rate of 7.50% in 2025 was assumed to decrease gradually to 4.75% in 2033 and then remain at that level. The post-retirement benefit expenses incurred by the Company were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The following table summarizes the status of this plan for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Change in projected benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 21 $ 22 Service cost — — Interest cost 1 1 Amendments — — Actuarial (gain)/loss 2 (1) Benefits paid (1) (1) Benefit obligation at end of year 24 21 Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year — — Employer contributions 1 1 Benefits paid (1) (1) Fair value of plan assets at end of year — — Funded status at end of year $ (24) $ (21) Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Other liabilities (due within one year) $ (1) $ (1) Other liabilities (due beyond one year) (23) (21) Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets $ (24) $ (21) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated: At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Accumulated income (loss) $ 8 $ 11 Accumulated prior service credit (cost) — — Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) $ 8 $ 12 Other changes in other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated are as follows: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, prior year $ 12 $ 12 Net gain (loss) arising during period (2) 1 Prior Service credit (cost) arising during period — — Recognition of amortizations in net periodic benefit cost: Actuarial loss (gain) (1) (1) Prior service cost — — Other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, current year $ 8 $ 12 Table of Contents F-57
Net periodic benefit cost included the following components for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 2023 Service cost $ — $ — $ 1 Interest cost 1 1 1 Prior service credit recognition — — — Net gain recognition (1) (1) (2) Net periodic cost $ — $ — $ (1) Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss): Other comprehensive gain (loss) attributable to change from prior year 3 1 Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss) $ 3 $ — (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The weighted average discount rates used to determine net periodic benefit cost for 2025, 2024 and 2023 were 5.64%, 5.00% and 5.25%, respectively. The weighted average discount rates used to determine the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation at year-end 2025, 2024 and 2023 were 5.53%, 5.64% and 5.00%, respectively. The following table displays the expected benefit payments in the years indicated: (Dollars in millions) 2026 $ 1 2027 1 2028 1 2029 1 2030 2 Next 5 years 8 17. INCOME TAXES On December 27, 2023, the Government of Bermuda enacted the Corporate Income Tax Act 2023 (the “2023 Act”), which will apply a 15% corporate income tax to certain Bermuda businesses in fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2025. The 2023 Act includes a provision referred to as “The Economic Transition Adjustment” (the “ETA”), which is intended to provide a fair and equitable transition into the new tax regime, and results in a deferred tax benefit for the Company. However, on January 15, 2025, the OECD issued guidance related to “deferred tax assets arising from tax benefits provided by General Government” restricting the utilization of those deferred tax benefits against the computation of its Pillar Two Global Minimum Taxes to approximately 20% of the originally calculated amounts and only for a grace period of two years through 2026. If the Bermuda Ministry of Finance amends the 2023 Act in response to this guidance, the exact impact of any such amendments is uncertain but there is a risk that it results in a reduction in the Company's deferred tax assets. All of the income of Group's non-Bermuda subsidiaries is subject to the applicable federal, foreign, state and local taxes on corporations. Additionally, the income of the foreign branches of the Company's insurance operating companies is subject to various rates of income tax. Group's U.S. subsidiaries conduct business in and are subject to taxation in the U.S. Should the U.S. subsidiaries distribute current or accumulated earnings and profits in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to an accrual of 5% U.S. withholding tax. There has been no withholding tax accrued with respect to such unremitted earnings as management has no intention of remitting them as of December 31, 2025. The cumulative amount that would be subject to withholding tax, if distributed, is not practicable to compute. The provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) has been determined in accordance with the individual income of each entity and the respective applicable tax laws. The provision reflects the permanent differences between financial and taxable income relevant to each entity. Table of Contents F-58
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures”, which the Company has adopted effective January 1, 2025, on a prospective basis. ASU 2023-09 enhances the transparency of income tax reporting by requiring, among other items, further disaggregation of the rate reconciliation and additional information on income taxes paid by jurisdiction as shown in the tables below. The adoption did not have an impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. The significant components of the provision are as follows for the periods indicated: Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 Current tax expense (benefit): Bermuda $ 74 Non-Bermuda 265 Total current tax expense (benefit) 339 Deferred tax expense (benefit): Bermuda (9) Non-Bermuda (34) Total deferred tax expense (benefit) (42) Total income tax expense (benefit) $ 296 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The significant components of the provision for the years ended 2024 and 2023 remain on the originally as-filed basis prior to the adoption of the Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures standard: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2024 2023 Current tax expense (benefit): U.S. $ 152 $ 284 Non-U.S. 19 7 Total current tax expense (benefit) 171 291 Deferred tax expense (benefit): U.S. (52) (76) Non-U.S. 1 (578) Total deferred tax expense (benefit) (51) (654) Total income tax expense (benefit) $ 120 $ (363) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-59
The rate reconciliation for income taxes is disclosed under ASU 2023-09 for the period indicated: Year Ended December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Bermuda Non-Bermuda Underwriting gain (loss) $ 452 $ (241) Net investment income 628 1,497 Net realized gain (loss) (54) (89) Realized loss derivative event — — Corporate expense (73) (36) Interest, fees and bond issue cost amortization expense — (151) Other income (expense) (40) (6) Pre-tax income (loss) $ 913 $ 974 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Year Ended December 31, 2025 (Dollars in millions) Amount Percent Expected tax provision at Bermuda statutory tax rate $ 283 15.00 % Foreign tax effects United Kingdom Statutory tax rate difference between United Kingdom and Bermuda 10 0.51 % Effect of cross-border tax laws 41 2.20 % Other 34 1.78 % United States Statutory tax rate difference between United States and Bermuda 64 3.39 % Return to provision adjustment (30) (1.57) % Tax credits (44) (2.33) % Insurance corporate-owned life insurance (27) (1.42) % Other 4 0.22 % Spain Statutory tax rate difference between Spain and Bermuda — (0.03) % Effect of cross-border tax laws 16 0.82 % Other 4 0.23 % Canada Statutory tax rate difference between Canada and Bermuda 8 0.45 % Other 7 0.36 % Other Foreign Jurisdictions 1 0.07 % Effect of cross-border tax laws — State and local income taxes, net of federal — Tax credits (17) (0.90) % Changes in valuation allowances — Nontaxable or nondeductible items 4 0.21 % Changes in unrecognized tax benefits — Other adjustments 12 0.64 % Effective Tax Rate, subtotal $ 370 19.62 % Effect of changes in tax laws or rates enacted in the current period Bermuda Corporate Income Tax Act - Amendment 2025 (74) (3.92) % Effective Tax Rate, total $ 296 15.70 % (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Table of Contents F-60
The Company made the following net tax payments after the adoption of ASU 2023-09 for the period indicated: Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 Corporate income tax $ 76 Foreign United Kingdom 35 Canada 20 Other 18 Total taxes paid $ 150 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) The weighted average expected tax provision has been calculated using the pre-tax income (loss) in each jurisdiction multiplied by that jurisdiction's applicable statutory tax rate. Reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at the weighted average tax rate for the years ended 2024 and 2023 remain on the originally as-filed basis prior to the adoption of the improvements to income tax disclosures standard and are provided below: Years Ended December 31, 2024 2023 (Dollars in millions) U.S. Non-U.S. U.S. Non-U.S. Underwriting gain (loss) $ (891) $ 536 $ 533 $ 686 Net investment income 1,219 734 954 479 Net realized capital gains (losses) 34 (15) (190) (86) Net derivative gain (loss) — — — 1 Corporate expenses (19) (76) (18) (55) Interest, fee and bond issue cost amortization expense (150) 1 (134) — Other income (expense) 64 57 (13) (3) Pre-tax income (loss) $ 257 $ 1,237 $ 1,132 $ 1,022 Expected tax provision at the applicable statutory rate(s) 54 19 238 26 Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from: Tax exempt income (1) — (3) — Dividend received deduction (3) — (2) — Proration 1 — 1 — Affiliated preferred stock dividends 7 — 7 — Creditable foreign premium tax (14) — (14) — Share-based compensation tax benefits formerly in APIC (1) — (3) — BEAT Tax 66 — — — Valuation allowance — — — (13) Bermuda corporate income tax — — — (578) Insurance corporate-owned life insurance (18) — (13) — Other 9 1 (3) (6) Total income tax provision $ 100 $ 20 $ 208 $ (571) (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no uncertain tax positions. The Company’s 2014 through 2018 U.S. Federal tax returns are under audit by the IRS. Over several years, the Company received and responded to a number of Information Document Requests. In 2023, the IRS issued several Notice(s) of Proposed Adjustment and then a draft Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”). In 2024, the Company responded to the RAR with additional information which the IRS has been processing. The IRS requested, and we have signed, an extension of the audit to September 30, 2026. Table of Contents F-61
For tax years 2019, 2020, and 2021, the Statute of Limitations has expired and, thus, the Federal income tax return for those years is no longer subject to IRS examination except to the extent the Company files an amended return. Tax years 2022, 2023, and 2024 are open for examination by the U.S. Federal income tax jurisdiction. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of the temporary differences between the value of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes, and such values are measured by the U.S. tax laws and regulations. The principal items making up the net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) are as follows for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Deferred tax assets: Bermuda economic transition adjustment $ 483 $ 536 Loss reserves 342 313 Unearned premium reserves 152 152 Depreciation 64 55 Amortization 41 — Lease liability 36 23 Net operating loss carryforward 24 24 Investment impairments 16 10 Equity compensation 10 10 Foreign tax credits 7 16 Net unrealized investment losses 6 138 Unrealized foreign currency losses — 35 Capital loss carryforward — 14 Other assets 25 21 Total deferred tax assets 1,206 1,347 Deferred tax liabilities: Deferred acquisition costs 176 171 Partnership investments 40 43 Right of use asset 32 19 Deferred investment income 20 12 Benefit plan asset 13 — Net fair value income — 74 Other liabilities 25 13 Total deferred tax liabilities 306 332 Net deferred tax assets 900 1,015 Less: Valuation allowance (28) (25) Total net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) (1) $ 872 $ 990 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) The Company has net current tax receivable and net deferred tax asset of $43 million and $872 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2025, totaling to an income tax asset, net of $915 million as presented in consolidated balance sheets. The net current tax receivable of $43 million represents a gross federal and state tax receivable of $118 million offset by foreign tax payable of $75 million. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $28 million and $25 million of Valuation Allowances (“VA”), respectively. The VA is a result of our conclusion under U.S. GAAP accounting principles that the Australia, Colombia, Italy, France, Mexico, Singapore, Spain, and U.K. jurisdictions could not demonstrate that it was more likely than not that the related deferred tax assets will be realized. This was primarily due to factors such as cumulative operating losses in recent years, cumulative capital losses and, therefore, an inability to demonstrate overall profitability within the specific jurisdiction. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded an overall increase in its VA of $3 million. Tax effected U.K. Net Operating Losses (“NOLs”) of $12 million do not expire. Tax effected Spanish NOLs of $3 million do not expire. The remaining tax effected NOLs of $9 million arose in various jurisdictions and do not expire. Note that not all NOLs had a VA up against them. Table of Contents F-62
For tax years 2019, 2020, and 2021, the Statute of Limitations has expired and, thus, the Federal income tax return for those years is no longer subject to IRS examination except to the extent the Company files an amended return. Tax years 2022, 2023, and 2024 are open for examination by the U.S. Federal income tax jurisdiction. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of the temporary differences between the value of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes, and such values are measured by the U.S. tax laws and regulations. The principal items making up the net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) are as follows for the periods indicated: Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 2024 Deferred tax assets: Bermuda economic transition adjustment $ 483 $ 536 Loss reserves 342 313 Unearned premium reserves 152 152 Depreciation 64 55 Amortization 41 — Lease liability 36 23 Net operating loss carryforward 24 24 Investment impairments 16 10 Equity compensation 10 10 Foreign tax credits 7 16 Net unrealized investment losses 6 138 Unrealized foreign currency losses — 35 Capital loss carryforward — 14 Other assets 25 21 Total deferred tax assets 1,206 1,347 Deferred tax liabilities: Deferred acquisition costs 176 171 Partnership investments 40 43 Right of use asset 32 19 Deferred investment income 20 12 Benefit plan asset 13 — Net fair value income — 74 Other liabilities 25 13 Total deferred tax liabilities 306 332 Net deferred tax assets 900 1,015 Less: Valuation allowance (28) (25) Total net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) (1) $ 872 $ 990 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) The Company has net current tax receivable and net deferred tax asset of $43 million and $872 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2025, totaling to an income tax asset, net of $915 million as presented in consolidated balance sheets. The net current tax receivable of $43 million represents a gross federal and state tax receivable of $118 million offset by foreign tax payable of $75 million. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $28 million and $25 million of Valuation Allowances (“VA”), respectively. The VA is a result of our conclusion under U.S. GAAP accounting principles that the Australia, Colombia, Italy, France, Mexico, Singapore, Spain, and U.K. jurisdictions could not demonstrate that it was more likely than not that the related deferred tax assets will be realized. This was primarily due to factors such as cumulative operating losses in recent years, cumulative capital losses and, therefore, an inability to demonstrate overall profitability within the specific jurisdiction. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded an overall increase in its VA of $3 million. Tax effected U.K. Net Operating Losses (“NOLs”) of $12 million do not expire. Tax effected Spanish NOLs of $3 million do not expire. The remaining tax effected NOLs of $9 million arose in various jurisdictions and do not expire. Note that not all NOLs had a VA up against them. Table of Contents F-62 At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $7 million and $16 million respectively of foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards. In 2025, there were approximately no U.S. FTCs and $7 million of non-US FTCs. The U.S. FTCs expire in 2034. The non-U.S. FTCs do not expire. The Company follows ASU 2016-09 regarding the treatment of the tax effects of share-based compensation transactions. ASU 2016-09 required that the income tax effects of restricted stock vestings and stock option exercises resulting from the change in value of share-based compensation awards between the grant date and settlement (vesting/exercise) date be recorded as part of income tax expense (benefit) within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Per ASU 2016-09, the Company recorded excess tax benefits related to restricted stock vestings and stock option exercises that were not significant as part of income tax expense (benefit) within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in 2025, 2024 and, 2023, respectively. ASU 2016-09 does not impact the accounting treatment of tax benefits related to dividends on restricted stock. The tax benefits related to the payment of dividends on restricted stock have been recorded as part of additional paid-in capital in the shareholders' equity section of the consolidated balance sheets in all years. The tax benefits related to the payment of dividends on restricted stock were $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 18. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS AND STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION Group and its operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory restrictions, including the amount of dividends that may be paid and the level of capital that the operating entities must maintain. These regulatory restrictions are based upon statutory capital as opposed to GAAP basis equity or net assets. Group and one of its primary operating subsidiaries, Bermuda Re, are regulated by Bermuda law and its other primary operating subsidiary, Everest Re, is regulated by Delaware law. Bermuda Re is subject to the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (“BSCR”) administered by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) and Everest Re is subject to the Risk-Based Capital Model (“RBC”) developed by the U.S. National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). These models represent the aggregate regulatory restrictions on net assets and statutory capital and surplus. Dividend Restrictions. Under Bermuda law, Group is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if such payment would reduce the realizable value of its assets to an amount less than the aggregate value of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium (additional paid-in capital) accounts. Group’s ability to pay dividends and its operating expenses is dependent upon dividends from its subsidiaries. Under Bermuda law, Bermuda Re is prohibited from declaring or making payment of a dividend if it fails to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio. As a long-term insurer, Bermuda Re is also unable to declare or pay a dividend to anyone who is not a policyholder unless, after payment of the dividend, the value of the assets in their long-term business fund, as certified by their approved actuary, exceeds their liabilities for long term business by at least the $500,000 minimum solvency margin. Prior approval of the BMA is required if Bermuda Re’s dividend payments would exceed 25% of their prior year-end total statutory capital and surplus. Bermuda Re prepares its statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in Bermuda in The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and related regulations. The statutory capital and surplus of Bermuda Re was $4.2 billion and $4.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The statutory net income of Bermuda Re was $0.6 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Delaware law provides that an insurance company which is a member of an insurance holding company system and is domiciled in the state shall not pay dividends without giving prior notice to the Insurance Commissioner of Delaware and may not pay dividends without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner if the value of the proposed dividend, together with all other dividends and distributions made in the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net income, not including realized capital gains, each as reported in the prior year’s statutory annual statement. In addition, no dividend may be paid in excess of unassigned earned surplus. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, the maximum amount that will be available for the payment of dividends by Everest Re without triggering the requirement for prior approval of regulatory authorities in connection with a dividend is $886 million. Table of Contents F-63
Statutory Financial Information. Everest Re prepares its statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the NAIC and the Delaware Insurance Department. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. The capital and statutory surplus of Everest Re was $8.9 billion and $8.1 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The statutory net income of Everest Re was $837 million, $74 million and $877 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. There are certain regulatory and contractual restrictions on the ability of Holdings’ operating subsidiaries to transfer funds to Holdings in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The insurance laws of the State of Delaware, where Holdings’ direct insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, require regulatory approval before those subsidiaries can pay dividends or make loans or advances to Holdings that exceed certain statutory thresholds. Capital Restrictions. In Bermuda, Bermuda Re is subject to the BSCR administered by the BMA. No regulatory action is taken if an insurer’s capital and surplus is equal to or in excess of their enhanced capital requirement determined by the BSCR model. In addition, the BMA has established a target capital level for each insurer, which is 120% of the enhanced capital requirement. In the United States, Everest Re is subject to the RBC developed by the NAIC which determines an authorized control level risk-based capital. As long as the total adjusted capital is 200% or more of the authorized control level capital, no action is required by the Company. The regulatory targeted capital and the actual statutory capital for Bermuda Re and Everest Re were as follows: Bermuda Re (1) Everest Re (2) At December 31, At December 31, (Dollars in millions) 2025 ⁽³⁾ 2024 2025 2024 Regulatory targeted capital $ — $ 3,151 $ 5,119 $ 4,799 Actual capital $ 4,209 $ 4,323 $ 8,856 $ 8,126 (1) Regulatory targeted capital represents the target capital level from the applicable year's BSCR calculation. (2) Regulatory targeted capital represents 200% of the RBC authorized control level calculation for the applicable year. (3) The 2025 BSCR calculation is not yet due to be completed; however, the Company anticipates that Bermuda Re's December 31, 2025 actual capital will exceed the targeted capital level. 19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS The Company has evaluated known recognized and non-recognized subsequent events. The Company does not have any subsequent events to report. Table of Contents F-64
SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS — OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES December 31, 2025 Column A Column B Column C Column D (Dollars in millions) Cost Fair Value Amount Shown in Balance Sheet Fixed maturities - available for sale U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and corporations $ 845 $ 830 $ 830 Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions 45 41 41 Corporate securities 9,913 9,882 9,882 Asset-backed securities 5,094 5,077 5,077 Mortgage-backed securities: Agency commercial 404 412 412 Non-agency commercial 1,151 1,121 1,121 Agency residential 5,544 5,465 5,465 Non-agency residential 1,689 1,721 1,721 Foreign government securities 2,400 2,371 2,371 Foreign corporate securities 7,535 7,653 7,653 Total fixed maturities-available for sale 34,620 34,573 34,573 Fixed maturities - held to maturity Foreign corporate securities 79 84 78 Corporate securities 166 169 164 Asset-backed securities 328 322 325 Mortgage-backed securities: Commercial — — — Total fixed maturities-held to maturity 573 576 567 Equity securities - at fair value (1) 179 180 180 Short-term investments 2,994 2,994 2,994 Other invested assets 5,796 5,796 5,796 Cash 1,318 1,318 1,318 Total investments and cash $ 45,481 $ 45,437 $ 45,429 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) (1) Original cost does not reflect fair value adjustments, which have been realized through the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Table of Contents S-1
SCHEDULE II — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS December 31, (In millions of U.S. dollars, except par value per share) 2025 2024 ASSETS: Other invested assets (cost: 2025, $207; 2024, $63) $ 207 $ 63 Short-term investments — 8 Cash 6 5 Investment in subsidiaries, at equity in the underlying net assets 16,648 15,329 Long-term notes receivable, affiliated 600 600 Receivable from subsidiaries 65 17 Income tax asset, net 2 — Other assets 40 37 TOTAL ASSETS $ 17,569 $ 16,059 LIABILITIES: Long-term notes payable, affiliated $ 2,073 $ 2,173 Due to subsidiaries 29 9 Other liabilities 6 2 Total liabilities 2,108 2,184 SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: Preferred shares, par value: $0.01; 50.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding — — Common shares, par value: $0.01; 200.0 shares authorized; (2025) 74.4 and (2024) 74.3 outstanding before treasury shares 1 1 Additional paid-in capital 3,852 3,812 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax expense (benefit) of ($23) at 2025 and $(177) at 2024 (52) (1,138) Treasury shares, at cost; 33.7 shares (2025) and 31.3 shares (2024) (4,906) (4,108) Retained earnings 16,565 15,309 Total shareholders' equity 15,461 13,875 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 17,569 $ 16,059 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) See notes to consolidated financial statements. S-2
SCHEDULE II — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 (Dollars in millions) REVENUES: Net investment income $ 31 $ 5 $ 4 Other income (expense) 74 7 8 Net income (loss) of subsidiaries 1,658 1,510 2,641 Total revenues 1,762 1,522 2,653 EXPENSES: Interest expense - affiliated 100 77 87 Other expenses 73 71 49 Total expenses 174 148 136 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES 1,589 1,373 2,517 Income tax expense (benefit) (3) — — NET INCOME (LOSS) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2,517 Other comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries, net of tax 1,086 (204) 1,063 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) $ 2,678 $ 1,169 $ 3,580 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) See notes to consolidated financial statements. S-3
SCHEDULE II — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in millions, except share amounts) 2025 2024 2023 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss) $ 1,591 $ 1,373 $ 2,517 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Decrease (increase) in income taxes (2) — — Equity in retained (earnings) deficit of subsidiaries (1,658) (1,510) (2,641) Cash dividends received from subsidiaries 1,547 969 365 Change in other assets and liabilities, net (29) 7 (8) Increase (decrease) in due to/from affiliates (29) (3) 2 Non-cash compensation expense 3 2 3 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 1,424 839 238 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Additional investment in subsidiaries (121) (161) (377) Proceeds from fixed maturities sold - available for sale — — 23 Distribution from other invested assets 1,243 826 441 Cost of fixed maturities acquired - available for sale — — (23) Cost of other invested assets acquired (1,387) (852) (479) Net change in short-term investments 8 (8) — Proceeds from repayment of long term notes receivable - affiliated — 50 50 (Issuance) of long term notes receivable - affiliated — (600) (100) Proceeds from sale of renewal rights 30 — — Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (228) (745) (465) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Common shares issued during the period, net 38 36 23 Proceeds from public offering of common shares — — 1,445 Purchase of treasury shares (797) (200) — Dividends paid to shareholders (335) (334) (288) Proceeds from issuance (cost of repayment) of long term notes payable - affiliated (100) 400 (965) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (1,195) (98) 215 EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH — — — Net increase (decrease) in cash 1 (4) (13) Cash, beginning of period 5 9 22 Cash, end of period $ 6 $ 5 $ 9 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) See notes to consolidated financial statements. S-4 SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION i.) The accompanying condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes of Everest Group, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. ii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $300 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Company, an affiliated company, as of December, 2019. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 1.69% and was scheduled to mature in December 2028. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. iii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $200 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Company, an affiliated company, as of August 2021. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 1.00% and was scheduled to mature in August 2030. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. iv.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $215 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, as of June 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 3.11% and was scheduled to mature in June 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. v.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $125 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 4.34% and was scheduled to mature in June 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. vi.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $125 million long-term note agreement with Everest International Reinsurance, an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 4.34% and was scheduled to mature in December 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. vii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.8 billion long-term note agreement with Everest Preferred International Holdings, an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note will pay interest quarterly at a rate of 4.34% and is scheduled to mature in December 2052. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long- term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. viii.)Everest Group, Ltd. issued a $100 million long-term note agreement to Everest Reinsurance Bermuda, an affiliated company, as of May 2023. The note will pay interest annually at a rate of 3.72% and is scheduled to mature in May 2053. Everest Reinsurance Bermuda repaid $50 million to Everest Group, Ltd. in September 2023 and $50 million in May 2024 and the note is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2024. ix.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.5 billion revolving loan facility with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, and funded a $600 million long-term note. The note will pay interest semi- annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long-term notes receivable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. x.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $500 million revolving loan facility with Everest International Reinsurance, an affiliated company, and drew down $100 million under a long-term note. The note will pay interest semi-annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long-term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. xi.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.0 billion revolving loan facility with Everest Reinsurance Bermuda, an affiliated company and drew down $300 million under a long-term note. The note will pay interest semi-annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. During 2025, Everest Group, Ltd. drew down an additional $175 million in the first quarter and repaid $275 million in December, leaving $200 million outstanding as of December 31, 2025. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long- term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. S-5
SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION i.) The accompanying condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes of Everest Group, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. ii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $300 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Company, an affiliated company, as of December, 2019. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 1.69% and was scheduled to mature in December 2028. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. iii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $200 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Company, an affiliated company, as of August 2021. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 1.00% and was scheduled to mature in August 2030. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. iv.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $215 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, as of June 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 3.11% and was scheduled to mature in June 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. v.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $125 million long-term note agreement with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 4.34% and was scheduled to mature in June 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. vi.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $125 million long-term note agreement with Everest International Reinsurance, an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note was scheduled to pay interest annually at a rate of 4.34% and was scheduled to mature in December 2052. However, the note was paid off in full in May 2023 and is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2023. vii.) Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.8 billion long-term note agreement with Everest Preferred International Holdings, an affiliated company, as of December 2022. The note will pay interest quarterly at a rate of 4.34% and is scheduled to mature in December 2052. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long- term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. viii.)Everest Group, Ltd. issued a $100 million long-term note agreement to Everest Reinsurance Bermuda, an affiliated company, as of May 2023. The note will pay interest annually at a rate of 3.72% and is scheduled to mature in May 2053. Everest Reinsurance Bermuda repaid $50 million to Everest Group, Ltd. in September 2023 and $50 million in May 2024 and the note is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2024. ix.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.5 billion revolving loan facility with Everest Reinsurance Holdings, Inc., an affiliated company, and funded a $600 million long-term note. The note will pay interest semi- annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long-term notes receivable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. x.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $500 million revolving loan facility with Everest International Reinsurance, an affiliated company, and drew down $100 million under a long-term note. The note will pay interest semi-annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long-term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. xi.) In December 2024, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into a $1.0 billion revolving loan facility with Everest Reinsurance Bermuda, an affiliated company and drew down $300 million under a long-term note. The note will pay interest semi-annually at a rate of 4.30% and is scheduled to mature in December 2027. During 2025, Everest Group, Ltd. drew down an additional $175 million in the first quarter and repaid $275 million in December, leaving $200 million outstanding as of December 31, 2025. At December 31, 2025, this transaction was included within long- term notes payable, affiliated in the condensed balance sheets of Everest Group, Ltd. S-5
xii.) Everest Group, Ltd. has invested funds in the segregated accounts of Mt. Logan Re, an affiliated entity. On the condensed balance sheets, investments in Mt. Logan Re valued at $35 million and $39 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, have been recorded within other assets. On the condensed statements of operations, income (expense) of $7 million, $8 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, have been recorded in other income (expense). xiii.)On October 26, 2025, Everest Group, Ltd. entered into definitive agreements to sell the renewal rights for certain lines of the commercial retail insurance business in the U.S., U.K., E.U. and Asia Pacific to American International Group, Inc. On the condensed statements of operations, income from the sale of renewal rights of $68 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 has been recorded in other income (expense). S-6
SCHEDULE III — SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Column F Column G Column H Column I Column J Deferred Acquisition Costs Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Unearned Premium Reserves Premiums Earned Net Investment Income Incurred Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs Other Operating Expenses Net Written Premium Segment (Dollars in millions) As of and Year Ended December 31, 2025 Reinsurance $ 1,258 $ 22,730 $ 4,747 $ 11,732 $ 1,376 $ 7,517 $ 2,952 $ 291 $ 11,791 Insurance 280 10,203 2,495 3,718 658 3,050 488 721 3,638 Other 8 1,379 32 111 90 292 21 17 84 Total $ 1,546 $ 34,312 $ 7,275 $ 15,560 $ 2,124 $ 10,859 $ 3,461 $ 1,029 $ 15,513 As of and Year Ended December 31, 2024 Reinsurance $ 1,185 $ 19,708 $ 4,621 $ 11,412 $ 1,255 $ 7,103 $ 2,837 $ 290 $ 11,969 Insurance 270 8,841 2,635 3,579 605 3,622 439 615 3,678 Other 6 1,340 68 197 94 580 24 33 167 Total $ 1,461 $ 29,889 $ 7,324 $ 15,187 $ 1,954 $ 11,305 $ 3,300 $ 938 $ 15,814 As of and Year Ended December 31, 2023 Reinsurance $ 967 $ 17,327 $ 4,009 $ 9,799 $ 984 $ 5,690 $ 2,520 $ 254 $ 10,802 Insurance 271 6,338 2,504 3,420 391 2,471 410 556 3,704 Other 9 939 109 225 59 266 22 35 225 Total $ 1,247 $ 24,604 $ 6,622 $ 13,443 $ 1,434 $ 8,427 $ 2,952 $ 846 $ 14,730 (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) S-7
SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Column F (Dollars in millions) Gross Amount Ceded to Other Companies Assumed from Other Companies Net Amount Assumed to Net December 31, 2025 Total property and liability insurance premiums earned $ 4,921 $ 2,429 $ 13,067 $ 15,560 84.0 % December 31, 2024 Total property and liability insurance premiums earned $ 4,977 $ 2,248 $ 12,458 $ 15,187 82.0 % December 31, 2023 Total property and liability insurance premiums earned $ 4,733 $ 1,807 $ 10,518 $ 13,443 78.2 % S-8
Non-GAAP Financial Measures In this annual report, the Company has included certain non-GAAP financial measures, including after-tax net operating income (loss), after-tax net operating income (loss) per diluted common share, attritional combined ratio and net operating return on equity ("ROE"). The Company presents these non-GAAP financial measures to facilitate a deeper understanding of the profitability drivers of our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The Company believes that such measures are important to investors and other interested parties, and that these measures are a useful supplement to GAAP information concerning the Company's performance. These measures may not, however, be comparable to similarly titled measures used by companies within or outside of the insurance industry. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, or superior to the Company's financial measures prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures to the most comparable corerssponding GAAP measure is included below. After-tax Net Operating Income (Loss) and After-tax Net Operating Income (Loss) Per Diluted Share The Company generally uses after-tax operating income (loss), (also referred to as net operating income in this annual report) a non-GAAP financial measure, to evaluate its performance. After-tax net operating income (loss) consists of net income (loss) excluding after-tax net gains (losses) on investments and after-tax net foreign exchange income (expense), as shown below: Although net gains (losses) on investments and net foreign exchange income (expense) are an integral part of the Company’s insurance operations, the determination of net gains (losses) on investments and foreign exchange income (expense) is independent of the insurance underwriting process. The Company believes that the level of net gains (losses) on investments and net foreign exchange income (expense) for any particular period are not indicative of the performance of the underlying business in that particular period. Providing only a GAAP presentation of net income (loss) makes it more difficult for users of the financial information to evaluate the Company’s success or failure in its basic business and may lead to incorrect or misleading assumptions and conclusions. The Company understands that the equity analysts who follow the Company focus on after-tax net operating income (loss) in their analyses for the reasons discussed above. The Company provides after-tax net operating income (loss) to investors so that they have what management believes to be a useful supplement to GAAP information concerning the Company’s performance. For the year ended ($ in millions, except per share amounts) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021 Amount: After-tax net operating income (loss) 1,875 1,289 2,776 1,065 1,153 After-tax net gains (losses) on investments (115) 12 (236) (366) 202 After-tax net foreign exchange income (expense) (169) 72 (23) (102) 24 Net income (loss) $1,591 1,373 $2,517 $597 $1,379 Per Diluted Share: After-tax net operating income (loss) 44.54 29.83 66.39 27.08 28.97 After-tax net gains (losses) on investments (2.73) 0.28 (5.65) (9.30) 5.06 After-tax net foreign exchange income (expense) (4.01) 1.67 (0.55) (2.60) 0.60 Net income (loss) $37.80 $31.78 $60.19 $15.19 $34.62
Attritional Combined Ratio The combined ratio is calculated as the sum of total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, commissions and brokerage expenses, and other underwriting expenses, divided by net premiums earned. The attritional combined ratio is defined as the combined ratio adjusted to exclude catastrophe losses, net catastrophe reinstatement premiums, prior year development, and COVID-19 losses. The Company believes the attrtional combined ratio is useful to management and investors because the adjusted ratio provide better comparability and more accurately measures the Company's underlying underwriting performance. The following table is a reconciliation of the combined ratio and the attritional combined ratio for the years noted: For the year ended December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021 Combined ratio 98.6% 102.3% 90.9% 96.0% 97.8% Adjustment for catastrophe losses (5.3)% (5.9)% (3.5)% (9.0)% (10.9)% Adjustment for reinstatement premiums 0.4% 0.5% 0.1% 0.8% 0.6% Adjustment for prior year development 1 (4.2)% (8.8)% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% Adjustment for other items 0.1% (0.0)% —% (0.4)% —% Attritional combined ratio 89.6% 88.1% 87.6% 87.4% 87.6% Adjustment for profit commission (0.2)% (0.5)% (0.7)% —% —% Attritional combined ratio excluding profit commission 89.4% 87.6% 86.9% 87.4% 87.6% (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.) Notes 1. Development on prior year catastrophe and COVID-19 losses are reflected in the prior year development line.
This page intentionally left blank
Net Operating Income Return On Equity ("ROE") Net operating income ROE (also referred to operating ROE in this annual report) is calculated by dividing after-tax net operating income (loss) by average shareholders' equity, adjusted for average net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities. A reconciliation of net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, to net operating income is presented below. The Company believes net operating ROE is a useful measure for management and investors as it allows for better comparability and remove variability when assessing the results of operations. A reconcilaition of Net Operating Income ROE and Net Income ROE is shown below. CEO and CFO certifications In 2025, the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") provided to the New York Stock Exchange the annual certification regarding the Company's compliance with the New York Stock Exchange's corporate governance listing standards. In addtion, the Company's CEO and the Company's Chief Financial Officer filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission all required certifications regarding the quality of the Company's public disclosures in its 2025 report. For the year ended ($ in millions) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021 Beginning of period shareholders' equity $13,875 $13,202 $8,441 $10,139 $9,726 Add: Net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities 849 723 1,709 (239) (724) Adjusted beginning of period shareholders' equity $14,724 $13,925 $10,149 $9,900 $9,002 End of period shareholders' equity $15,461 $13,875 $13,202 $8,441 $10,139 Add: Net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of fixed maturity, available for sale securities (5) 849 723 1,709 (239) Adjusted end of period shareholders' equity $15,455 $14,724 $13,925 $10,149 $9,900 Average adjusted shareholders' equity $15,090 $14,325 $12,037 $10,025 $9,451 After-tax net operating income (loss) $1,875 $1,289 $2,776 $1,065 $1,153 After-tax net gains (losses) on investments $(115) $12 $(236) $(366) $202 After-tax foreign exchange income (expense) $(169) $72 $(23) $(102) $24 Net income (loss) $1,591 $1,373 $2,517 $597 $1,379 Return on equity (annualized) After-tax net operating income (loss) 12.4% 9.0% 23.1% 10.6% 12.2% After-tax net gains (losses) on investments (0.8)% 0.1% (2.0)% (3.6)% 2.1% After-tax foreign exchange income (expense) (1.1)% 0.5% (0.2)% (1.0)% 0.3% Net income (loss) 10.5% 9.6% 20.9% 6.0% 14.6% (Some amounts may not reconcile due to rounding.)
Executive Leadership Team Jim Williamson President and Chief Executive Officer Mark Kociancic EVP, Group Chief Financial Officer Jill Beggs EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Reinsurance Jason Keen EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Global Wholesale and Specialty Gary Haase EVP, Chief Executive Officer of Legacy Operations Craig Hanrahan Head of U.S. Retail Insurance John Modin Chief Executive Officer, Mt. Logan Capital Management, Ltd. Anthony Izzo Group Chief Commercial Officer Chris Downey EVP, Group Chief Underwriting Officer Katy Bradica Group Chief Actuary Anthony Vidovich EVP, General Counsel Andrew McBride Group Chief Claims Officer Attila Kerényi EVP, Group Chief Risk Officer Dean Brown EVP, Group Operations and IT Srini Maddineni Group Chief Information Officer Christopher Kujawa Chief Human Resources Officer Dawn Lauer Chief Communications Officer John Wilcox Head of Corporate Development Board of Directors John Graf 1,8 Chairman Jim Williamson 1, 5, 6, 7 President and Chief Executive Officer William F. Galtney, Jr. 1,2,3,4,6 President, Galtney Group, Inc. Roger Singer 2,3,4 Independent Lead Director, Retired Senior Vice President, General & Secretary, OneBeacon Insurance Group John J. Amore 2,4,6 Retired Chief Executive Officer of the General Insurance Division, Zurich Financial Services Group Gerri Losquadro 2,4,6 Retired Senior Vice President, Marsh & McLennan Companies Meryl Hartzband 3,5,7 Retired Chief Investment Officer, Stone Point Capital Hazel McNeilage 3,6,7 Retired Head of EMEA, Northern Trust Asset Management John Howard 2,3,4 Retired Chief Executive Officer of Truist Insurance Holdings, Vice Chair of the TIH Board of Managers Darryl Page 3,6,7 Retired Chief Culture Officer and Division President of International Personal Lines, Chubb Allan Levine 2,5,6 Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, Global Atlantic Financial Group Laura Hay 3,6 Retired Global Head of Insurance, KPMG LLP 1. Executive Committee 2. Compensation Committee (John Howard, Chair) 3. Audit Committee (Meryl D. Hartzband, Chair) 4. Nominating and Governance Committee (John J. Amore, Chair) 5. Investment Policy Committee (John A. Graf, Chair) 6. Risk Management Committee (William F. Galtney, Jr., Chair) 7. Technology & Cyber Committee (Hazel McNeilage, Chair) Corporate Information Transfer Agent and Registrar Computershare Investor Services PO Box 505000 Louisville, KY 40233 Telephone: U.S.: 877-373-6374 Outside the U.S.: 781-575-2725 Stock Trading Everest Group, Ltd. common shares traded in 2025 on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol NYSE: EG. Common Stock and Dividends The number of record holders of common shares as of February 1, 2026 was 1,191. That number does not include the beneficial owners of shares held in “street” name or held through participants in depositories, such as The Depository Trust Company. The Company’s Board has an established policy of declaring regular quarterly cash dividends and has paid a regular quarterly dividend in each quarter since the fourth quarter of 1995. The Company declared and paid its quarterly cash dividend of $2.00 per share for all four quarters of 2025. The declaration and payment of future dividends, if any, by the Company will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, business needs and growth objectives, capital and surplus requirements of its operating subsidiaries, regulatory restrictions, rating agency considerations and other factors. As an insurance holding company, the Company is partially dependent on dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to its shareholders. The payment of dividends by the Company’s subsidiaries is subject to certain limitations imposed by Bermuda and Delaware law. See Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Employees As of February 1, 2026, the Company employed 3,064 persons. Exhibits to Forms 10-K Upon written request and payment of photocopying expenses, you may receive a copy of the Exhibits to Everest Group, Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. Please send your request to: Anthony Vidovich Executive Vice President, General Counsel Everest Global Services, Inc. 100 Everest Way Warren, NJ 07059 Telephone: (908) 604-3000 Fax: (908) 604-3322 For more information about Everest Group, Ltd., including the Form 10-K Exhibits, visit our website at: www.everestglobal.com. 2025 Annual Report
ABOUT THE COVER The carved stone on this year’s cover evokes permanence and strength built over time. Like Everest, it has been shaped by decades of discipline, pressure, and careful construction representing five decades of financial stability, prudent risk management, and consistent service to clients through changing market cycles. Its solid form and clean lines suggest focus and clarity, while the depth of the stone speaks to resilience developed layer by layer. Rising from that foundation, the illuminated Everest mark signals continuity, strength, and a company built to endure.